Higher National Diploma (HND) Construction Construction of load bearing and non-loadbearing...

Built Environment Engineering

Higher National Diploma (HND): Construction Management (New)

Award Code: GJ5L 16

Total number of credits required for the Award: 30 credits

Core : 28 Credits from Table (1) including Graded Unit 2

Table 1

Unit

Code Unit Title

Total

teaching

hours/

Semester

Academic

Value

Prerequisites SQA

credit

Value

SQA

credit

points

DW54 33 Construction Technology - Domestic Construction 44 1 8

Nil

DW3R 34 Architectural Design Sketching and Drawing 44 1 8

Nil

H728 34 Construction Industry Fundamentals 44 1 8 Nil

DW4H 34 Environmental Building Science 44 1 8 Nil

DW53 34 Construction Materials and Specification 44 1 8

Nil

H72A 34 Construction Technology – Substructure 44 1 8

Nil

H726 34 Building Measurement and Cost Studies 44 1 8

Nil

DW5H 34 Construction Site Surveying - A 44 1 8 Nil

DW4P 33 Building Services - An Introduction 44 1 8 Nil

DW1E 34 CAD - 2D I 44 1 8 Nil

H72R 34 Built Environment Graded Unit 1 44 1 8 All of the above 10 units


H72D 35 Sustainability and Modern Methods of Construction 44 1 8 Nil

H727 35 Building Services in Large Buildings 44 1 8 DW4P 33

H9PW 33 Mathematics for the Built Environment 44 1 8

Nil

H729 34 Construction Technology - Industrial Commercial - Superstructure 44 1 8 H72A 34

DW4E 34 Health and safety in Construction 44 1 8 Nil

DW5J 34 Construction Site Surveying - B 44 1 8 DW5H 34

DW4G 34 Quality in Construction 44 1 8 Nil

DW4K 35 Human Resource Management in Construction 44 1 8

Nil

H72C 35 Scottish law for Construction 44 1 8 Nil

H72G 35 Standard Forms of Construction Contracts 44 1 8 Nil

DW43 35 Managing Construction Organisations 44 1 8

Nil

DW3G 35 Economics and the Built Environment 44 1 8

Nil

H72F 34 Site Administration 44 1 8 Nil

DW3W 34 Statutory Control of buildings 44 1 8 Nil

DW4J 35 Construction Planning 44 1 8 Nil

H731 35 Construction Management: Graded Unit 2 88 2 16

All of the above 26

units


2. Optional: Minimum 2 credits from Table (2)

Table 2

Unit Code Unit Title

Total

teaching

hours/

Semester

Academic

Value

Prerequisites SQA

credit

Value

SQA

credit

points

DW3H 34 Estimating 44 1 8 Nil

DW45 34 Structural Mechanics 44 1 8 H9PW 33

DW3J 35 Financial Studies for the Construction Industry 44 1 8 Nil

DE3R 34 Personal Development Planning 44 1 8 Nil

DW3M 34

Quantitative Building

Studies - Substructures and

Drainage

44 1 8 Nil

Higher National Unit Specification General information for centres Unit title: Construction Technology: Domestic Construction Unit code: DW54 33 Unit purpose: This Unit is designed to enable candidates to gain knowledge and understanding of low-rise, domestic building construction. The Unit concentrates on the construction of walls, floors and roofs, and builds on the knowledge gained in the unit Construction Technology: Substructure. On completion of the Unit the candidate should be able to: 1 Select and describe forms of masonry and timber frame wall construction and finishes. 2 Describe the performance requirements, materials, function and construction of the principal

components in a building. 3 Select and describe forms of floor construction and sketch their junctions with other building

element. 4 Select and describe forms of pitched and flat roof construction and finishes. Credit points and level: 1 HN Credit at SCQF level 6: (8 SCQF credit points at SCQF level 6*). *SCQF credit points are used to allocate credit to qualifications in the Scottish Credit and Qualifications Framework (SCQF). Each qualification in the Framework is allocated a number of SCQF credit points at an SCQF level. There are 12 SCQF levels, ranging from Access 1 to Doctorates. Recommended prior knowledge and skills: It would be an advantage for candidates to have a basic knowledge and understanding of substructure construction. This may be evidenced by possession of an appropriate HN Unit of Construction Technology (substructure) or an appropriate Higher. Core Skills: There are opportunities to develop the Core Skills of Communication and Problem Solving in this Unit, although there is no automatic certification of Core Skills or Core Skills components. Context for delivery: If this Unit is delivered as part of a Group Award, it is recommended that it should be taught and assessed within the subject area of the Group Award to which it contributes. Assessment: It is possible to assess candidates either on an individual Outcome basis, combinations of Outcomes or by a single holistic assessment combining all Outcomes. It is recommended that all outcomes be assessed by a question paper details of which are given at the end of each outcome under the heading ‘Assessment guidelines’.

HN Unit (DW54 33): Construction Technology: Domestic Construction 1

General information for centres (cont) In this Unit it is proposed that Outcomes 1 and 2 be combined into a single question paper assessment and that Outcomes 3 and 4 shall also be combined into a single question paper assessment and that each assessment event shall last one and a half hours. The assessment papers should be composed of a suitable balance of short answer, restricted response and structured questions. Assessment should be conducted under controlled, supervised conditions. It should be noted that candidates must achieve all the minimum evidence specified for each Outcome in order to pass the Unit. An exemplar instrument of assessment and marking guidelines has been produced to provide examples of the type of evidence required to demonstrate achievement of the aims of the Unit and to indicate the national standard of achievement at SCQF level 6.


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards Unit title: Construction Technology: Domestic Construction Unit code: DW54 33 The sections of the Unit stating the Outcomes, knowledge and/or skills, and evidence requirements are mandatory. Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the knowledge and/or skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Candidates should not know in advance the items on which they will be assessed and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion. Throughout this Unit emphasis will be placed where appropriate on the application of health, safety and sustainability. Safe working practices should be promoted in accordance with current safety codes of practice and regulations. Sustainability should include reference to the criteria affecting sustainability, the impact of not implementing sustainability on the environment and the legislation promoting sustainability. Outcome 1 Sketch and describe forms of masonry and timber frame wall construction and finishes Knowledge and/or skills ♦ Traditional masonry cavity wall construction and finishes ♦ Timber frame cavity wall construction and finishes ♦ Construction of load bearing and non-loadbearing partition walls ♦ Construction of party walls Evidence Requirements Evidence for the knowledge and /or skills in this Outcome will be provided on a sample basis. The evidence may be presented in responses to specific questions. Each candidate will need to demonstrate that she/he can answer correctly questions based on a sample of the items shown above. In any assessment of this Outcome two out of four knowledge and/or skills items should be sampled. In order to ensure that candidates will not be able to foresee what items they will be questioned on, a different sample of two out of four knowledge and/or skills items is required each time the Outcome is assessed. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response to all items being assessed. Where sampling takes place, a candidate's response can be judged to be satisfactory where evidence provided is sufficient to meet the requirements for each item by showing that the candidate is able to: ♦ sketch and describe the forms of wall construction and finishes Evidence should be generated through assessment undertaken in controlled, supervised conditions. Assessment should be conducted under closed book conditions and as such, candidates should not be allowed to bring any textbooks, handouts or notes to the assessment.


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Construction Technology: Domestic Construction Assessment guidelines Questions used to elicit candidate evidence should take the form of an appropriate balance of short answer, restricted response and structured questions. The assessment of this Outcome shall be combined with that of Outcome 2 into a single assessment question paper. The assessment event should last one and a half hours and be carried out under supervised controlled conditions. Outcome 2 Describe the performance requirements, materials, function and construction of the principal components in a building. Knowledge and/or skills ♦ Doors types; materials, function and performance requirements ♦ Window types; materials, function and performance requirements ♦ Stair types; materials, construction, function and performance requirements. Evidence Requirements Evidence for the knowledge and /or skills in this Outcome will be provided on a sample basis. The evidence may be presented in responses to specific questions. Each candidate will need to demonstrate that she/he can answer correctly questions based on a sample of the items shown above. In order to ensure that candidates will not be able to foresee what items they will be questioned on, a different sample of two out of three knowledge and/or skills items is required each time the Outcome is assessed. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response to all items for each topic selected. Where sampling takes place, a candidate's response can be judged to be satisfactory where evidence provided is sufficient to meet the requirements for each item by showing that the candidate is able to: ♦ describe the performance requirements, materials, function and construction of door, window

and stair components in a building Evidence should be generated through assessment undertaken in controlled, supervised conditions. Assessment should be conducted under closed-book conditions and as such candidates should not be allowed to bring any textbooks, handouts or notes to the assessment. Assessment guidelines Questions used to elicit candidate evidence should take the form of an appropriate balance of short answer, restricted response and structured questions. The assessment of this Outcome shall be combined with that of Outcome 1 into a single assessment question paper. The assessment event should last one and a half hours and be carried out under supervised controlled conditions.


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Construction Technology: Domestic Technology Outcome 3 Select and describe the forms of floor construction and sketch the junctions with other building elements Knowledge and/or skills ♦ Solid ground floor construction and finishes ♦ Suspended ground and upper floor construction and finishes ♦ Solum treatment ♦ Structural stability Evidence Requirements Evidence for the knowledge and /or skills in this Outcome will be provided on a sample basis. The evidence may be presented in responses to specific questions. Each candidate will need to demonstrate that she/he can answer correctly, questions based on a sample of the items shown above. In any assessment of this Outcome two out of four knowledge and/or skills items should be sampled. In order to ensure that candidates will not be able to foresee what items they will be questioned on, a different sample of two out of four knowledge and/or skills items is required each time the Outcome is assessed. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response to all items being assessed. Where sampling takes place, a candidate's response can be judged to be satisfactory where evidence provided is sufficient to meet the requirements for each item by showing that the candidate is able to: ♦ select, describe and sketch the various forms of floor construction and their junction with other

building elements Evidence should be generated through assessment undertaken in controlled, supervised conditions. Assessment should be conducted under closed book conditions and as such, candidates should not be allowed to bring any textbooks, handouts or notes to the assessment. Assessment guidelines Questions used to elicit candidate evidence should take the form of an appropriate balance of short answer, restricted response and structured questions. The assessment of this Outcome shall be combined with that of Outcome 4 into a single assessment question paper. The assessment event should last one and a half hours and be carried out under supervised controlled conditions.


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Construction Technology: Domestic Technology Outcome 4 Select and describe the forms of roof construction and finishes Knowledge and/or skills ♦ Pitched roof types ♦ Pitched roof structures and finishes ♦ Flat roof structures and finishes ♦ Roof technology (cold, warm and inverted) Evidence Requirements Evidence for the knowledge and /or skills in this Outcome will be provided on a sample basis. The evidence may be presented in responses to specific questions. Each candidate will need to demonstrate that she/he can answer correctly questions based on a sample of the items shown above. In any assessment of this Outcome two out of four knowledge and/or skills items should be sampled. In order to ensure that candidates will not be able to foresee what items they will be questioned on, a different sample of two out of four knowledge and/or skills items is required each time the Outcome is assessed. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response to all items being assessed. Where sampling takes place, a candidate's response can be judged to be satisfactory where evidence provided is sufficient to meet the requirements for each item by showing that the candidate is able to: ♦ select and describe the forms of roof construction and finishes Evidence should be generated through assessment undertaken in controlled, supervised conditions. Assessment should be conducted under closed book conditions and as such candidates should not be allowed to bring any textbooks, handouts or notes to the assessment. Assessment guidelines Questions used to elicit candidate evidence should take the form of an appropriate balance of short answer, restricted response and structured questions. The assessment of this Outcome shall be combined with that of Outcome 3 into a single assessment question paper. The assessment event should last one and a half hours and be carried out under supervised controlled conditions.


Administrative Information Unit code: DW54 33 Unit title: Construction Technology: Domestic Construction Superclass category: TE Date of publication: June 2006 Version: 01 Source: SQA © Scottish Qualifications Authority 2005 This publication may be reproduced in whole or in part for educational purposes provided that no profit is derived from reproduction and that, if reproduced in part, the source is acknowledged. SQA acknowledges the valuable contribution that Scotland’s colleges have made to the development of Higher National qualifications. Additional copies of this Unit specification can be purchased from the Scottish Qualifications Authority. Please contact the Customer Contact Centre for further details, telephone 0845 279 1000.


Higher National Unit specification: support notes Unit title: Construction Technology: Domestic Construction This part of the Unit specification is offered as guidance. The support notes are not mandatory. While the exact time allocated to this Unit is at the discretion of the centre, the notional design length is 40 hours. Guidance on the content and context for this Unit This Unit has been written in order to allow candidates to develop knowledge, understanding and skills in the following areas: 1 Select and describe forms of masonry and timber frame wall construction and finishes. 2 Describe the performance requirements, materials, function and construction of the principal

components in a building. 3 Select and describe forms of floor construction and sketch their junctions with other building

elements. 4 Select and describe forms of pitched and flat roof construction and finishes. This Unit has been developed as part of a group of Construction Technology Units. There are three other Units in the group entitled: ♦ Construction Technology: Substructure ♦ Construction Technology: Industrial/Commercial Superstructure ♦ Construction Technology: Specialist Systems This Unit at SCQF level 6 is a mandatory unit in the HNC Construction and all HND Built Environment awards. The three units mentioned above have been developed as an integrated suite of units to meet all the requirements of the HNC and HND Built Environment awards. However, this does not preclude the use of one or more of these units in other awards where award designers feel this to be appropriate. As well as providing a substantial course in construction technology principles these units provide important underpinning knowledge, understanding and skills in other parts of the HNC and HND Built Environment awards. In designing this Unit the unit writers have identified the range of topics they would expect to be covered by lecturers. The writers have also given recommendations as to how much time should be spent on each outcome. This has been done to help lecturers decide what depth of treatment should be given to the topics attached to each of the outcomes. Whilst it is not mandatory for a centre to use this list of topics, it is strongly recommended that it does so to ensure continuity of teaching and learning across the suite of Construction Technology units and because the assessment pack for this particular unit is based on the knowledge and/ or skills and list of topics for each of the Outcomes. The list of topics is given below. Lecturers are advised to study this list in conjunction with the assessment exemplar pack so that they can get a clear indication of the standard of achievement of candidates in this Unit.


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Construction Technology: Domestic Construction 1 Select and describe forms of masonry and timber frame wall construction and finishes.

(18 hours)

External Cavity Walling: ♦ Performance requirements Traditional masonry construction: ♦ Materials: Brick, Dense block, Lightweight block ♦ Bonding and coursing ♦ Wall ties — types, materials, location and purpose ♦ Mortar — materials and mixes ♦ Erection process Timber frame construction: ♦ te me construction: Ma rials used in fra

— breather paper and alternatives) — plywood (OSB

— timber frame — brick/ block outer leaf

ypes, materials, location and purpose — wall ties — t Erection process ♦

ics should be covered: For each wall type the following top

gth and stability ♦ Structural stren♦ Load transfer ♦ Damp proof courses (DPCs)

iers

on

♦ s: Lightweight plaster, plasterboard, insulated plasterboard, skim coat, tape

ys ♦ Cavity vents ♦ Cavity closers

♦ Cavity barr♦ Fire stops ♦ Movement joints ♦ Thermal insulati♦ Vapour barrier ♦ Cavity ventilation

External f♦ inishes: Roughcast, render, facing brick (pointing), timber cladding, slate and tile cladding Internal finishefill and finish

Formation of openings: ♦ rials and location Lintols: types, mate

aterials and locations ♦ Cills: types, m♦ DPCs/cavity tra


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Construction Technology: Domestic Construction

Internal walls (partitions): ♦ Loadbearing ♦ Non-loadbearing ♦ Materials: Brick, block, timber ♦ Finishes: Plaster, plasterboard

Party walls: ♦ Performance requirements ♦ Materials: Brick, block, timber frame ♦ Finishes: Plaster, plasterboard, skim coat, taped and filled

2 Describe the performance requirements, materials, function and construction of the

principal components in a building. (8 hours)

Doors: ccess, egress, continuity, security, privacy, fire protection ♦ Performance requirements: A

♦ Internal and external doors♦ Flush and panelled doors

nd construction

ails within openings

ion ivot, tilt and turn

etal

DPCs ulation requirements: Ventilation, cleaning, opening limitation

rements rter turn, half turn, winder, open tread

♦ Component parts ♦ Regulation requirements

♦ Glazed doors ♦ Door linings a♦ Door frames ♦ Ironmongery ♦ Location and fixing det♦ Thresholds and DPCs Windows: ♦ Performance requirements: light, insulation, ventilat♦ Types: Sash and case, casement, p♦ ber, uPVC, mMaterials: Tim♦ Single and double glazing

♦ Ironmongery♦ Location and fixing details within openings

♦♦ Reg Stairs: ♦ Performance requi♦ Types: Straight flight, qua


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Construction Technology: Domestic Construction 3 Select and describe forms of floor construction and their junctions with other building

elements. (8 hours)

Ground floors: ♦ Performance requirements Solid floors: ♦ Excavation to formation ♦ Solum treatments ♦ DPCs and DPMs: Location and materials ♦ Concrete (sub) floor slabs ♦ ement Reinforc♦ Screeds ♦ Insulation

Finishes: Ceramic tiles, clay tiles, sheet flooring, floating timber floor ♦ Suspended floors: ♦ Excavation to formation

DPCs and DPMs

imber:

Finishes: T&G boarding, chipboard

Concrete: lock, concrete slab

inishes: Screed, ceramic tiles, clay tiles, floating timber floor

l stability Formation of openings

imber: g

Finishes: T&G boarding, chipboard, plasterboard ceiling finish

♦ Solum treatments ♦ T Methods of support Joist sizing and spacing Sleeper (dwarf) walls Strutting Insulation Underfloor ventilation

Beam and bInsulation Underfloor ventilation

F Upper floors: ♦ Performance requirements ♦ Contribution to structura♦ T Methods of support Joist sizing and spacin Strutting Sound insulation


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Construction Technology: Domestic Construction 4 Describe forms of pitched and flat roof construction and finishes. (8 hours)

Roofs: ♦ Performance requirements ♦ Contribution to structural stability

Pitched roofs: Lean-to, monopitch, gable, hip, mansard

Couple, closed couple, collar, purlin (double), trussed rafter Wind bracing Water tank support Cold roof, warm roof

Finishes: Slate, plain tiles, interlocking tiles

Sarking, sarking with battens and counterbattens, Underslating felt Ventilation Insulation Plasterboard ceiling finishes Construction details at eaves, verges, ridges and hips Structural continuity and lateral restraint Formation of openings

Flat roofs: Concrete deck with screed to falls,

Timber deck with firrings Cold roof, warm roof Finishes: asphalt, felt, lead, copper Insulation Vapour check Plasterboard ceiling finishes Construction details at eaves, parapets and gutters

Guidance on the delivery and assessment of this Unit As this Unit provides core construction technology that underpins much of the studies in other areas of HNC and HND Built Environment awards, it is recommended that the Unit be delivered towards the start of these awards. Where this Unit is incorporated in other group awards it is recommended that it be delivered in the context of the specific occupational area(s) that the award is designed to cover. The outcomes are presented in a logical sequence of Walls, Components (Windows/Doors etc) Floors and Roofs. It is recommended to deliver Outcome 2 — the installation of Components together with Outcome 1 — Walls, because of the inter-dependent nature of the subject.


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Construction Technology: Domestic Construction The content of the Unit forms the basis for much of the work to be undertaken in the construction technician study programme. It is essential that students are familiar with the basic forms of construction. To this end, the lecture programme should be supplemented with structured visits. Technical literature, current British Standards and the current Scottish Building Standards should also be used extensively to ensure the students understand the basic construction concepts. Opportunities for developing Core Skills The following grid provides a general guide to opportunities for the development of Core Skills in this Unit. Opportunities for the development of Core Skills at the output level are more fully identified in the Core Skills Signposting Guide. Core Skill Outcome

1 Outcome

2 Outcome

3 Outcome

4 Outcome

5 1 Communication

Reading Writing

Oral 2 Numeracy

Using Number Using Graphical Information

3 IT

Using Information Technology 4 Problem Solving

Critical Thinking Planning and Organising

Reviewing and Evaluating 5 Working with Others Open learning This Unit could be delivered by distance learning that may incorporate some degree of on-line support. However, with regard to assessment, planning would be required by the centre to ensure the sufficiency and authenticity of candidate evidence. Arrangements would be required to be put in place to ensure that the assessment, which is required to be a single event, is conducted under controlled and supervised conditions. For information on normal open learning arrangements, please refer to the SQA guide Assessment and Quality Assurance of Open and Distance Learning (SQA 2000).


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Construction Technology: Domestic Construction Candidates with additional support needs This Unit specification is intended to ensure that there are no artificial barriers to learning or assessment. The additional support needs of individual candidates should be taken into account when planning learning experiences, selecting assessment instruments or considering alternative Outcomes for Units. For information on these, please refer to the SQA document Guidance on Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Candidates with Disabilities and/or Additional Support Needs, which is available on the SQA website www.sqa.org.uk.


General information for candidates Unit title: Construction Technology: Domestic Construction This Unit has been designed to allow you to develop knowledge and understanding of low-rise, domestic construction in both traditional and timber frame methods of construction. You will consider the functional and performance requirements of the various elements of low-rise construction and the construction methods and materials that are best suited to meet all the requirements. Construction Technology: Domestic Construction is designed in such a way that it may be presented as a stand-alone unit. However, as the content of the Unit builds on the knowledge and understanding of foundations and substructure construction gained in the unit Construction Technology: Substructure, it is recommended that the Unit Construction Technology: Substructure is completed prior to the commencement of Construction Technology: Domestic Construction. The content of the unit forms the basis for much of the work to be undertaken in the construction technician study programme. It is essential that you are familiar with the basic forms of construction. To this end, the lecture programme should be supplemented with the use of site visits, technical literature, current British Standards and the current Scottish Building Standards should be used extensively to ensure you understand the basic construction concepts.


Higher National Unit Specification General information for centres Unit title: Architectural Design Sketching and Drawing Unit code: DW3R 34 Unit purpose: This Unit is designed to enable the candidate to develop a knowledge and understanding of basic architectural design concepts and elements. In addition, the candidate will develop competence in graphical communication techniques in the field of architectural drawing and sketching. On completion of the Unit the candidate should be able to: 1 Illustrate basic architectural concepts. 2 Explain and illustrate the relationship of architectural form, function and mass. 3 Interpret construction drawings. Credit points and level: 1 HN Credit at SCQF level 7: (8 SCQF credit points at SCQF level 7*) *SCQF credit points are used to allocate credit to qualifications in the Scottish Credit and Qualifications Framework (SCQF). Each qualification in the Framework is allocated a number of SCQF credit points at an SCQF level. There are 12 SCQF levels, ranging from Access 1 to Doctorates. Recommended prior knowledge and skills: It would be an advantage for candidates to have a basic knowledge and understanding of the principles of freehand sketching and drawing as well as basic knowledge and understanding of construction technology (structure). This may be evidenced by possession of appropriate Higher or National Units. Core Skills: There are opportunities to develop the Core Skills of Communication, and Problem Solving, in this Unit, although there is no automatic certification of Core Skills or Core Skills components. Context for delivery: If this Unit is delivered as part of a Group Award, it is recommended that it should be taught and assessed within the subject area of the Group Award to which it contributes. Assessment: It is possible to assess candidates either on an individual Outcome basis, combinations of Outcomes or by a single holistic assessment combining all Outcomes. It should be noted that candidates must achieve all the minimum evidence specified for each Outcome in order to pass this Unit.

HN Unit (DW3R 34): Architectural Design Sketching and Drawing 1

General information for centres (cont) This Unit could be assessed holistically by the production of a portfolio of evidence generated by the candidate during designated tutorial time within the centre or in private study time outwith the confines of the centre. Much of the evidence could arise from tasks set by the tutor to elicit appropriate graphical responses that meet the Evidence Requirements demanded by the Outcomes. Some written text will be required to satisfy the descriptive elements of Outcomes 2 and 3. It is incumbent on the tutors within the centre to satisfy themselves that the portfolio of evidence submitted for assessment is entirely original and solely the respective student’s work. Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the knowledge and/or skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Candidates should not know in advance, the items on which they will be assessed and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion. An exemplar instrument of assessment and marking guidelines have been produced to provide an example of the type of evidence required to demonstrate achievement of the aims of this Unit and to indicate the national standard of achievement at SCQF level 7.


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards Unit title: Architectural Design Sketching and Drawing Unit code: DW3R 34 The sections of the Unit stating the Outcomes, knowledge and/or skills, and Evidence Requirements are mandatory. Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the knowledge and/or skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Candidates should not know in advance the items on which they will be assessed and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion. Throughout the Unit emphasis will be placed, where appropriate, on the application of Health and Safety and Sustainability. Safe working practises should be looked at in accordance with current safety codes of practise and regulations. Sustainability should include reference to criteria affecting sustainability, impact of not implementing sustainability on the environment and the legislation promoting sustainability. Outcome 1 Illustrate basic architectural concepts Knowledge and/or skills

♦ Preparation of freehand and/ or instrument-aided sketches ♦ Recognition of basic architectural concepts Evidence Requirements Candidates will need to provide evidence to demonstrate their knowledge and/or skills by showing that they can: ♦ identify and illustrate basic architectural concepts In any assessment of this Outcome all knowledge and/or skills items should be included. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response to all items. Evidence for the knowledge and skills in this Outcome will be provided by the production of a portfolio of freehand and/or instrument-aided sketches. Graphical evidence is required to demonstrate that the candidate understands architectural design concepts and the basic elements of architectural sketching and drawing. The candidates may select appropriate buildings as subjects for illustration or choose from a selection of buildings nominated by the tutor.


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Architectural Design Sketching and Drawing Assessment guidelines It is anticipated that much of the production of evidence for this Outcome should take place in the candidate’s designated tutorial time or in their own private study time. It is incumbent on the assessors to satisfy themselves that the evidence produced is, in fact, the work of the individual candidate. A minimum of four A4 sketches should be produced to satisfy both the sketching and the concept illustration requirements. The sketching elements of Outcome 2 may be integrated with requirements of Outcome 1. Outcome 2 Explain and illustrate the architectural relationships of Form, Function and Mass Knowledge and/or skills

♦ Understanding of the terms: Form, Function and Mass ♦ Preparation of freehand and/ or instrument-aided sketches ♦ Illustration of concepts of Form, Function and Mass Evidence Requirements Candidates will need to provide evidence to demonstrate their knowledge and/ or skills by showing that they can: ♦ explain and illustrate the terms Form, Function and Mass and their inter-relationship In any assessment of this Outcome all knowledge and/ or skills items should be included. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response to all items. Written and graphical evidence is required to confirm the candidates understanding of the terms Form, Function and Mass and their inter-relationship with reference to architecture. Graphical evidence for Outcome 2 should be freehand and/or instrument-aided sketches of three buildings in a medium selected by the candidate. The candidates may select appropriate buildings for themselves as subjects or choose from a selection of buildings supplied by the tutor. Assessment guidelines It is anticipated that much of the production of graphical evidence for this Outcome should take place in the candidate’s designated tutorial time or in their own private study time. It is incumbent on the assessors to satisfy themselves that the evidence produced is, in fact, the work of the individual candidate. A minimum of three A4 sketches should be produced to satisfy both the sketching and the concept illustration requirements. The sketching elements of Outcome 2 may be integrated with requirements of Outcome 1.


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Architectural Design Sketching and Drawing In addition to the graphical evidence, each candidate will need to demonstrate that he/she can explain the relationships of Form, Function and Mass. This could be evidenced by the production of a written evaluation of one of the buildings selected as a subject for the graphical part of this Outcome. Alternatively, each candidate could demonstrate that he/ she can answer correctly, a series of questions based on one of the buildings selected as a subject for the graphical part of this Outcome. Outcome 3 Interpret construction drawings Knowledge and/or skills

♦ Understanding of the purposes of drawings ♦ Importance of drawing standards and conventions ♦ Recognition of drawing types and conventions Evidence Requirements Candidates will need to provide evidence to demonstrate their knowledge and/or skills by showing that they can: ♦ Explain the purposes of drawings and the use of drawings standards and conventions ♦ Recognise drawings types and conventions In any assessment of this Outcome all knowledge and/ or skills items should be included. Candidates

ust provide a satisfactory response to all items. m The evidence may be presented in response to specific questions. Each candidate will need to demonstrate that he/she can answer correctly questions based on the content of this Outcome.

andidates must provide a satisfactory response to all items. C Assessment guidelines The assessment of this Outcome should be a single assessment paper taken at a single assessment event lasting one hour and carried out under supervised, controlled conditions. Such a paper should be omposed of an appropriate balance of short answer, restricted response and structured questions. c


Administrative Information Unit code: DW3R 34 Unit title: Architectural Design Sketching and Drawing Superclass category: TD Date of publication: June 2006 Version: 01 Source: SQA © Scottish Qualifications Authority 2005 This publication may be reproduced in whole or in part for educational purposes provided that no profit is derived from reproduction and that, if reproduced in part, the source is acknowledged. SQA acknowledges the valuable contribution that Scotland’s colleges have made to the development of Higher National qualifications. Additional copies of this Unit specification can be purchased from the Scottish Qualifications Authority. Please contact the Customer Contact Centre for further details, telephone 0845 279 1000.


Higher National Unit specification: support notes Unit title: Architectural Design Sketching and Drawing This part of the Unit specification is offered as guidance. The support notes are not mandatory. While the exact time allocated to this Unit is at the discretion of the centre, the notional design length is 40 hours. Guidance on the content and context for this Unit It is recommended that the Outcomes in this Unit be completed in the sequence in which they are presented. This does not preclude some integration of the Outcomes during teaching, tutorial and assessment. Videos, slides, photographs etc can be used to illustrate the architectural content of the Unit. Visits to buildings of architectural interest will also contribute to the learning process. Sketching exercises may be undertaken in the classroom and in the field, using different techniques and media. The use of texts and manuals on architecture and related subjects, available from CIAT, CIOB, RIAS, RIBA and RICS as well as other sources, will provide the basis of the information required by candidates to complete the assessment tasks. This Unit has been written in order to allow candidates to develop knowledge, understanding and skills in the following areas: 1 Basic architectural design concepts. 2 Architectural form, function and mass. 3 Construction drawing preparation, standards and conventions. 4 Freehand and instrument-aided sketching and illustration. This Unit at SCQF level 7 is a mandatory Unit within the HNC and HND suite of Built Environment. In designing this Unit, the Unit writers have identified the range of topics they would expect to be covered by the tutors. The writers have also given recommendations as to how much time should be spent on each Outcome. This has been done to help tutors decide what depth of treatment should be given to the topics attached to each of the Outcomes. Whilst it is not mandatory for a centre to use this list of topics, it is strongly recommended that it does so to ensure continuity of teaching and learning across the suite of Built Environment awards and because the assessment pack for this particular Unit is based on the knowledge and/ or skills and list of topics embraced by each of the Outcomes. The list of topics is given below. Tutors are advised to study this list in conjunction with the assessment exemplar pack so that they can get a clear indication of the standard of achievement expected of candidates undertaking this Unit.


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Architectural Design Sketching and Drawing 1 Illustrate basic architectural concepts and elements. (20 Hours)

♦ Basic architectural sketching — Freehand drawing: the purpose and practice — Elementary techniques: spaces bounded by lines

spaces constructed around axes straight lines curved lines lettering

♦ Sketches — Plans — Elevations — Details — Freehand perspective

♦ i cess Des gn pro

— Brief — Analysis — Synthesis — Implementation — RIBA Plan of Work (Design stages)

♦ esign

♦ nd concepts

Tone

oid — Symmetry or Balance — Rhythm

Principles of D— Function — Structure — Appearance— Aesthetics

Architectural terms a— Colour and

e — Textur— Proportion — Scale — Form or Shape — Solid or V


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Architectural Design Sketching and Drawing 2 Explain the Relationships of Form, Function and Mass. (12 Hours)

♦ Form — Point — Line — Plane — Volume — Influence of Function on Form

♦ Function

— Simple and/ or complex purposes and uses of buildings

♦ Mass — Definition of shapes or volumes in general outline rather than in detail — Visual perception of size and relationships between colour, texture, solid and void etc

Interpret construction drawings. (8 Hours)

♦

— pe

angement) drawings

- Component drawings

♦ o rmation

♦ ventions

and scales

— Graphical symbols — Hatching conventions

3

Construction drawings — Purpose of drawings

Ty s of drawings - Site location/ layout plans - Location (general arr- Assembly drawings

Ass ciated info— Schedules — Specifications

Drawing Standards and Cones/ layout — Drawing siz

— Line drawing— Line Types

ty — Line quali— Dimensions — Lettering


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Architectural Design Sketching and Drawing Guidance on the delivery and assessment of this Unit The content of the Unit builds on the knowledge and understanding of drawings and sketching gained in the Unit Construction Communications, it is recommended that this Unit be completed prior to the commencement of Architectural Design Sketching and Drawing. The content of the Unit forms the basis for much of the work to be undertaken in the construction technician study programme. It is essential that students are familiar with the basic principles of design and sketching. To this end, the lecture programme could be supplemented with the use of site visits. Design sketches, construction drawings, technical literature, British Standards and the Scottish Building Standards should be used extensively to ensure the candidate understands the basic design and construction concepts. This Unit could be assessed holistically by the production of a portfolio of evidence generated by the candidate during designated tutorial time within the centre or in private study time outwith the confines of the centre. Much of the evidence could arise from tasks set by the tutor to elicit appropriate graphical responses that meet the Evidence Requirements demanded by the Outcomes. Some written text will be required to satisfy the descriptive elements of Outcomes 2 and 3. It is the responsibility of the centre to satisfy themselves that the portfolio of evidence submitted for assessment is entirely original and solely the respective student’s work. Where available, evidence from the workplace can also be incorporated to enhance the learning Outcomes, provided that this evidence is appropriate and authenticated as the student’s own work. Opportunities for developing Core Skills The following grid provides a general guide to opportunities for the development of Core Skills in this Unit. Opportunities for the development of Core Skills at the output level are more fully identified in the Core Skills Signposting Guide.


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Architectural Design Sketching and Drawing Core Skill Outcome

1 Outcome

2 Outcome

3 Outcome

4 Outcome

5 1 Communication

Reading Writing

Oral 2 Numeracy


3 IT



Reviewing and Evaluating 5 Working with Others Open learning Given that appropriate materials exist, this Unit could be delivered by distance learning, which may incorporate some degree of on-line support. However, with regard to assessment, planning would be required by the centre concerned to ensure the sufficiency and authenticity of candidate evidence. Arrangements would be required to be put in place to ensure that assessment/s were conducted under controlled, supervised conditions. Candidates with additional support needs This Unit specification is intended to ensure that there are no artificial barriers to learning or assessment. The additional support needs of individual candidates should be taken into account when planning learning experiences, selecting assessment instruments or considering alternative Outcomes for Units. For information on these, please refer to the SQA document Guidance on Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Candidates with Disabilities and/or Additional Support Needs, which is available on SQA’s website: www.sqa.org.uk.


General information for candidates Unit title: Architectural Design Sketching and Drawing This Unit is designed to enable you to develop competence in graphical communication techniques, especially in the field of architectural drawing and sketching. In addition, you will also develop a knowledge and understanding of basic architectural design concepts and elements. The content of the Unit builds on the knowledge and understanding of drawings and sketching gained in the Unit Construction Communications, it is recommended that this Unit be completed prior to the commencement of Architectural Design Sketching and Drawing. The content of the Unit forms the basis for much of the work to be undertaken in the construction technician study programme. It is essential that you are familiar with the basic principles of design and sketching. To this end, the lecture programme could be supplemented with the use of site visits. Design sketches, construction drawings, technical literature, British Standards and the Scottish Building Standards should be used extensively to ensure that you understand the basic design and construction concepts.


H728 34, Construction Industry Fundamentals (SCQF level 7) 1

Higher National Unit specification General information Unit title: Construction Industry Fundamentals (SCQF level 7) Unit code: H728 34 Superclass: TE Publication date: April 2014 Source: Scottish Qualifications Authority Version: 01

Unit purpose The purpose of this Unit is to provide learners with the Knowledge and Skills to understand the structure of the construction industry, the relationships therein, the variety of methods of communication used in the procurement of a project and how the industry addresses key contemporary issues. The Unit is aimed at learners commencing HNC/HND Architectural Technology, HNC/HND Construction Management, HNC/HND Quantity Surveying, and HNC/HND Building Surveying. The subject matter may also be appropriate in underpinning competencies within a vocational award.

Outcomes On successful completion of the Unit the learner will be able to: 1 Describe the roles and responsibilities of the parties involved in project design and

procurement. 2 Explain ways in which the parties communicate. 3 Explain the different terminologies and concepts found within the RIBA Plan of Work. 4 Demonstrate how key issues within the Construction Industry are addressed.

Credit points and level 1 Higher National Unit credit at SCQF level 7: (8 SCQF credit points at SCQF level 7)


Higher National Unit Specification: General information (cont)

Unit title: Construction Industry Fundamentals (SCQF level 7)

Recommended entry to the Unit Entry is at the discretion of the centre.

Core Skills Opportunities to develop aspects of Core Skills are highlighted in the Support Notes for this Unit specification. There is no automatic certification of Core Skills or Core Skill components in this Unit.

Context for delivery If this Unit is delivered as part of a Group Award, it is recommended that it should be taught and assessed within the subject area of the Group Award to which it contributes. The Assessment Support Pack (ASP) for this Unit provides assessment and marking guidelines that exemplify the national standard for achievement. It is a valid, reliable and practicable assessment. Centres wishing to develop their own assessments should refer to the ASP to ensure a comparable standard. A list of existing ASPs is available to download from SQA’s website (http://www.sqa.org.uk/sqa/46233.2769.html).

Equality and inclusion This Unit specification has been designed to ensure that there are no unnecessary barriers to learning or assessment. The individual needs of learners should be taken into account when planning learning experiences, selecting assessment methods or considering alternative evidence. Further advice can be found on our website www.sqa.org.uk/assessmentarrangements.

http://www.sqa.org.uk/sqa/46233.2769.html

http://www.sqa.org.uk/assessmentarrangements


Higher National Unit specification: Statement of standards

Unit title: Construction Industry Fundamentals (SCQF level 7) Acceptable performance in this Unit will be the satisfactory achievement of the standards set out in this part of the Unit specification. All sections of the statement of standards are mandatory and cannot be altered without reference to SQA. Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the Knowledge and/or Skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Learners should not know in advance the items on which they will be assessed and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion.

Outcome 1 Describe the roles and responsibilities of the parties involved in project design and procurement

Knowledge and/or Skills

Overview of the construction industry

Project brief

The client

Consultants

Contracting organisations

Relationships

Methods of procurement

Statutory bodies

Outcome 2 Explain ways in which the parties communicate.


Meetings

Written

Electronic

Contractual

Pitfalls

Graphical communications


Higher National Unit specification: Statement of standards (cont)

Unit title: Construction Industry Fundamentals (SCQF level 7)

Outcome 3 Explain the different terminologies and concepts found within the RIBA Plan of Work.


Briefing

Design work

Project roles table

Contractual tree

Design responsibility matrix

Building Information Modelling (BIM) information exchanges

Outcome 4 Demonstrate how key issues within the Construction Industry are addressed.

Sustainable design

Integrating BIM processes

Planning processes

Building use and aftercare

Health and Safety

Evidence Requirements for this Unit Learners will need to provide evidence to demonstrate their Knowledge and/or Skills across all Outcomes by showing that they can:

describe the relationships between the various parties involved in building design and building procurement and the input each has to the process.

explain the variety of ways parties communicate within the construction industry.

explain the key functions of the RIBA plan of work and how it is implemented on a building project.

demonstrate how key issues within the Construction Industry are addressed.

An assessment paper covering Outcomes 1, 3 and 4 should be taken as a single closed-book assessment lasting 1.5 hours and carried out under supervised, controlled conditions. Such papers should be composed of an appropriate balance of short answer, restricted response and structured questions sampling a range of Knowledge and Skills items. When sampling, the first stated item for each Outcome must be assessed along with at least one other item from the list. Should a second assessment attempt be required, the first stated items should still be used as the testing basis but the other items must be different to those used in the first paper.



Unit title: Construction Industry Fundamentals (SCQF level 7) Outcome 2; evidence for the Knowledge and/or Skills in this Outcome will be generated by the participation in a simulated formal meeting. Learners will be required to produce an individual record of this meeting in the form of minutes. Visual evidence should also be collected for this assessment by ensuring a recording is made of the meeting. Should a second assessment attempt be required, this can be carried out on an individual basis with the learner but must be recorded and written evidence produced of the second meeting.


Higher National Unit Support Notes Unit title: Construction Industry Fundamentals (SCQF level 7) Unit Support Notes are offered as guidance and are not mandatory. While the exact time allocated to this Unit is at the discretion of the centre, the notional design length is 40 hours.

Guidance on the content and context for this Unit This Unit has been written in order to allow learners to develop knowledge, understanding and skills in the following areas: 1 the roles and responsibilities of the various parties involved in a construction project. 2 the type and variety of communications employed within the industry. 3 the terminologies and concepts found in the RIBA Plan of Work. 4 the key issues which need to be addressed in the construction industry. In these notes the writer has suggested a range of topics which might be expected to be covered by lecturers. There is also recommendation as to how much time should be spent on each Outcome. This has been done to help lecturers to decide what depth of treatment to give the topics chosen for each of the Outcomes. While it is not mandatory for a centre to use this specific list of topics it is strongly recommended that it does so, on the basis that it meets Unit specification requirements and that the Assessment Support Pack is based on this list. Outcome 1: (16 hours) Describe the roles and responsibilities of the parties involved in building design and building procurement. The learner is introduced to the concept of a building design project and the various parties who comprise this team, their relationships within this process and the various types of procurement routes open to the client. All activities should be discussed in the context of the project form inception through to completion.

Knowledge and/or Skills Overview of the construction industry:

— Structure of the industry — Economic importance — Role of designers — Role of contractors


Higher National Unit Support Notes (cont) Unit title: Construction Industry Fundamentals (SCQF level 7)

Project brief:

— The purpose of the brief — The format of the brief — Role of professionals and client in the production of the design brief — User requirements for a project — Budget constraints

The client:

— Client bodies defined — Duties of the client — Project types — Industry sectors — public/private/commercial/civil engineering/PPP

The consultants:

— Duties of the architect — Duties of the quantity surveyor — Duties of the structural and mechanical services engineers — Duties of the project manager — Duties of the CDM coordinator

Contracting Organisations:

— Duties of contractors and principal contractor — Type/size of organisation

Relationships:

— Project lead — How parties communicate — Communication frequency — Consultant/client relationships

Methods of Procurement:

— Describe various methods of procurement — Advantages and disadvantages of each


Higher National Unit Support Notes (cont) Unit title: Construction Industry Fundamentals (SCQF level 7) Outcome 2: (8 hours) Explain ways in which the parties communicate. The need for good communication skills and management of communications is key to a successful project. Learners will be introduced to the variety of communication types, the importance of clear, concise communication and its legal relevance within a building contract.


Meetings:

— Brief development meetings — Technical meetings — Progress meetings — Statutory control — Project evaluation

Written:

— Minutes — Standard forms of contract administration — Drawings, schedules and specifications and their use

Electronic:

— E-mails — Social media — Site intranets

Contractual:

— Legal obligations — Disputes

Pitfalls:

— Record keeping — Contractual disputes



Outcome 3: (8 hours)

Explain the different terminologies and concepts found within the RIBA Plan of Work. Learners will be introduced to the RIBA Plan of Work and its use as a management tool within a project. They will develop an appreciation of the terminology and the capabilities of the plan for use with all consultants.


Briefing:

— Develop project objectives — Budget — Programme

Design work:

— Concept design — Developed design — Technical design

Project Roles Table:

— Use of the plan of work to define the roles of each member of team

Contractual tree:

— Explore the various procurement routes and the roles of each team member in these

Design responsibility matrix:

— Define each consultant’s responsibilities

BIM information exchanges:

— Integration of BIM technology at key stages within the plan



Outcome 4: (8 hours) Demonstrate how key issues within the Construction Industry are addressed This Outcome addresses some of the key issues faced by the building design team in the procurement of a project. It will develop an awareness of the statutory obligations imposed on designing a building, acknowledge the need for sustainable design and consider a building in use thorough out its whole life.

Sustainable design:

— Consider materials to be used in construction — Responsible resourcing of materials — Socio-economic factors — Recycling — Waste management

Integrating BIM processes:

— Introduction to BIM principles and processes — CAD and BIM

Planning processes:

— Planning control structure — Planning legislation outlined — Planning application process

Building Control Processes:

— Building control structure — The building regulations explained

Building use and aftercare:

— CDM regulations- duties of all parties — As–built drawings — Health and Safety Manuals — Whole life costs

Guidance on approaches to delivery of this Unit This Unit provides the learner with knowledge and understanding of fundamental principles and practices commonly found within the construction industry. There will be exploration of design organisations, contracting, the procedure and practice used in design and in procurement processes. The structure of this specification is tailored towards a sequential delivery pattern starting with an industry overview and concluding with buildings in use. There is nothing, however, to prevent a different delivery model should this be preferred by the centre.


Higher National Unit Support Notes (cont) Unit title: Construction Industry Fundamentals (SCQF level 7) Dealing with an introductory understanding of industry systems and structures, the Unit is appropriate for learners starting a Built Environment or Civil Engineering award and it is suggested that the Unit would be best accommodated at the commencement of any programme. Centres are asked to consider imaginative ways in which to contextualise learning when delivering this Unit and of supporting the learner in developing an embedded understanding of fundamental principles inherent in the construction sector. The aim should be to encourage the use of learning and teaching approaches that are varied and appropriate to the purpose of the Unit. This might be facilitated by visiting construction/civil engineering sites or construction management organisations where relevant work is carried out. Learners might also be encouraged to carry out assessor structured internet based investigation into basic aspects of the construction industry. There is also perhaps opportunity of integrating or developing knowledge within other components of the programme or when generating evidence within the first year Graded Unit when, for example, undertaking group activity or participating in brief development.

Guidance on approaches to assessment of this Unit Evidence can be generated using different types of assessment. The following are suggestions only. There may be other methods that would be more suitable to learners. It is recommended that the Outcomes be completed in the sequence presented. This does not preclude integration of the diverse subject matter during teaching, tutorials and assessment. Learners should achieve the level of competence required of technician staff employed in the construction industry in such areas as architectural technology, building inspection and maintenance, construction management, project management and quantity surveying. Centres are reminded that prior verification of centre-devised assessments would help to ensure that the national standard is being met. Where learners experience a range of assessment methods, this helps them to develop different skills that should be transferable to work or further and higher education.

Opportunities for e-assessment E-assessment may be appropriate for some assessments in this Unit. By e-assessment we mean assessment which is supported by Information and Communication Technology (ICT), such as e-testing or the use of e-portfolios or social software. Centres which wish to use e-assessment must ensure that the national standard is applied to all learner evidence and that conditions of assessment as specified in the Evidence Requirements are met, regardless of the mode of gathering evidence. The most up-to-date guidance on the use of e-assessment to support SQA’s qualifications is available at www.sqa.org.uk/e-assessment.



Opportunities for developing Core and other essential skills There are opportunities to develop aspects in the Core Skills of Communication. The evidence produced through undertaking all four Outcomes will require the learner to demonstrate competency in using and writing architectural and business language and of showing a proper understanding when reading the task requirements. The participation of a learner within a simulated design team meeting and the production of a written record of this event will involve the learner in key areas of communication. Assessment responses required throughout will demand of the learner an ability to analyse managerial systems and to reach sound conclusions based on the application of knowledge to a question. Participation in a simulated site meeting will develop skills in communication with others and Problem Solving. Sustainability aspects are available to be explored by the learner, for example, in determining project sustainability aspirations, reviewing construction strategies, use and aftercare, etc. These should be contextualised into the assessment instrument produced by the centre.


History of changes to Unit

Version Description of change Date

© Scottish Qualifications Authority 2014 This publication may be reproduced in whole or in part for educational purposes provided that no profit is derived from reproduction and that, if reproduced in part, the source is acknowledged. Additional copies of this Unit specification can be purchased from the Scottish Qualifications Authority. Please contact the Business Development and Customer Support team, telephone 0303 333 0330.


General information for learners

Unit title: Construction Industry Fundamentals (SCQF level 7) This section will help you decide whether this is the Unit for you by explaining what the Unit is about, what you should know or be able to do before you start, what you will need to do during the Unit and opportunities for further learning and employment. This Unit will provide you with an appreciation of the composition and interactions of the construction project team, the mechanisms behind project procurement and how key contemporary issues within the Construction Industry are addressed. This work is specifically required to reflect and embrace the recent Government initiatives in Building Information Modelling (BIM) and the new RIBA Plan of Work. You will develop an understanding of the complexity of the industry and the inter-relationships within it whilst appreciating the important role of communication between all parties involved in a building project. You will learn about the statutory controls which must be considered when procuring a building. At the end of the Unit you will have developed knowledge and skills in the following areas:

the relationships and roles of all parties to a construction project.

the various methods of communication employed within the industry and their importance.

the terminology employed in the current RIBA plan of Work and its use as a management tool.

the key issues which must addressed within the construction industry.

There are opportunities to develop aspects in the Core Skills of Communication and Problem Solving. The evidence produced through undertaking all four Outcomes will require you to demonstrate competency in using and writing architectural and business language and of showing a proper understanding when reading the task requirements.

Higher National Unit Specification General information for centres Unit title: Building Science Unit code: DW4H 34 Unit purpose: This Unit is designed to enable candidates to apply the principles of building science to heat transfer, condensation, sound and noise measurement and the principles of light and light measurement. On completion of the Unit the candidate should be able to: 1 Apply the principles of heat transfer in building design. 2 Apply the principles of psychrometry to the occurrence of condensation in building design. 3 Apply the principles of sound and noise measurement in building design. 4 Apply the principles of light and light measurement in building design. Credit points and level: 1 HN Credit at SCQF level 7: (8 SCQF credit points at SCQF level 7*). *SCQF credit points are used to allocate credit to qualifications in the Scottish Credit and Qualifications Framework (SCQF). Each qualification in the Framework is allocated a number of SCQF credit points at an SCQF level. There are 12 SCQF levels, ranging from Access 1 to Doctorates. Recommended prior knowledge and skills: It would be an advantage for candidates to have a basic understanding and knowledge of heat light and sound. Such understanding and knowledge may be evidenced by the possession of an appropriate National Certificate Unit or equivalent. The Unit includes all the basic principles necessary to allow candidates possessing other qualifications or experience to succeed in this Unit. Core Skills: There are opportunities to develop the Core Skill(s) of Communication, Numeracy, Problem Solving, in this Unit, although there is no automatic certification of Core Skills or Core Skills components. Context for delivery: If this Unit is delivered as part of a Group Award, it is recommended that it should be taught and assessed within the subject area of the Group Award to which it contributes. Assessment: It is possible to assess candidates either on an individual Outcome basis, combination of Outcomes or by a single holistic assessment combining all Outcomes. The assessment paper/s should be composed of an appropriate balance of short answer, restricted response and structured questions. Assessments should be conducted under supervised, controlled conditions. A single assessment covering all outcomes should not exceed two hours in duration. It should be noted that candidates must achieve all the minimum evidence specified for each Outcome in order to pass this Unit.

HN Unit (DW4H 34): Building Science 1

General information for centres (cont) Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the knowledge and/or skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Candidates should not know in advance the items on which they will be assessed and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion. An exemplar instrument of assessment and marking guidelines have been produced to provide an example of the type of evidence required to demonstrate achievement of the aims of this Unit and to indicate the national standard of achievement at SCQF level 7.


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards Unit title: Building Science Unit code: DW4H 34 The sections of the Unit stating the Outcomes, knowledge and/or skills, and evidence requirements are mandatory. Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the knowledge and/or skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Candidates should not know in advance the items on which they will be assessed and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion. Throughout the unit emphasis will be placed where appropriate on the application of Health and safety and Sustainability. Safe working practice should be looked at in accordance with current safety codes of practice and regulations. Sustainability should include reference to criteria affecting sustainability on the environment and the legislation promoting sustainability. Outcome 1 Apply the principles of heat transfer in building design Knowledge and/or skills ♦ Heat transfer by conduction, convection and radiation ♦ Heat transfer across composite building elements ♦ U value ♦ Fabric energy loss from simple building ♦ Ventilation heat loss from simple building Evidence Requirements Candidates will need to provide evidence to demonstrate their knowledge and/or skills by showing that they can: ♦ identify, explain and quantify modes of heat transfer from buildings Evidence for the knowledge and/or skills for this Outcome will be provided on a sample basis. In any assessment of this Outcome a minimum of three out of five knowledge and/or skills items should be sampled. In order to ensure that candidates will not be able to foresee what items they will be questioned on, a different sample of knowledge/skill items is required each time the Outcome is ssessed. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response to all three items. a

Evidence should be generated through assessment undertaken in controlled, supervised conditions. Assessment should be conducted under open book conditions and as such candidates should be llowed to bring textbooks, handouts or notes to the assessment. a


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Building Science Assessment guidelines Questions used to elicit candidate evidence should take the form of an appropriate balance of short answer, restricted response and structured questions. The assessment of this Outcome might be combined with that for Outcomes 2, 3, and 4 to form a single assessment paper. Outcome 2 Apply the principles of psychrometry to the occurrence of condensation in building design Knowledge and/or skills

♦ Moisture content of air ♦ Relative humidity ♦ Psychrometric Chart

Dew Point temperature ♦ Evidence Requirements Candidates will need to provide evidence to demonstrate their knowledge and/or skills by showing hat they can: t

♦ identify, explain and quantify properties of moist air and the occurrence of condensation in

buildings Evidence for the knowledge and/or skills for this Outcome will be provided on a sample basis. In any assessment of this Outcome a minimum of two out of four knowledge and/or skills items should be sampled. In order to ensure that candidates will not be able to foresee what items they will be questioned on, a different sample of knowledge/skill items is required each time the Outcome is ssessed. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response to both items. a

Evidence should be generated through assessment undertaken in controlled, supervised conditions. Assessment should be conducted under open book conditions and as such candidates should be llowed to bring textbooks, handouts or notes to the assessment. a

Assessment guidelines Questions used to elicit candidate evidence should take the form of an appropriate balance of short nswer, restricted response and structured questions. a

The assessment of this Outcome might be combined with that for Outcomes 1, 3, and 4 to form a ingle assessment paper. s


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Building Science Outcome 3 Apply the principles of sound and noise measurement in building design Knowledge and/or skills

♦ Sound power, intensity and pressure levels ♦ Decibel Scale ♦ n Sound Attenuatio

on ♦ Noise reducti Noise levels ♦

Evidence Requirements Candidates will need to provide evidence to demonstrate their knowledge and/or skills by showing

at they can: th ♦ explain and quantify acoustic properties of building environments

uld be

me the Outcome is ssessed. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response to all three items.

s. as such candidates should be

llowed to bring textbooks, handouts or notes to the assessment.

of an appropriate balance of short nswer, restricted response and structured questions.

tcome might be combined with that for Outcomes 1, 2, and 4 to form a ingle assessment paper.

pply the principles of light and light measurement in building design

♦ Lighting levels

Evidence for the knowledge and/or skills for this Outcome will be provided on a sample basis. In any assessment of this Outcome a minimum of three out of five knowledge and/or skills items shosampled. In order to ensure that candidates will not be able to foresee what items they will be questioned on, a different sample of knowledge/skill items is required each tia Evidence should be generated through assessment undertaken in controlled, supervised conditionAssessment should be conducted under open book conditions anda Assessment guidelines Questions used to elicit candidate evidence should take the forma The assessment of this Ous

utcome 4 O A Knowledge and/or skills

♦ Light Sources ♦ Units of light


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Building Science Evidence Requirements Candidates will need to provide evidence to demonstrate their knowledge and/or skills by showing that they can: ♦ identify explain and quantify characteristics of lighting in relation to building environments Evidence for the knowledge and/or skills for this Outcome will be provided on a sample basis. In any assessment of this Outcome a minimum of two out of three knowledge and/or skills items should be sampled. In order to ensure that candidates will not be able to foresee what items they will be questioned on, a different sample of knowledge/skill items is required each time the Outcome is assessed. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response to both items. Evidence should be generated through assessment undertaken in controlled, supervised conditions. Assessment should be conducted under open book conditions and as such candidates should be allowed to bring textbooks, handouts or notes to the assessment. Assessment guidelines Questions used to elicit candidate evidence should take the form of an appropriate balance of short answer, restricted response and structured questions. The assessment of this Outcome might be combined with that for Outcomes 1, 2, and 3 to form a single assessment paper.


Administrative Information Unit code: DW4H 34 Unit title: Building Science Superclass category: TD Date of publication: June 2006 Version: 01 Source: SQA © Scottish Qualifications Authority 2005 This publication may be reproduced in whole or in part for educational purposes provided that no profit is derived from reproduction and that, if reproduced in part, the source is acknowledged. SQA acknowledges the valuable contribution that Scotland’s colleges have made to the development of Higher National qualifications. Additional copies of this Unit specification can be purchased from the Scottish Qualifications Authority. Please contact the Customer Contact Centre for further details, telephone 0845 279 1000.


Higher National Unit specification: support notes Unit title: Building Science This part of the Unit specification is offered as guidance. The support notes are not mandatory. While the exact time allocated to this Unit is at the discretion of the centre, the notional design length is 40 hours. Guidance on the content and context for this Unit This Unit has been written in order to allow candidates to develop knowledge understanding and skills in the following areas: 1 Applying the principles of heat transfer in building design. 2 Applying the principles of psychrometry to the occurrence of condensation in building design. 3 Applying the principles of sound and noise measurement in building design. 4 Applying the principles of light and light measurement in building design.

This Unit at SCQF level 7 is a mandatory unit within the new HNC/HND Built Environment awards. In designing this Unit the unit writers have identified the range of topics they would expect to be covered by lecturers. The writers have also given recommendations as to how much time should be spent on each outcome. This has been done to help lecturers to decide what depth of treatment should be given to the topics attached to each of the outcomes. 1 Apply the principles of heat transfer in building design (10 hours) Heat loss from buildings is an important issue in complying with Regulations and from the sustainability of the building aspect sends messages from the environmental and economic viewpoints. Design of heating systems and compliance with SAP Regulations is dealt with in other specialist units but some knowledge of the calculation of U-values and fabric heat loss will be useful in illustrating the relevance of this knowledge within this Unit.

♦ heat transfer mechanisms ♦ affect of heat transfer mechanisms on buildings ♦ U value calculation for different types of cavity walls and roof materials given the materials,

thickness and conductivity ♦ fabric loss calculation for simple one or two roomed building, for example a shop and a store

with all relevant information supplied

2 Apply the principles of psychrometry to the occurrence of condensation in building design (10 hours)

Condensation problems are a major concern in modern buildings. Design of building elements to prevent interstitial condensation and the use of relative humidity in air conditioning design is dealt with in other specialist units but some knowledge of the use of Psychrometric Charts will be useful in llustrating the relevance of this knowledge within this Unit. i

♦ condensation mechanisms ♦ affect of condensation mechanisms on buildings


Higher National Unit specification: support notes Unit title: Building Science ♦ experiment to show evaporation and condensation ♦ use of Psychrometric Chart ♦ minimising risk of condensation by efficient design of structures ♦ positioning of vapour bar♦ acceptable air conditions

riers

3 Apply the principles of sound and noise measurement in building design (10 hours) Impact and airborne sound transfer through buildings is a major problem. The physics of sound is

ighly complex and can only be dealt with at a basic level in this outcome. h ♦ sound transfer mechanisms ♦ affect of sound transfer mechanisms on buildings ♦ practical examples and demonstrations of sound transfer

uipment

e between natural and artificial light as their relationship is lt w s.

eye d refraction

ect on lighting design ent of light levels in work areas

kitchen

comparison of recommended levels with readings taken

rse work, may feature as part

f the process. Although assessments must be focused on the individual achievement of each

The volume of evidence required for each assessment should take into account the overall number of assessments being contemplated within this unit and the design of the overall teaching programme.

♦ sound generation and measuring eq♦ suitable noise reduction situations ♦ floating floor ♦ quiet room adjacent to noisy area

4 Apply the principles of light and light measurement in building design (10 hours)

o distinction is made within this outcomNdea ith in other specialist unit ♦ characteristics of the ♦ principles of light reflection an♦ the colour spectrum ♦ their aff♦ m measure♦ typing ♦ drawing ♦♦ workshop

♦ Guidance on the delivery and assessment of this Unit It is recommended that evidence for learning outcomes is achieved through well planned couassignments and projects. Assessment may be formative and summative and bothocandidate, group work and role play activities may contribute to the assessment. Integrative assignments and project work will help to link this Unit with other related units.


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Building Science In designing the assessment instrument/s, opportunities should be taken to generate appropriate evidence to contribute to the assessment of Core skills units. Where available, evidence from the workplace can also be incorporated to enhance the learning outcomes, provided that this evidence is appropriate and authenticated as the candidate’s own work. Opportunities for developing Core Skills The following grid provides a general guide to opportunities for the development of Core Skills in this Unit. Opportunities for the development of Core Skills at the output level are more fully identified in the Core Skills Signposting Guide. Core Skill Outcome

1 Outcome

2 Outcome

3 Outcome

4 Outcome

5 1 Communication

Reading Writing

Oral 2 Numeracy


3 IT



Reviewing and Evaluating 5 Working with Others Open learning Given that appropriate materials exist this unit could be delivered by distance learning, which may incorporate some degree of on-line support. However with regard to assessment planning would be required by the centre concerned to ensure the sufficiency and authenticity of candidate evidence. Arrangements would be required to be put in place to ensure that assessments were conducted under controlled, supervised conditions.


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Building Science Candidates with additional support needs This Unit specification is intended to ensure that there are no artificial barriers to learning or assessment. The additional support needs of individual candidates should be taken into account when planning learning experiences, selecting assessment instruments or considering alternative Outcomes for Units. For information on these, please refer to the SQA document Guidance on Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Candidates with Disabilities and/or Additional Support Needs, which is available on SQA’s website: www.sqa.org.uk.


General information for candidates Unit title: Building Science This Unit has been designed to allow you to develop knowledge, understanding and skill sin Building Science and specifically heat light and sound in relation to building environments. 1 Apply the principles of heat transfer in building design. 2 Apply the principles of psychrometry to the occurrence of condensation in building design. 3 Apply the principles of sound and noise measurement in building design. 4 Apply the principles of light and light measurement in building design. The formal assessment for the Unit may be undertaken as one single assessment paper lasting no more than two hours or learning outcomes individually assessed. Whichever assessment process is adopted it will be conducted under controlled supervised conditions.


Higher National Unit Specification General information for centres Unit title: Construction Materials and Specification Unit code: DW53 34 Unit purpose: This Unit seeks to provide the candidate with knowledge and understanding of the properties and the manufacturing process of common construction materials, the laboratory testing of materials and the specification of materials. On completion of the Unit the candidate should be able to: 1 Describe the manufacture and the properties of construction materials. 2 Describe and carry out laboratory tests on construction materials and prepare reports. 3 Prepare sample specifications for construction materials. Credit points and level: 1 HN Credit at SCQF level 7: (8 SCQF credit points at SCQF level 7*). *SCQF credit points are used to allocate credit to qualifications in the Scottish Credit and Qualifications Framework (SCQF). Each qualification in the Framework is allocated a number of SCQF credit points at an SCQF level. There are 12 SCQF levels, ranging from Access 1 to Doctorates. Recommended prior knowledge and skills: It would be an advantage for candidates to have a basic knowledge and understanding of construction materials, although this is not essential because the Unit covers all the basic principles. Possession of basic knowledge and understanding may be evidenced by possession of a Higher in building and architectural technology, construction, or architectural technology. Core Skills: There are opportunities to develop the Core Skill(s) of Communication, Problem Solving, Working with Others, in this Unit, although there is no automatic certification of Core Skills or Core Skills components. Context for delivery: If this Unit is delivered as part of a Group Award, it is recommended that it should be taught and assessed within the subject area of the Group Award to which it contributes. Assessment: It is possible to assess candidates either on an individual Outcome basis, combinations of Outcomes or by a single holistic assessment combining all Outcomes. The assessment paper/s should be composed of an appropriate balance of short answer, restricted response and structured questions. Assessment should be conducted under supervised, controlled conditions. A single assessment covering all outcomes should not exceed two hours in duration. It should be noted that candidates must achieve all the minimum evidence specified for each Outcome in order to pass this Unit.

HN Unit (DW53 34): Construction Materials and Specification 1

General information for centres (cont) It is recommended that: Outcome 1 be a written task which the candidate shall undertake in controlled supervised conditions. Outcome 2 be a series of practical laboratory tasks combined with written reports which the candidate shall undertake in controlled supervised conditions. Outcome 3 be one assessment paper covering the content of the Outcome and lasting one and half hours duration and be carried out under supervised controlled conditions. An exemplar instrument of assessment and marking guidelines has been produced to provide examples of the type of evidence required to demonstrate achievement of the aims of the Unit and to indicate the national standard of achievement at SCQF level 7.


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards Unit title: Construction Materials and Specification Unit code: DW53 34 The sections of the Unit stating the Outcomes, knowledge and/or skills, and evidence requirements are mandatory. Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the knowledge and/or skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Candidates should not know in advance the items on which they will be assessed and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion. Throughout this unit emphasis will be placed where appropriate on the application of Health and Safety and Sustainability. Safe working practices should be looked at in accordance with current safety codes of practice and regulations. Sustainability should include reference to criteria affecting sustainability, impact of not implementing sustainability on the environment and the legislation promoting sustainability. Outcome 1 Describe the manufacture and the properties of construction materials Knowledge and/or skills ♦ Manufacturing process for a range of construction materials ♦ Properties of construction materials ♦ Sources of raw materials ♦ Quality control procedures Evidence Requirements Evidence for the knowledge and /or skills in this Outcome will be provided on a sample basis. The evidence may be presented in responses to specific questions. Each candidate will need to demonstrate that she/he can answer correctly questions based on a sample of the items shown above. In any assessment of this Outcome two out of four knowledge and/or skills items should be sampled. In order to ensure that candidates will not be able to foresee what items they will be questioned on, a different range of materials should be sampled each time the Outcome is assessed. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response to all items being assessed. Where sampling takes place, a candidate's response can be judged to be satisfactory where evidence provided is sufficient to meet the requirements for each item. Candidates will require evidence to demonstrate their knowledge and/or skills as noted below: ♦ describe the production of construction materials


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Construction Materials and Specification Assessment guidelines It is recommended that this assessment is a maximum of three hours duration and is carried out under controlled supervised conditions. The candidates may have access to a computer or library for information retrieval. Outcome 2 Describe and carry out laboratory tests on construction materials and prepare reports Knowledge and/or skills ♦ Describe laboratory tests carried out on materials ♦ Undertake laboratory tests on materials ♦ Prepare a laboratory report Evidence Requirements All the knowledge and/or skills shall be assessed based on a minimum of four laboratory experiments. A candidate's response can be judged to be satisfactory where the evidence provided is sufficient to meet the requirements by showing that the candidate is able to: ♦ describe laboratory tests carried out on a range of materials ♦ undertake laboratory tests on a range of materials ♦ laboratory reports are prepared correctly Assessment guidelines Candidates will undertake a minimum of four laboratory tests covering at least three construction materials in which they will describe the test procedure, carry out the tests and prepare laboratory reports. A list of possible tests on materials is given in the support notes of this Unit specification. Centres may decide which tests to undertake depending on the resources available. Centres may undertake a test which is not on the list supplied in the support notes, provided the test is in common use throughout the construction industry and that a current standard is published for the test. T

he tests and preparation of the reports should be undertaken under controlled supervised conditions.

Outcome 3 Prepare sample specifications for construction materials


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Construction Materials and Specification Knowledge and/or skills ♦ Specification of concrete ♦ Specification of timber ♦ Specification of mortar Evidence Requirements Evidence for the knowledge and/or skills in this Outcome will be provided on a sample basis. The evidence may be presented in responses to specific questions. Each candidate will need to demonstrate that she/he can answer correctly questions based on a sample of the items shown above. In any assessment of this Outcome two out of three knowledge and/or skills items should be sampled. In order to ensure that candidates will not be able to foresee what items they will be questioned on, a different sample of two out of the three knowledge and/or skills items is required each time the Outcome is assessed. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response to all items to be assessed. Where an item is sampled, a candidate's response can be judged to be satisfactory where the evidence provided is sufficient to meet the requirements for each item by showing that the candidate is able to: ♦ specify correctly materials for a given situation Assessment guidelines The assessment of this Outcome should be a single assessment question paper. The assessment event should last one and a half hours and be carried out under supervised controlled conditions.


Administrative Information Unit code: DW53 34 Unit title: Construction Materials and Specification Superclass category: TE Date of publication: June 2006 Version: 01 Source: SQA © Scottish Qualifications Authority 2005 This publication may be reproduced in whole or in part for educational purposes provided that no profit is derived from reproduction and that, if reproduced in part, the source is acknowledged. SQA acknowledges the valuable contribution that Scotland’s colleges have made to the development of Higher National qualifications. Additional copies of this Unit specification can be purchased from the Scottish Qualifications Authority. Please contact the Customer Contact Centre for further details, telephone 0845 279 1000.


Higher National Unit specification: support notes Unit title: Construction Materials and Specification This part of the Unit specification is offered as guidance. The support notes are not mandatory. While the exact time allocated to this Unit is at the discretion of the centre, the notional design length is 40 hours. Guidance on the content and context for this Unit This Unit has been written in order to allow candidates to develop knowledge, understanding and skills in the following areas: ♦ describing the manufacture and the properties of construction materials ♦ describing and carrying out laboratory tests on construction materials and prepare reports ♦ preparing sample specifications for construction materials This Unit at SCQF level 7 is a mandatory unit within all HNC and HND Built Environment awards and HND Civil Engineering award. In designing this Unit the writers have identified the range of topics they would expect to be covered by lecturers. The writers have also given recommendations as to how much time should be spent on each outcome. This has been done to help lecturers to decide what depth of treatment should be given to the topics attached to each of the outcomes. Whilst it is not mandatory for a centre to use this list of topics it is strongly recommended that it does so because the assessment exemplar pack for this Unit is based on the knowledge and/or skills and list of topics in each of the Outcomes. The list of topics is given below. Lecturers/tutors are advised to study this list of topics in conjunction with the assessment exemplar pack so that they can get a clear indication of the standard of achievement expected of candidates in this Unit. 1 Describe the manufacture and the properties of building materials. (12 hours)

This Outcome covers the manufacturing processes associated with a range of construction materials and the properties of such materials which has a bearing on their performance. Use should be made of published performance data. Building materials to be covered should include:

Cement: ♦ Portland cement (including white cement and high early strength cement) ♦ Sulphate Resisting Portland cement. ♦ mention that many other cements are available such as low heat Portland Cement and fly

ash cements

Aggregates Concrete (in-situ and precast) Bricks (clay, concrete and calcium silicate) Blocks (lightweight and dense)


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Construction Materials and Specification

Timber, including timber products such as: ♦ Structural timber composites: Glued laminated timber (Glulam), Laminated Veneer

Lumber (lvl) ♦ Wood-based panels: Plywood, Oriented Strand Board, (OSB) Wood chipboard, Fibre

board, Cement-bonded particleboards

Steel/Aluminium/Lead/Copper/Zinc etc Plastic Insulation materials: (cork, foam glass, mineral wool, rigid polyisocyanurate foam boards, extruding foamed polystyrene, rigid phenolic insulation) Bitumen Asphalt Properties should include: strength, durability, appearance, water resistance, fire resistance, thermal resistance and movement. Quality control procedures should be stressed.

2 Describe and carry out laboratory tests on building materials and prepare reports. (12 hours)

This Outcome is designed to allow candidates to identify relevant current standards for the testing of materials and to use the procedures described in these standards to undertake a series of material tests in a laboratory. Candidates may refer to a computer database for information retrieval of the relevant standards for the laboratory test being undertaken.

Material Tests

Fresh Concrete: ♦ slump test ♦ vebe test ♦ flow table test ♦ degree of compactability (test) Hardened concrete:

testing cubes ammer)

♦♦ rebound hammer (Schmidt h

c covermeter ♦ electromagneti ultrasonic test ♦

Cement:

ess (using Vicat apparatus) ♦ determination of setting times and soundn♦ determination of strength (mortar prism)



Aggregates: ♦ sieve analysis ♦ moisture content Masonry Units: ♦ clay masonry units ♦ assessment of dimensional deviation Timber: ♦ assessment of moisture content using the oven-drying method Metallic materials: ♦ tensile testing at ambient temperature All tests must be carried out in accordance with current standards. Candidates will undertake a minimum of four laboratory tests covering at least three construction materials in which they will describe the test procedure, carry out the test and prepare a laboratory report. It is recommended that at least two of the tests should be carried out on concrete. For each test, the precise requirements of the test must be covered to completion of the test. The assessment for this Outcome will be carried out both in the laboratory and in a classroom writing up the reports. This should be done under controlled supervised conditions.

3 Prepare sample specifications for materials. (9 hours)

This Outcome concentrates on the appropriate specification of three materials: concrete, timber and mortar in accordance with current standards and which will require some explanation in class. Specifications may be prepared in a format similar to the National Building Specification (NBS). It would be useful if candidates had access to this library of specifications clauses either in electronic format or from a library. Concrete: The approaches to the specification of concrete in accordance with current standards should be covered, they are: ♦ s designated concrete♦ designed concretes ♦ prescribed concretes

d concretes ♦ standardised prescribe proprietary concretes ♦

It is intended that this should be a brief introduction covering the five approaches to the specification of concrete; however lecturers shall decide the depth of treatment required which may depend on the award programme.



It is not intended that any depth is given to designed mixes which is a specialist area but lecturers should explain the use of designated concretes and standardised prescribed concretes which are in common use. Timber: The approaches to the specification of timber should be covered. This should include situations where timber species is not important but strength grade/strength class and treatment may be, for example, for floor joists spanning a given distance. In other situations such as in exposed roof trusses timber species will be important. Therefore, timber species, strength grade/strength class, preservation/treatment, moisture content should be covered. Mortar: The specification of mortar, including the difference cement types that may be used, the specification of fine aggregate, plasticiser, hydraulic lime and water. The specification of mix designations in accordance with current standards should also be covered.

Unit Assessment (7 hours total) This takes the form of three different assessments, one covering the content of Outcome 1, one covering the content of Outcome 2 and finally one assessment paper covering the content of Outcome 3 and lasting one and half hours duration and be carried out under supervised controlled conditions. The time duration allocated to Outcome 2 will vary depending on what tests are undertaken and the number of laboratory sessions included. For example, cube testing concrete will require visits to test cubes at 7 and 28 days after the cube has been produced to carry out tests in accordance with current standards.

Guidance on the delivery and assessment of this Unit Where this Unit is incorporated into other group awards it is recommended that it be delivered in the context of the specific occupational area(s) that the award is designed to cover. Details on approaches to assessment are given under Evidence Requirements and Assessment guidelines under each Outcome in the Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards section. It is recommended that these sections be read carefully before proceeding with assessment of candidates. Work may be undertaken in groups. However, planning would be required by the centre to ensure the sufficiency and authenticity of candidate evidence. Where available, evidence from the workplace can also be incorporated to enhance the learning outcomes, provided that this evidence is appropriate and authenticated as the student’s own work.


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Construction Materials and Specification Opportunities for developing Core Skills The following grid provides a general guide to opportunities for the development of Core Skills in this Unit. Opportunities for the development of Core Skills at the output level are more fully identified in the Core Skills Signposting Guide. Core Skill Outcome

1 Outcome

2 Outcome

3 Outcome

4 Outcome

5 1 Communication

Reading Writing

Oral 2 Numeracy


3 IT



Reviewing and Evaluating 5 Working with Others Open learning This Unit could be delivered by distance learning, which may incorporate some degree of on-line support. However, with regard to assessment, planning would be required by the centre concerned to ensure the sufficiency and authenticity of candidate evidence. Arrangement would be required to be put in place to ensure that the assessment, which is required to be at a single event, was conducted under controlled, supervised conditions. For information on normal open learning arrangements, please refer to the SQA guide Assessment and Quality Assurance of Open and Distance Learning (SQA 2000).


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Construction Materials and Specification Candidates with additional support needs This Unit specification is intended to ensure that there are no artificial barriers to learning or assessment. The additional support needs of individual candidates should be taken into account when planning learning experiences, selecting assessment instruments or considering alternative Outcomes for Units. For information on these, please refer to the SQA document Guidance on Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Candidates with Disabilities and/or Additional Support Needs, which is available on the SQA website www.sqa.org.uk.


General information for candidates Unit title: Construction Materials and Specification This Unit has been designed to allow you to develop knowledge, understanding and skills in the properties and manufacturing process of common construction materials, the laboratory testing of materials and the specification of materials. Outcome 1 In this Outcome you will learn how various building materials are manufactured and the properties of such materials which has a bearing on their performance. Outcome 2 In this Unit you will carry out a minimum of four laboratory tests on common construction materials and write up the reports. Outcome 3 In this Outcome you will gain knowledge in how to write a specification for two common materials. Assessment This takes the form of three different assessments, one covering the content of Outcome 1, one covering the content of Outcome 2 to be carried out under supervised controlled conditions and finally one assessment paper covering the content of Outcome 3 and lasting one and half hours duration and be carried out under supervised controlled conditions.


H72A 34, Construction Technology: Substructure (SCQF level 7) 1

Higher National Unit specification General information Unit title: Construction Technology: Substructure (SCQF level 7) Unit code: H72A 34 Superclass: TE Publication date: April 2014 Source: Scottish Qualifications Authority Version: 01

Unit purpose This Unit is designed to enable learners to gain knowledge and understanding of substructure construction beginning with site investigation and continuing with the control of ground water, ground improvement techniques and finally the selection and construction of appropriate foundation forms.

Outcomes On successful completion of the Unit the learner will be able to: 1 Describe the process of site investigation. 2 Describe methods of ground water control. 3 Describe methods of ground improvement. 4 Describe appropriate forms of foundation and basement construction.


Recommended entry to the Unit It would be an advantage for learners to have a basic knowledge and understanding of substructure construction, although this is not essential, as the Unit covers all of the basic principles. Possession of basic knowledge and understanding may be evidenced by possession of an appropriate National Certificate Unit.



Unit title: Construction Technology: Substructure (SCQF level 7)








Unit title: Construction Technology: Substructure (SCQF level 7) Acceptable performance in this Unit will be the satisfactory achievement of the standards set out in this part of the Unit specification. All sections of the statement of standards are mandatory and cannot be altered without reference to SQA. Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the Knowledge and/or Skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Learners should not know in advance the items on which they will be assessed and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion.

Outcome 1 Describe the process of site investigation.


Desk studies

Walk–over survey

Direct ground investigations

In-situ and laboratory testing

Site investigation report

Outcome 2 Describe methods of ground water control.


Origins of water in the ground

Permanent exclusion of groundwater

Temporary exclusion of groundwater

Outcome 3 Describe methods of ground improvement.


Refilling in thin layers with compaction

Dynamic compaction

Vibrated stone columns

Vibrated concrete columns



Unit title: Construction Technology: Substructure (SCQF level 7)

Outcome 4 Describe appropriate forms of foundation and basement construction


Strip, raft, pad and pile foundations

Temporary and permanent support to excavations

Pile caps and ground beams

Basement construction


describe the component parts of the site investigation process.

explain the origins of water in the ground.

describe a method of excluding ground water from a site.

sketch and describe methods of ground improvement.

select, describe and sketch forms of foundation and basement construction for a given situation including any ground support which may be required.

It is possible to assess learners either on an individual Outcome basis, combinations of Outcomes or by a single holistic assessment combining all Outcomes. In this Unit it is proposed that Outcomes 1, 2 and 3 may be combined into a single question paper assessment and Outcome 4 as an individual assessment. The assessment papers should be composed of a suitable balance of short answer, restricted response and structured questions. Assessment should be conducted under controlled, supervised conditions. It should be noted that learners must achieve all the minimum evidence specified for each Outcome in order to pass the Unit. An exemplar instrument of assessment and marking guidelines has been produced to provide examples of the type of evidence required to demonstrate achievement of the aims of this Unit and to indicate the national standard of achievement at SCQF level 7. Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the Knowledge and/or Skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Items being assessed should not be known to learners in advance and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion.


Higher National Unit Support Notes Unit title: Construction Technology: Substructure (SCQF level 7) Unit Support Notes are offered as guidance and are not mandatory. While the exact time allocated to this Unit is at the discretion of the centre, the notional design length is 40 hours.

Guidance on the content and context for this Unit This Unit has been written in order to allow learners to develop knowledge, understanding and skills in the following areas: 1 The process of site investigation. 2 Describing methods of ground water control. 3 Describing methods of improving the ground. 4 Describing forms of foundation and basement construction. This Unit has been developed as part of a group of construction technology Units. There are three other Units in the group entitled: Construction Technology: Domestic Construction,

Construction Technology: Industrial/Commercial Superstructure

Construction Technology: Specialist Systems

This Unit at SCQF level 7 is a mandatory Unit within all the HNC and HND Built Environment and Civil Engineering awards. The three Units mentioned in the previous paragraph have been developed as an integrated suite of Units to meet all the construction technology requirements of the HNC and HND Built Environment awards. However, this does not preclude the use of one or more of these Units in other awards where award designers feel this to be appropriate. As well as providing a substantial course in construction technology principles these Units also provide important underpinning knowledge, understanding and skills for other parts of the HNC and HND Built Environment awards


Higher National Unit Support Notes (cont) Unit title: Construction Technology: Substructure (SCQF level 7)

Guidance on approaches to delivery of this Unit In designing this Unit the Unit writers have identified the range of topics they would expect to be covered by lecturers. The writers have also given recommendations as to how much time should be spent on each Outcome. This has been done to help lecturers to decide what depth of treatment should be given to the topics attached to each of the Outcomes. Whilst it is not mandatory for a centre to use this list of topics it is strongly recommended that it does so to ensure continuity of teaching and learning across the Construction Technology Units and because the assessment exemplar pack for this Unit is based on the Knowledge and/or Skills and list of topics in each of the Outcomes. The list of topics is given below. Delivering lecturers are advised to study this list of topics in conjunction with the assessment exemplar pack. This will provide a clear indication of the standard of achievement expected of learners undertaking this Unit.

1 Describe the process of site investigation. (10 hours)

Site investigation:

Desk studies

Walk-over survey (site reconnaissance)

Direct ground investigation:

— planning the investigation — extent, depth of exploration and choice of method — trial pits — auger holes — bore holes — light percussion boring — hollow stem auger — rotary core drilling

Soil mechanics:

This should be a brief introduction covering the topics below, however lecturers shall decide the depth of treatment required which may depend on the award programme.

soil formation and nature

soil description and classification — Rock, granular soils, cohesive soil, organic soil

fill (or made ground): engineered and non-engineered fills

In-situ testing:

probing, using lightweight dynamic penetrometers or cone penetration test

the Standard Penetration test (SPT)

the field vane test ground water observations

ground water observation



Laboratory testing Site investigation reports Note for tutors There is no shortage of texts available on the subject of site investigation however, tutors should concentrate on the current British Standard Code of practice for site investigations and the guide to application of the code copies of which should be available for access by the students. This publication contains many on-line interactive links which students will find useful. British Research Establishment (BRE) publications will also be useful in the delivery of this Outcome particularly those in the ‘Digest’ series. Tutors, particularly those teaching on the HND Civil Engineering may wish to make students aware of the current Eurocode.

2 Describe methods of ground water control. (4 hours)

The origins of water in the ground

Methods of permanent exclusion of ground water: sheet piling, thin grouted membranes, slurry trench cut-off, diaphragm walls, contiguous piling.

Methods of temporary exclusion of ground water: Sump pumping, shallow wells with suction pumps, Wellpoint systems, Deep bored filter wells. Freezing.

3 Describe methods of ground improvement. (4 hours)

Choice of method:

refilling in thin layers with compaction

dynamic compaction

rapid impact compaction

vibrated stone columns (Vibro) compaction and vibroplacement

vibrated concrete columns



4 Select and describe appropriate forms of foundation. (18 hours)

Principles of foundation design

Concrete strip foundations: deep strip (trench fill), wide strip and reinforced strip Temporary and permanent support to excavations Concrete raft foundations: flat raft and raft with down-stand beams Concrete pad foundations Pile foundations: Classification of piles — Replacement and displacement

Friction and end bearing

Pile types: Displacement: Continuous Helical Displacement Tubular Steel Precast Concrete Driven in-situ Replacement: Short bored Mini Small diameter Large diameter Continuous Flight Auger The use of Bentonite or equivalent

Pile testing: Static Load Sonic Integrity Dynamic Load

Pile caps and ground beams: Methods of construction.

Single storey basement construction: Slab and wall construction Forms of construction according to grade Waterproofing options and materials Methods of construction

Underpinning

Excavation plant

Note for tutors

Many standard texts are available covering foundation design and construction. Tutors should refer students to BRE publications particularly in the ‘Good Building Guide’ series for simple foundations of low rise buildings. Many Contractor’s web sites are available and students should be encouraged to search these web sites and examine the case studies available.



The current British Standards are a useful reference when covering basement construction. A copy of the British Standards should be available for access by the students.

Unit Assessment (3.5 hours total) This takes the form of two assessment papers, one covering the content of Outcome 1, 2 and 3 and lasting two hours duration and the other covering the content of Outcome 4 and also of one and a half hours duration. This Unit is designed to further develop knowledge and understanding of below ground construction. This Unit should also reinforce the importance of Health & Safety related to below ground construction. Where possible, it is recommended that learners visit a local construction site to enhance the understanding of below ground construction.

Guidance on approaches to assessment of this Unit Evidence can be generated using different types of assessment. The following are suggestions only. There may be other methods that would be more suitable to learners. Centres are reminded that prior verification of centre-devised assessments would help to ensure that the national standard is being met. Where learners experience a range of assessment methods, this helps them to develop different skills that should be transferable to work or further and higher education. The assessment for all Outcomes may be undertaken separately or alternatively as integrated or combined Outcomes. This may be in the form of two or three assessment events. Assessment should place emphasis upon description and sketching of the Outcome content. Assessments should be conducted under supervised, controlled open-book conditions. Total assessment duration for this Unit should not exceed 3.5 hours. It should be noted that learners must achieve all the minimum evidence specified for each Outcome in order to pass the Unit. Evidence for the Knowledge and/or Skills in this Outcome will be provided on a sample basis as follows: Outcome 1 two from five Knowledge and/or Skills items should be sampled. Outcome 2 two from three Knowledge and/or Skills items should be sampled. Outcome 3 two from four Knowledge and/or Skills items should be sampled. Outcome 4 two from four Knowledge and/or Skills items should be sampled.


Higher National Unit Support Notes (cont) Unit title: Construction Technology: Substructure (SCQF level 7) Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the Knowledge and/or Skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Items being assessed should not be known to learners in advance and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion.


Opportunities for developing Core and other essential skills There are opportunities to develop Core Skills in Communication and aspects of Problem Solving.



Unit title: Construction Technology: Substructure (SCQF level 7) This section will help you decide whether this is the Unit for you by explaining what the Unit is about, what you should know or be able to do before you start, what you will need to do during the Unit and opportunities for further learning and employment. The Unit will enable learners to develop a knowledge and understanding of the main aspects of preparing to build, through site and soil investigations, ground water control, ground improvement techniques and then constructing buildings up to ground level including selection of appropriate foundations and basement construction. The principal aims are to:

Prepare learners for employment as technicians in the construction industry with a range of disciplines, including, Architects, Civil Engineering, Contractors, Building Surveyors and Quantity Surveyors.

Provide built environment and civil engineering learners with knowledge and understanding of common aspects of ground investigation, ground preparation and below ground construction.

Enable learners to pursue appropriate professional body recognition, such as Chartered Institute of Building, Institute of Civil Engineers, Chartered Institute of Architectural Tecnologists, Royal Institute of Chartered Surveyors.

Provide learners with knowledge and understanding of below ground construction work that will support further study of related construction technology Units.

The Unit is part of a group of Construction Technology Units within the Civil Engineering and/or Built Environment frameworks. The other Units are entitled Construction Technology: Domestic Building, Construction Technology: Industrial and Commercial Superstructure and Construction Technology: Specialist Systems. There are opportunities to develop Core Skills in Communication and aspects of Problem Solving.

H726 34, Building Measurement and Cost Studies (SCQF level 7) 1

Higher National Unit specification General information Unit title: Building Measurement and Cost Studies (SCQF level 7) Unit code: H726 34 Superclass: TC Publication date: April 2014 Source: Scottish Qualifications Authority Version: 01

Unit purpose This Unit is designed to enable learners to gain knowledge and understanding of the processes involved in the preparation of a tender for building works. The Unit begins with the preparation of quantified item descriptions for a single building of straightforward construction using a current Standard Method of Measurement for building works. It then proceeds to examine the factors affecting labour and plant outputs and how these and other factors such as material costs impact on the overall estimate for the work and the subsequent tender submitted to the client. On successful completion of the Unit the learner will be able to: 1 Produce quantified items for walls, associated openings and finishes using SMM. 2 Describe the factors which affect building costs. 3 Explain the production and adjudication of an estimate for building works.


Recommended entry to the Unit Whilst entry is at the discretion of the centre, it would be an advantage for the learner to have a basic knowledge of the construction industry and an understanding of external wall construction. This may be evidenced by the learner having previously obtained appropriate qualification or vocational experience in construction technology.


Higher National Unit specification: General information (cont)

Unit title: Building Measurement and Cost Studies (SCQF level 7)








Unit title: Building Measurement and Cost Studies (SCQF level 7) Acceptable performance in this Unit will be the satisfactory achievement of the standards set out in this part of the Unit specification. All sections of the statement of standards are mandatory and cannot be altered without reference to SQA. Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the Knowledge and/or Skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Learners should not know in advance the items on which they will be assessed and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion.

Outcome 1 Produce quantified items for walls, associated openings and finishes using SMM.


Brickwork/blockwork walls

Adjustments for openings in brick/block walls

Accessories to brickwork/blockwork walls

Windows and doors

General joinery items associated with windows and doors

Ironmongery

Internal/external wall finishes

Evidence Requirements Learners will need to provide evidence to demonstrate their Knowledge and/or Skills by showing that they can:

produce comprehensive item descriptions.

express quantities in the correct Unit of measurement.

take off quantities accurately.

produce accurate waste calculations.

correctly interpret the technology.

correctly analyse drawings.

Evidence for the Knowledge and/or Skills for this Outcome may be provided on a sample basis. In any assessment of this Outcome a minimum of four out of seven Knowledge and/or Skills items should be sampled. The instrument of assessment used should permit all Knowledge and/or Skills to be assessed therefore allowing the learners themselves to select which Knowledge and/or Skills they wish to demonstrate.



Unit title: Building Measurement and Cost Studies (SCQF level 7) Evidence should be generated through assessment undertaken in controlled, supervised conditions, ‘Open-book’ with a current SMM for building works. The learner should have access to their own notes. Evidence for competence in this Outcome should be generated using drawings and specification notes for a single building of straightforward construction.

Outcome 2 Describe the factors which affect building costs.


Labour

Plant

Materials

Project Specific factors

Evidence Requirements Learners will need to provide evidence to demonstrate their Knowledge and/or Skills by showing that they can:

identify the factors which affect labour output.

identify the factors which affect material costs.

identify the factors which affect plant output.

identify the project specific factors which affect the overall building costs.

The assessment for Outcomes 2 and 3 might reasonably be combined together into one assessment paper and take the form of an assignment which will require the submission of a written report.



Unit title: Building Measurement and Cost Studies (SCQF level 7)

Outcome 3 Explain the production and adjudication of an estimate for building works.


Calculation of Estimate

Conversion of Estimate to Tender

Preparing Estimates using Bills of Quantities

Preparing Estimates for projects without Bills of Quantities

Evidence Requirements

Learners will need evidence to demonstrate their Knowledge and/or Skills by showing

that they can:

explain the factors which have to be taken into account when preparing an estimate for building works.

explain the function of a Bill of Quantities when preparing an estimate for building works.

describe the process involved when compiling an estimate for building works.

explain the factors which require to be taken into consideration when converting an estimate into a tender for a building contract.

describe how the estimating process differs when there are no Bills of Quantities included with the tender documentation.

The assessment for Outcomes 2 and 3 might be combined together into one assessment paper and take the form of an assignment which will require the submission of a written report.


Higher National Unit Support Notes Unit title: Building Measurement and Cost Studies (SCQF level 7) Unit Support Notes are offered as guidance and are not mandatory. While the exact time allocated to this Unit is at the discretion of the centre, the notional design length is 40 hours.

Guidance on the content and context for this Unit This Unit has been written in order to allow learners to develop knowledge, understanding and skills in the following areas: 1 Producing quantified items for superstructure walls, together with associated openings

and finishes for a single building of straightforward construction using a current SMM for building works.

2 Describing the factors which affect building costs. 3 The process of producing and adjudicating on estimates for building work.

Guidance on approaches to delivery of this Unit As this Unit introduces fundamental measurement and costing principles it is recommended that it is delivered in the first year of HND Built Environment awards and HNC where appropriate. However it would benefit the learner to have some knowledge of external wall construction and therefore would be best delivered towards the latter part of the first year. The recommended time allocations for each Outcome are given as guidance towards the depth of treatment which might be applied to each topic. 1 Produce quantified items for superstructure walls together with associated openings and

finishes for a single building of straightforward construction using the current SMM for building works. (20 hours)

Taking off quantities

— Preparing accurate lists of item descriptions (SMM)

Waste calculations

— Side notes — Units of measurement

– Brickwork/Blockwork – Single skin and cavity wall – Adjustments for openings – dpc


Higher National Unit Support Notes (cont) Unit title: Building Measurement and Cost Studies (SCQF level 7)

— Windows and doors – Door frames and facings, etc – Ironmongery

— Internal/External Finishes – Plasterwork or Roughcast

2 Describe the factors which affect building costs. (10 hours)

Labour rate: Working Rule Agreement

— Overtime — Bonus payments — Weather — Site location

Plant rate:

— Machine capacities — Hire plant/Company-owned plant — RICS Plant Hire charges — Plant operator — Transportation of plant

Material Costs:

— Specification — Delivery costs — Small/bulk orders — Waste

Project Specific Costs:

— Geographical location — Weather conditions — Ease of access — Security — Location of services — Ground conditions — Site topography — Existing use of site — Storage space on site


Higher National Unit Support Notes (cont) Unit title: Building Measurement and Cost Studies (SCQF level 7) 3 Explain the production and adjudication of estimates for a building of straightforward

construction. (10 hours)

Calculation of Estimate:

— Labour Costs — Plant Costs — Material Costs — Sub Contract Enquiries — Site Visit Report — Overheads — Location of site

Conversion of Estimate to Tender:

— Profit — Current Workload Anticipated Workload — Type of Work — Risk

Preparing estimates for building projects with Bills of Quantities

Preparing estimates for building projects without Bills of Quantities

CIOB Code of Estimating Practice (COEP)

Guidance on approaches to assessment of this Unit Evidence can be generated using different types of assessment. The following are suggestions only. There may be other methods that would be more suitable to learners. Centres are reminded that prior verification of centre-devised assessments would help to ensure that the national standard is being met. Where learners experience a range of assessment methods, this helps them to develop different skills that should be transferable to work or further and higher education. An exemplar assessment pack and marking guidelines have been produced to indicate the National Standard of achievement required at SCQF level 7. It is possible to assess learners either on an individual Outcome basis, combinations of Outcomes or by a single holistic assessment combining all Outcomes. It is suggested that assessment of this Unit might take the form of two separate papers. It should be noted that learners must achieve all the minimum evidence specified for each Outcome in order to pass the Unit. Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the Knowledge and/or Skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Learners should not know in advance the items on which they will be assessed and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion.


Higher National Unit Support Notes (cont) Unit title: Building Measurement and Cost Studies (SCQF level 7) Outcome 1 Outcome 1 could be assessed individually and last two hours. The assessment paper will require the learner to prepare a draft Bill of Quantities for internal and external walls of a single building of straightforward construction. The learner should be provided with both drawings and specification details which provide sufficient information to take off the quantities for brick/block walls, doors, windows and internal/external finishes. The assessment for Outcome 1 should be conducted under controlled, supervised conditions appropriate to an open-book event. Outcome 2 and 3 The assessment for Outcomes 2 and 3 might be combined together into one assessment paper which it is anticipated would take the learner approximately two hours to complete. This assessment paper will take the form of an assignment which will require the submission of a written report.


Opportunities for developing Core and other essential skills Throughout the Unit, learners should be able to develop the Core Skill of Communication through reading, evaluating and understanding written and graphical communication of different types, and should be producing written documents that convey a range of information and ideas on construction pricing matters. Learners will also be able to develop the Core Skill of Numeracy through the interpretation of construction drawings and the measurement of quantities Using Graphical Information. Learners may also be able to develop the Core Skill component of Critical Thinking by analysing and interpreting construction drawings, reviewing and evaluating case study information and identifying opportunities and constraints contained therein.



Unit title: Building Measurement and Cost Studies (SCQF level 7) This Unit has been designed to introduce you to and develop knowledge, understanding and skills in the measurement and description of quantities for building work. In particular it covers the measurement of external walls, windows and doors. This Unit also explains the process involved in producing an estimate and tender for building work and outlines the factors which affect the costs for building works. Even if you do not intend to follow a career in quantity surveying, this Unit will help you understand how building work is measured and priced by a building contractor. You will be required to examine building drawings and specification notes and your knowledge of building construction will be enhanced by undertaking this Unit. By the end of this Unit you will be aware of the many and varied factors which affect the cost of building projects and how the contractor includes for these in his tender for a construction project. The formal assessment for this Unit may consist of two separate assessment papers. The assessment for Learning Outcome 1 will be conducted under supervised conditions with access to a current SMM for building works. You will be allowed to take in your own notes and a scientific calculator. The second assessment, covering both Learning Outcomes 2 and 3, can take the form of an assignment requesting you to submit a written report. Throughout the Unit, you should be able to develop the Core Skill of Communication through reading, evaluating and understanding written and graphical communication of different types, and should be producing written documents that convey a range of information and ideas on construction pricing matters. You will also be able to develop the Core Skill of Numeracy through the interpretation of construction drawings and the measurement of quantities Using Graphical Information.

Higher National Unit Specification General information for centres Unit title: Construction Site Surveying A Unit code: DW5H 34 Unit purpose: This Unit is designed to develop candidate knowledge and skills in the basic techniques of land surveying — use of plans and maps; instrument work and measurement; areas and volumes; setting out - for construction purposes. On completion of the Unit the candidate should be able to: 1 Carry out information gathering from Ordnance Survey plans and site plans to determine co-

ordinates, distances, gradients, bearings and areas. 2 Carry out a levelling survey and calculate the results to determine contours, sections and

volumes. 3 Carry out the measurement of angles and distances for survey purposes. 4 Set out basic construction works in line and level. Credit points and level: 1 HN Credit at SCQF level 7: (8 SCQF credit points at SCQF level 7*). *SCQF credit points are used to allocate credit to qualifications in the Scottish Credit and Qualifications Framework (SCQF). Each qualification in the Framework is allocated a number of SCQF credit points at an SCQF level. There are 12 SCQF levels, ranging from Access 1 to Doctorates. Recommended prior knowledge and skills: No specialist prior knowledge or skills are required by candidates for this Unit. However, prior knowledge and skills in trigonometry and general map reading would be advantageous. Core Skills: There are opportunities to develop the Core Skills of Communication, Numeracy, Problem Solving, and Working with Others in this Unit, although there is no automatic certification of Core Skills or Core Skills components. Context for delivery: If this Unit is delivered as part of a Group Award, it is recommended that it should be taught and assessed within the subject area of the Group Award to which it contributes. Assessment: It is possible to assess candidates on an individual outcome basis, or by combinations of outcomes. Assessment should be conducted under supervised conditions. The assessment(s) of learning outcome 1 should consist of an appropriate balance of short answer, restricted response and structured questions in open book format. The assessment of learning outcomes 2, 3 and 4 involves practical field surveys in groups with subsequent work done individually. It should be noted that candidates must achieve all the minimum evidence specified for each outcome in order to complete the unit successfully.

HN Unit (DW5H 34): Construction Site Surveying A 1

General information for centres (cont) Where evidence for outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the knowledge and/or skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Candidates should not know in advance the items on which they will be assessed and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion. The sections of the unit stating outcomes, knowledge and/or skills, and evidence requirements are mandatory. An exemplar instrument of assessment and marking guidelines has been produced to provide examples of the type of evidence required to demonstrate achievement of the aims of this unit and to indicate the national standard of achievement at SCQF level 7.


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards Unit title: Construction Site Surveying A Unit code: DW5H 34 The sections of the Unit stating the Outcomes, knowledge and/or skills, and evidence requirements are mandatory. Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the knowledge and/or skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Candidates should not know in advance the items on which they will be assessed and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion. Throughout the unit emphasis will be placed where appropriate on the application of Health & Safety and Sustainability. Safe working practices should be looked at in accordance with current safety codes of practice and regulations. Sustainability should include reference to criteria affecting sustainability, the impact on the environment of not implementing sustainability, and the legislation promoting sustainability. Outcome 1 Carry out information gathering from Ordnance Survey plans and site plans to determine co-ordinates, distances, gradients, bearings and areas Knowledge and/or skills

♦ Ordnance Survey co-ordinates and levels ♦ Map and plan scales ♦ Local co-ordinates and levels ♦ Partial co-ordinates ♦ Distances and bearings ♦ Regular and irregular areas Evidence Requirements Candidates will need to provide evidence to demonstrate their knowledge and/or skills by showing hat they can: t

s. ♦ explain co-ordinate and/or heighting system

♦ select appropriate methods of calculation. ♦ calculate distance and/or bearing and/or gradient and/or partial/total co-ordinates and/or areas

from data. Evidence for the knowledge and/or skills for this Outcome will be provided on a sample basis. In any assessment of this Outcome, a minimum of four out of six knowledge and/or skills items should be sampled. In order to ensure that candidates will not be able to foresee which items they will be questioned on, a different sample of knowledge and/or skills items is required each time the outcome is assessed. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response in regard to all four knowledge and/or kills items. s

Evidence should be generated through assessment undertaken in controlled supervised conditions. Assessment should be conducted under open book conditions.


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Construction Site Surveying A Assessment guidelines Questions used to elicit candidate evidence should take the form of an appropriate balance of short answer, restricted response and structured questions. Outcome 2 Carry out a levelling survey and calculate the results to determine contours, sections and volumes Knowledge and/or skills

♦ OS and temporary benchmarks ♦ Rise and fall method ♦ Collimation method ♦ Booking checks ♦ Contouring and sections ♦ Regular and irregular volumes Evidence Requirements Candidates will need to provide evidence to demonstrate their knowledge and/or skills by showing hat they can: t

ey. ♦ carry out a levelling surv

♦ calculate reduced levels. use calculated and/or given levels for plotting and/or volume estimation purposes. ♦

Evidence for the knowledge and/or skills for this Outcome will be provided on a sample basis. In any assessment of this Outcome, a minimum of four out of six knowledge and/or skills items should be sampled. In order to ensure that candidates will not be able to foresee which items they will be questioned on, a different sample of knowledge and/or skills items is required each time the outcome is assessed. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response in regard to all four knowledge and/or kills items. s

Evidence should be generated in supervised conditions with candidates working in groups to undertake the fieldwork and individual candidates processing the derived data. Assessment should be onducted under open book conditions on a continuous basis. c

Assessment guidelines Where group work is involved, each candidate must participate in each aspect of the practical

eldwork required, exhibiting the required level of competence. fi

he assessment for this outcome might be combined with those for Outcomes 3 and 4 of this Unit. T


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Construction Site Surveying A Outcome 3 Carry out the measurement of angles and distances for survey purposes Knowledge and/or skills

♦ Theodolite use ♦ Distance measurements ♦ Linear tape survey ♦ Checking methods ♦ Plotting results to scale Evidence Requirements Candidates will need to provide evidence to demonstrate their knowledge and/or skills by showing that they can: ♦ undertake measurements to an appropriate level of accuracy. ♦ apply appropriate checks

process and plot results. .

♦ Evidence for the knowledge and/or skills for this Outcome will be provided on a sample basis. In any assessment of this Outcome, a minimum of four out of five knowledge and/or skills items should be sampled. In order to ensure that candidates will not be able to foresee which items they will be questioned on, a different sample of knowledge and/or skills items is required each time the outcome is assessed. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response in regard to all four knowledge and/or kills items. s

Evidence should be generated in supervised conditions with candidates working in groups to undertake the fieldwork and individual candidates processing the derived data. Assessment should be onducted under open book conditions on a continuous basis. c

Assessment guidelines Where group work is involved, each candidate must participate in each aspect of the practical

eldwork required, exhibiting the required level of competence. fi

he assessment for this outcome might be combined with those for Outcomes 2 and 4 of this Unit. T

utcome 4 O

et out basic construction works in line and level S Knowledge and/or skills

♦ Determination of setting out data ♦ Setting out points in plan ♦ Setting out levels for construction ♦ Checking methods


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Construction Site Surveying A Evidence Requirements Candidates will need to provide evidence to demonstrate their knowledge and/or skills by showing that they can: ♦ select appropriate methods for setting out purposes ♦ set out points to an acceptable level of accuracy ♦ apply appropriate checks Evidence for the knowledge and/or skills for this Outcome will be provided on a sample basis. In any assessment of this Outcome, a minimum of three out of four knowledge and/or skills items should be sampled. In order to ensure that candidates will not be able to foresee which items they will be questioned on, a different sample of knowledge and/or skills items is required each time the outcome is assessed. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response in regard to all three knowledge and/or skills items. Evidence should be generated in supervised conditions with candidates working in groups to undertake the fieldwork and individual candidates processing the derived data. Assessment should be conducted under open book conditions on a continuous basis. Assessment guidelines Where group work is involved, each candidate must participate in each aspect of the practical fieldwork required, exhibiting the required level of competence. The assessment for this Outcome might be combined with those for Outcomes 2 and 3 of this Unit.


Administrative Information Unit code: DW5H 34 Unit title: Construction Site Surveying A Superclass category: TC Date of publication: June 2006 Version: 01 Source: SQA © Scottish Qualifications Authority 2005 This publication may be reproduced in whole or in part for educational purposes provided that no profit is derived from reproduction and that, if reproduced in part, the source is acknowledged. SQA acknowledges the valuable contribution that Scotland’s colleges have made to the development of Higher National qualifications. Additional copies of this Unit specification can be purchased from the Scottish Qualifications Authority. Please contact the Customer Contact Centre for further details, telephone 0845 279 1000.


Higher National Unit specification: support notes Unit title: Construction Site Surveying A This part of the Unit specification is offered as guidance. The support notes are not mandatory. While the exact time allocated to this Unit is at the discretion of the centre, the notional design length is 40 hours. Guidance on the content and context for this Unit This Unit provides the candidate with the knowledge and skills to carry out basic land surveying practice, by introducing the candidate to key aspects of: information gathering from existing plans; the use of a range of standard land surveying equipment; and the calculation of plan making and setting out data. Attention should be paid in the delivery of this unit to the content of other related units in the programme. In particular, it should be noted that candidates in some programmes would be progressing to the unit entitled Construction Site Surveying B. Recommended class time allocations to each outcome are given as guidance towards the depth of treatment that might be applied to each topic. This guidance has been used in the design of the assessment exemplar material for this Unit. 1 Information from plans to determine co-ordinates, distances, gradients, bearings

and areas (9 hours)

Ordnance Survey (OS) co-ordinates and level: origin and orientation of OS national grid; OS and other datums; derivation of co-ordinates from plans; standard symbols; paper and electronic media. Map and plan scales: the meaning of scale; available OS plan scales; suitable scales for construction survey plans. Local co-ordinates and levels: site grids and appropriate deviations from OS levelling datum. Partial co-ordinates: definitions of partial eastings and northings; relationship to total co-ordinates distances and bearings. Distances and bearings: calculation of distances from end co-ordinates; whole circle and other expressions of bearing; determination of bearings from co-ordinates and vice-versa. Regular and irregular areas: calculation of areas enclosed by straight lines (counting squares, triangles, by co-ordinates); planimeter; trapezium rule; Simpson’s rule.

2 Levelling survey, contours, sections and volumes (13 hours)

OS and temporary benchmarks: purpose; recognition of OS benchmarks; suitable location for temporary benchmarks; expected accuracy. Rise and fall method: procedures (including safety criteria); booking; change points; backsights, foresights and intermediate sights; sources of error. Collimation method: procedures (including safety criteria); booking; change points; backsights, foresights and intermediate sights; sources of error.


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Construction Site Surveying A

Booking checks: arithmetic checks on the booking of levelling data; recognition of error. Contouring and sections: definition of contours; interpolation and plotting of contours from level data; profiles; cross-sections; formation width and cross-sectional area. Regular and irregular volumes: common shapes; calculation from spot height data; mean area rule; trapezoidal rule; Simpson’s rule.

3 Measurement of angles and distances for survey purposes. (10 hours)

Theodolite use: angular scales; selection of suitable stations (including safety criteria); measurement of vertical angles; measurement of horizontal angles; booking of angular measurements; expected accuracy. Distance measurements: measurement by tape; optical measurement; electromagnetic distance measurement; horizontal, vertical and slope distances; expected accuracies. Linear tape survey: choice of survey lines; offsets; booking procedures; expected accuracies; temp and tape tension. Checking methods: error sources; check lines in tape surveys; angular checks; repetition. Plotting results to scale: plotting methods for angular and distance surveys; suitable scales; paper and electronic media.

4 Setting out basic construction works in line and level (8 hours)

Determination of setting out data: compilation of co-ordinate data or angle and distance data for setting out construction components in plan; compilation of levelling data for setting out components such as drains or road levels. Setting out points in plan: methods of fixing orientation and distance to acceptable accuracy; marking of points for construction control. Setting out levels for construction: erection of profiles at suitable height above finished level. Checking methods: checking as work proceeds; final checks on position and level.

Guidance on the delivery and assessment of this Unit This Unit provides the candidate with the knowledge and understanding of the basic processes in land surveying for construction purposes. Attention should be paid in the delivery of this Unit to the content of the other units in the programme(s), especially those related to measurement and, in particular, Construction Site Surveying B.


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Construction Site Surveying A The opportunity to provide evidence of the achievement of a range of key skills will feature strongly in both formative and summative assessments. Since this unit links with others in the built environment and civil engineering programmes, it should be studied in the first year of a two-year programme. Case studies could usefully be employed to illustrate the practical working context of the material delivered. This might involve practitioners to deal with some aspects of the content or site visits where these are possible. In addition, where the centre has access to land surveying software, this might be used to allow a broader application of the concepts. Candidates will work in groups for the fieldwork sections of this unit but would normally work individually in other parts of the unit. Candidates should be encouraged to participate in discussion in relation to their own studies or experiences. Assessment may be formative and summative and both may feature as part of the process. Although assessment must be focussed on the individual achievement of each candidate, group work will contribute as appropriate. Integrative project work might assist in linking this unit with other related units. Appropriate attention must be given to health and safety arrangements in relation to the topics covered. The volume of evidence required for each outcome should take into account the overall number of assessments being contemplated within this unit and the design of the overall delivery programme. In designing the assessment instrument(s) opportunities should be taken to generate appropriate evidence to contribute to the development of core skills elements. Where available, evidence from the workplace can also be incorporated to enhance the learning outcomes, provided that such evidence is appropriate and authenticated as the candidate’s own work. Opportunities for developing Core Skills Opportunities for the development of Core Skills at the output level are more fully identified in the Core Skills Signposting Guide. The grid below is indicative of the opportunities for core skills development within this Unit.


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Construction Site Surveying A Core Skill Outcome 1 Outcome 2 Outcome 3 Outcome 4 1 Communication

Reading Writing

Oral 2 Numeracy


3 IT



Reviewing and Evaluating 5 Working with Others Open learning Where appropriate materials exist, this Unit could be delivered by distance learning, which may incorporate some degree of online support. However, with regard to assessment, planning would be required by the centre concerned to ensure the sufficiency and authenticity of candidate evidence. Arrangements would need to be put in place to ensure that assessments were conducted under controlled supervised conditions. As a result of the practical nature of much of this Unit, it may not be suitable for open learning. Candidates with additional support needs This Unit specification is intended to ensure that there are no artificial barriers to learning or assessment. The additional support needs of individual candidates should be taken into account when planning learning experiences, selecting assessment instruments or considering alternative Outcomes for Units. For information on these, please refer to the SQA document Guidance on Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Candidates with Disabilities and/or Additional Support Needs, which is available on SQA’s website: www.sqa.org.uk.


General information for candidates Unit title: Construction Site Surveying A On completion of the Unit you should be able to: 1 Carry out information gathering from Ordnance Survey plans and site plans to determine co-

ordinates, distances, gradients, bearings and areas. 2 Carry out a levelling survey and calculate the results to determine contours, sections and

volumes. 3 Carry out the measurement of angles and distances for survey purposes. 4 Set out basic construction works in line and level. Evidence that you can satisfy the knowledge and skill elements of this Unit will be obtained by assessment in controlled supervised conditions in an open book context (Outcome 1) and from fieldwork with individual processing of information (Outcomes 2, 3 and 4).


Higher National Unit Specification General information for centres Unit title: Building Services: An Introduction Unit code: DW4P 33 Unit purpose: This Unit seeks to provide the candidate with knowledge and understanding of the underlying principles of a range building services. It will enable students to interpret the requirements and propose practical schemes suitable for installations in domestic buildings. The content of the Unit is intended to provide sufficient depth of knowledge and understanding of building services for those following courses in the Built Environment programme. Separate specifications for specialist units are available for those following the Building Services Engineering programme. On completion of the Unit candidates should be able to: 1 Demonstrate an understanding of the selection and design of above and below ground drainage

systems. 2 Demonstrate an understanding of the selection and design of hot and cold water supply and

distribution systems. 3 Produce annotated sketches of the supply and distribution of electricity. 4 Select and produce annotated sketches of appropriate space heating systems. 5 Describe home electronic security systems. Credit points and level: 1 HN Credit at SCQF level 6: (8 SCQF credit points at SCQF level 6*). *SCQF credit points are used to allocate credit to qualifications in the Scottish Credit and Qualifications Framework (SCQF). Each qualification in the Framework is allocated a number of SCQF credit points at an SCQF level. There are 12 SCQF levels, ranging from Access 1 to Doctorates. Recommended prior knowledge and skills: It would be an advantage for candidates to have a basic knowledge of the services provided in low rise residential buildings although it is not essential because the unit covers all the basic principles. Possession of basic knowledge and understanding may be evidenced by possession of appropriate NC, NQ or HN Units. Core Skills: There are opportunities to develop the Core Skill(s) of Communication, Numeracy, Problem Solving, in this Unit, although there is no automatic certification of Core Skills or Core Skills components. Context for delivery: If this Unit is delivered as part of a Group Award, it is recommended that it should be taught and assessed within the subject area of the Group Award to which it contributes.

HN Unit (DW4P 33): Building Services: An Introduction1

General information for centres (cont) Assessment: It is possible to assess candidates either on an individual Outcome basis, combinations of Outcomes or by a single holistic assessment combining all Outcomes. The assessment paper/s should be composed of an appropriate balance of short answer, restricted response and structured questions. Assessment should be conducted under open book supervised, controlled conditions. A single assessment covering all outcomes should not exceed 2 hours in duration. It should be noted that candidates must achieve all the minimum evidence specified for each Outcome in order to pass this Unit. Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the knowledge and/or skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Candidates should not know in advance the items on which they will be assessed and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion. An exemplar instrument of assessment and marking guidelines have been produced to provide an example of the type of evidence required to demonstrate achievement of the aims of this Unit and to indicate the national standard of achievement at SCQF 6.


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards Unit title: Building Services: An Introduction Unit code: DW4P 33 The sections of the Unit stating the Outcomes, knowledge and/or skills, and evidence requirements are mandatory. Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the knowledge and/or skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Candidates should not know in advance the items on which they will be assessed and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion. Throughout the unit emphasis will be placed where appropriate on the application of Health & Safety and Sustainability. Safe working practises should be looked at in accordance with current safety codes of practise and regulations. Sustainability should include reference to criteria affecting sustainability, impact of not implementing sustainability on the environment and the legislation promoting sustainability. Outcome 1 Demonstrate an understanding of the selection and design of above and below ground drainage systems Knowledge and/or skills ♦ Building requirements, apply design standards and propose practical systems and equipment to

satisfy the requirements ♦ Above ground single stack waste system ♦ Below ground combined and separate drainage systems ♦ Private wastewater treatment methods Evidence Requirements Evidence for the knowledge and /or skills in this Outcome will be provided on a sample basis. The evidence may be presented in responses to specific questions. Each candidate will need to demonstrate that she/he can answer correctly questions based on a sample of the items shown above. In any assessment of this Outcome two out of four knowledge and/or skills items should be sampled. In order to ensure that candidates will not be able to foresee what items they will be questioned on, a different sample of two out of four knowledge and/or skills items is required each time the Outcome is assessed. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response to the two items. Where sampling takes place, a candidate's response can be judged to be satisfactory where evidence provided is sufficient to meet the requirements for each item sampled by showing that the candidate is able to: ♦ interpret building requirements, select and propose practical systems and equipment to satisfy

the requirements for above and below ground drainage systems


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Building Services: An Introduction Evidence should be generated through assessment undertaken in controlled, supervised conditions. Assessment should be conducted under open book conditions and as such candidates should be allowed to bring any textbooks, handouts or notes to the assessment. Assessment guidelines Questions used to elicit candidate evidence should take the form of an appropriate balance of short answer, restricted response and structured questions. The assessment for this Outcome might be combined with that for Outcomes 2, 3, 4 and 5 to form a single assessment paper of no more than two hours duration. Alternatively the assessment for this Outcome could be a single assessment question paper. The assessment event should be carried out under open book supervised controlled conditions. Outcome 2 Demonstrate an understanding of the selection and design of hot and cold water supply and distribution systems Knowledge and/or skills ♦ Building requirements, apply design standards and propose practical systems and equipment to

satisfy the requirements ♦ Cold water supply systems ♦ Hot water supply systems Evidence Requirements In any assessment of this Outcome all knowledge and/or skills items should be included. A candidate's response can be judged to be satisfactory where evidence provided is sufficient to meet the requirements for each item by showing that the candidate is able to: ♦ interpret building requirements, select and propose practical systems and equipment to satisfy

the requirements for hot and cold water supply systems Evidence should be generated through assessment undertaken in controlled, supervised conditions. Assessment should be conducted under open book conditions and as such candidates should be allowed to bring any textbooks, handouts or notes to the assessment. Assessment guidelines Questions used to elicit candidate evidence should take the form of an appropriate balance of short answer, restricted response and structured questions. The assessment for this outcome might be combined with that for Outcomes 1, 3, 4 and 5 to form a single assessment paper of no more than 2 hours duration. Alternatively the assessment could be combined with Outcome 4 using a single assessment paper. The assessment event should be carried out under open book supervised controlled conditions.


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Building Services: An Introduction Outcome 3 Produce annotated sketches of the supply and distribution of electricity Knowledge and/or skills ♦ Intake arrangements ♦ Consumer control and safety devices ♦ Power circuits ♦ Lighting circuits Evidence Requirements Evidence for the knowledge and/or skills in this Outcome will be provided on a sample basis. The evidence may be presented in responses to specific questions. Each candidate will need to demonstrate that she/he can answer correctly questions based on a sample of the items shown above. In any assessment of this Outcome two out of four knowledge and/or skills items should be sampled. In order to ensure that candidates will not be able to foresee what items they will be questioned on, a different sample of two out of four knowledge and/or skills items is required each time the Outcome is assessed. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response to the two items. Where sampling takes place, a candidate's response can be judged to be satisfactory where evidence provided is sufficient to meet the requirements for each item by showing that the candidate is able to: ♦ sketch and describe arrangements for service cable entry , control, earth and safety systems,

power circuits and lighting circuits Evidence should be generated through assessment undertaken in controlled, supervised conditions. Assessment should be conducted under open book conditions and as such candidates should be allowed to bring any textbooks, handouts or notes to the assessment. Assessment guidelines Questions used to elicit candidate evidence should take the form of an appropriate balance of short answer, restricted response and structured questions. The assessment for this outcome might be combined with that for Outcomes 1, 2, 4 and 5 to form a single assessment paper of no more than two hours duration. The assessment event should be carried out under open book supervised controlled conditions.


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Building Services: An Introduction Outcome 4 Select and produce annotated sketches of appropriate space heating systems Knowledge and/or skills ♦ Building requirements and propose practical systems and equipment to satisfy the requirements ♦ Types of fuel available ♦ Central heating systems ♦ Control system Evidence Requirements Evidence for the knowledge and/or skills in this Outcome will be provided on a sample basis. The evidence may be presented in responses to specific questions. Each candidate will need to demonstrate that she/he can answer correctly questions based on a sample of the items shown above. In any assessment of this Outcome three out of four knowledge and/or skills items should be sampled. In order to ensure that candidates will not be able to foresee what items they will be questioned on, a different sample of three out of four knowledge and/or skills items is required each time the Outcome is assessed. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response to all three items. Where sampling takes place, a candidate's response can be judged to be satisfactory where evidence provided is sufficient to meet the requirements for each item by showing that the candidate is able to: ♦ interpret building requirements, select and propose practical systems and equipment to satisfy

the requirements for a space heating system Evidence should be generated through assessment undertaken in controlled, supervised conditions. Assessment should be conducted under open book conditions and as such candidates should be allowed to bring any textbooks, handouts or notes to the assessment. Assessment guidelines Questions used to elicit candidate evidence should take the form of an appropriate balance of short answer, restricted response and structured questions. The assessment for this outcome might be combined with that for Outcomes 1, 2, 3 and 5 to form a single assessment paper of no more than two hours duration. Alternatively the assessment could be combined with Outcome 2 using a single assessment paper. The assessment event should be carried out under open book supervised controlled conditions.


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Building Services: An Introduction Outcome 5 Describe home electronic security systems Knowledge and/or skills ♦ Bell only and monitored intruder alarm systems ♦ Security lighting ♦ CCTV systems Evidence Requirements Evidence for the knowledge and/or skills in this Outcome will be provided on a sample basis. The evidence may be presented in responses to specific questions. Each candidate will need to demonstrate that she/he can answer correctly questions based on a sample of the items shown above. In any assessment of this Outcome two out of three knowledge and/or skills items should be sampled. In order to ensure that candidates will not be able to foresee what items they will be questioned on, a different sample of two out of three knowledge and/or skills items is required each time the Outcome is assessed. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response to the two items. Where sampling takes place, a candidate's response can be judged to be satisfactory where evidence provided is sufficient to meet the requirements for each item by showing that the candidate is able to: ♦ list the principal components of an intruder alarm and CCTV systems and identify different

types of security lighting Evidence should be generated through assessment undertaken in controlled, supervised conditions. Assessment should be conducted under open book conditions and as such candidates should be allowed to bring any textbooks, handouts or notes to the assessment. Assessment guidelines Questions used to elicit candidate evidence should take the form of an appropriate balance of short answer, restricted response and structured questions. The assessment for this outcome might be combined with that for Outcomes 1, 2, 3, and 4 to form a single assessment paper of no more than two hours duration. Alternatively the assessment for this outcome could be a single assessment question paper. The assessment event should carried out under open book supervised controlled conditions.


Administrative Information Unit code: DW4P 33 Unit title: Building Services: An Introduction Superclass category: TH Date of publication: June 2006 Version: 01 Source: SQA © Scottish Qualifications Authority 2005 This publication may be reproduced in whole or in part for educational purposes provided that no profit is derived from reproduction and that, if reproduced in part, the source is acknowledged. SQA acknowledges the valuable contribution that Scotland’s colleges have made to the development of Higher National qualifications. Additional copies of this Unit specification can be purchased from the Scottish Qualifications Authority. Please contact the Customer Contact Centre for further details, telephone 0845 279 1000.


Higher National Unit specification: support notes Unit title: Building Services: An Introduction This part of the Unit specification is offered as guidance. The support notes are not mandatory. While the exact time allocated to this Unit is at the discretion of the centre, the notional design length is 40 hours. Guidance on the content and context for this Unit This Unit has been written in order to allow candidates to develop knowledge, understanding and skills in the following areas: 1 Demonstrate an understanding of the selection and design of above and below ground drainage


distribution systems. 3 Produce annotated sketches of the supply and distribution of electricity. 4 Select and produce annotated sketches of appropriate space heating systems. 5 Describe home electronic security systems. This Unit has been developed as part of a group of building services units. There are three other units in the group entitled Building Services in Commercial and Industrial Buildings, Building Services Design: Heating, Lighting and Acoustics and Building Services Design: Ventilation & Air Conditioning. This Unit at SCQF level 6 is a mandatory unit within the new HNC and HND Built Environment and Civil Engineering awards. The three units mentioned in the previous paragraph have been developed as an integrated suite of units to meet all the building services requirements of the new HNC and HND Built Environment awards. However, this does not preclude the use of one or more of these units in other awards where award designers feel this to be appropriate. As well as providing a substantial course in building services principles these units also provide important underpinning knowledge, understanding and skills for other parts of the HNC and HND Built Environment awards In designing this Unit the unit writers have identified the range of topics they would expect to be covered by lecturers. The writers have also given recommendations as to how much time should be spent on each outcome. This has been done to help lecturers to decide what depth of treatment should be given to the topics attached to each of the outcomes. Whilst it is not mandatory for a centre to use this list of topics it is strongly recommended that it does so to ensure continuity of teaching and learning across the Building Services units and because the assessment exemplar pack for this Unit is based on the knowledge and/or skills and list of topics in each of the Outcomes. The list of topics is given below. Lecturers are advised to study this list of topics in conjunction with the assessment exemplar pack so that they can get a clear indication of the standard of achievement expected of candidates in this Unit.


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Building Services: An Introduction 1 Demonstrate an understanding of the selection and design of above and below

ground drainage systems (10 hours)

♦ Interpret building requirements, apply design standards and propose practical systems and equipment to satisfy the requirements — interpretation of building operational requirements, recognition of the balance

between statutory, health, safety and welfare arrangements and aesthetic considerations

— proposals regarding the number and location of soil vent pipes and branch pipes — selection of number and type of sanitary fittings and components — selection of combined or separate drainage system

♦ Design standards

— Building Standards Part M – Regulations 24 & 25. — BS EN 12056: Gravity drainage systems inside buildings. — BS EN 752 : Drain and Sewer systems outside buildings. — BS EN 1610 : Construction and testing of drains and sewers. — BS EN 12566 : Small wastewater treatment plants. — Design considerations to include: layout, specification notes, implications on space

and maintenance requirements as well as capital and operating costs for the systems listed below

♦ Above ground single stack waste system

— sanitary pipework — single stack system — soil and waste pipework — external and internal stacks — sanitary appliances — number, type and location of sanitary appliances — materials — plastics only — tests — soundness and performance

♦ Below ground combined and separate systems

— choice of system advantages/disadvantages — system requirements — pipe gradients and self — cleansing velocity — choice of materials: uPVC, cast iron or clay — bedding materials and backfilling trenches — access to drains — testing drains: air and water tests

♦ Private wastewater treatment methods — cesspool — septic tank — packaged treatment plant


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Building Services: An Introduction 2 Demonstrate an understanding of the selection and design of hot and cold water

supply and distribution systems (8 hours)

♦ Interpret building requirements, apply design standards and propose practical systems and equipment to satisfy the requirements — interpretation of building operational requirements, recognition of the balance

between client, statutory, health, safety and welfare arrangements and aesthetic considerations

— proposals regarding the suitability of a particular type of hot and cold water supply system

♦ Design Standards

— BS EN 805: Water supply — requirements for systems and components outside buildings

— BS EN 806: Specification for installations inside buildings conveying water for human consumption

— Interpretation and application of statutory requirements, design standards and relevant publications for domestic buildings

— Design of hot and cold water supply systems for domestic buildings containing a wide variety of environments and requirements

— Design considerations to include: layout, specification notes, implications on space and maintenance requirements as well as capital and operating costs for the systems listed below: – cistern feed — indirect cold water supply – mains pressure — direct cold water supply – indirect hot water supply (storage) – direct hot water supply (instantaneous)

3 Produce annotated sketches of the supply and distribution of electricity (8 hours)

♦ Intake arrangements Service cable entry, termination and metering details

♦ Consumer control, earth system and safety arrangements Main isolation switch, RCD’s, over current protective devices and type of earth system

♦ Power circuits Ring circuits, spur outlets from ring main and radial circuits

♦ Lighting circuits ‘Loop in’ circuits and junction box circuits

♦ Cable specification Type of cable and current carrying capacity


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Building Services: An Introduction 4 Select and produce annotated sketches of appropriate space heating systems (8

hours)

♦ Interpret building requirements and propose practical systems and equipment to satisfy the requirements — interpretation of building operational requirements, recognition of the balance

between client, statutory, health, safety and welfare arrangements and aesthetic considerations

— proposals regarding the suitability of a particular type of space heating system

♦ Types of fuel available Natural gas, oil, LPG, coal and electricity

♦ Central heating systems With boilers (regular, condensing and combi), with ducted warm air, with underfloor heating and with electric storage heating

♦ Control systems Room thermostats, programmer, motorised valves and boiler interlock

5 Describe home electronic security systems (4 hours)

♦ Bell only and monitored intruder alarm systems Bell, door contacts, keypad, internal sounder, control panel, movement detector, breaking glass detector and smoke detector

♦ Security lighting Dusk to dawn lighting and movement activated lighting

♦ CCTV systems Camera’s, recording/storage devices, monitors, power supply and cabling

Unit Assessment — single assessment two hours maximum total

This takes the form of one combined assessment covering the content of all outcomes or alternatively four separate assessment papers. If all outcomes are assessed in a single event this should take place over no longer than two hours Guidance on the delivery and assessment of this Unit As this Unit provides core building services which underpins much of the studies done in the other building services of HNC and HND Built environment awards it is recommended that the Unit be delivered towards the start of these awards. Where this Unit is incorporated into other group awards it is recommended that it be delivered in the context of the specific occupational area(s) that the award is designed to cover.


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Building Services: An Introduction Details on approaches to assessment are given under Evidence Requirements and Assessment guidelines under each Outcome in the Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards section. It is recommended that these sections be read carefully before proceeding with assessment of candidates. Opportunities for developing Core Skills Core Skills Signposting The following grid provides a general guide to opportunities for the development of Core Skills in this Unit. Opportunities for the development of Core Skills at the output level are more fully identified in the Core Skills Signposting Guide. Core Skill Outcome

1 Outcome

2 Outcome

3 Outcome

4 Outcome

5 1 Communication

Reading Writing

Oral 2 Numeracy


3 IT



Reviewing and Evaluating 5 Working with Others


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Building Services: An Introduction Open learning This Unit could be delivered by distance learning, which may incorporate some degree of on-line support. However, with regard to assessment, planning would be required by the centre concerned to ensure the sufficiency and authenticity of candidate evidence. Arrangement would be required to be put in place to ensure that the assessment, which is required to be at a single event, was conducted under controlled, supervised conditions. For information on normal open learning arrangements, please refer to the SQA guide Assessment and Quality Assurance of Open and Distance Learning (SQA 2000). Candidates with additional support needs This Unit specification is intended to ensure that there are no artificial barriers to learning or assessment. The additional support needs of individual candidates should be taken into account when planning learning experiences, selecting assessment instruments or considering alternative Outcomes for Units. For information on these, please refer to the SQA document Guidance on Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Candidates with Disabilities and/or Additional Support Needs, which is available on the SQA website www.sqa.org.uk.


General information for candidates Unit title: Building Services: An Introduction This Unit has been designed to allow you to develop knowledge, understanding and skills in a range of building services provided in domestic buildings. It will enable you to interpret the requirements and propose practical schemes suitable for installations in domestic buildings. The content of the unit is intended to provide sufficient depth of knowledge and understanding of building services for those following courses in the Built Environment programme. Separate specifications for specialist units are available for those following the Building Services Engineering programme. On completion of the Unit you should be able to: 1 Demonstrate an understanding of the selection and design of above and below ground drainage


distribution systems. 3 Produce annotated sketches of the supply and distribution of electricity. 4 Select and produce annotated sketches of appropriate space heating systems. 5 Describe home electronic security systems.


HN Unit (DW1E 34): CAD: 2D I 1

Higher National Unit Specification

General information for centres

Unit title: CAD: 2D I

Unit code: DW1E 34

Unit purpose: This Unit is designed to enable candidates to develop the skills and knowledge

required for the creation and manipulation of objects within a 2-Dimensional (2D) Computer Aided

Draughting (CAD) drawing environment. It is suitable for candidates wishing to pursue a career in

any design discipline where CAD is used.

On completion of the Unit the candidate should be able to:

1 Use correct file handling procedures within the operating system and the CAD package.

2 Use the CAD package to set up a 2D CAD drawing environment.

3 Produce a 2D CAD drawing using the CAD package and plot the drawing to an appropriate

scale.

4 Edit an existing 2D CAD drawing using the CAD package and plot the drawing to an

appropriate scale.

Credit points and level: 1 HN Credit at SCQF level 7: (8 SCQF credit points at SCQF level

7*)

*SCQF credit points are used to allocate credit to qualifications in the Scottish Credit and Qualifications

Framework (SCQF). Each qualification in the Framework is allocated a number of SCQF credit points at an

SCQF level. There are 12 SCQF levels, ranging from Access 1 to Doctorates.

Recommended prior knowledge and skills: Access to this Unit is at the discretion of

the centre. However, it would be an advantage for candidates to have a basic knowledge and

understanding of computers and technical drawing. This may be evidenced by possession of a Higher

in Graphical Communication and/or HN Unit Information Technology: Applications Software 1.

Core Skills: There are opportunities to develop the Core Skills of Information Technology and

Numeracy at SCQF level 6 in this Unit, although there is no automatic certification of Core Skills or

Core Skills components.

Context for delivery: If this Unit is delivered as part of a Group Award, it is recommended

that it should be taught and assessed within the subject area of the Group Award to which it

contributes.

This Unit was developed for the HNC/D Computer Aided Draughting and Design awards.


General information for centres (cont)

Assessment: The assessments for all Outcomes must be in the form of practical assessments.

Outcomes 1 to 3 should be given as one integrated practical assessment lasting no more than 3 hours

and the remaining Outcome as a second practical assessment lasting two hours. Both assessments

must be given under controlled, supervised conditions. It should be noted that candidates must

achieve all the minimum evidence specified for each Outcome in order to pass the Unit. Candidates

whose assessment response does not meet the minimum evidence will be offered remediation and the

opportunity for re-submission to reflect industry practice. For example, if a drawing requires minor

modifications this may be remediated and re-submitted.

An assessment exemplar is available for this Unit.


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards


Unit code: DW1E 34

The sections of the Unit stating the Outcomes, knowledge and/or skills, and Evidence Requirements

are mandatory.

Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the

knowledge and/or skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Candidates should not

know in advance the items on which they will be assessed and different items should be sampled on

each assessment occasion.

Outcome 1

Use correct file handling procedures within the operating system and the CAD package

Knowledge and/or skills

folder operations within the operating system:

— create directories/folders

— delete directories and files

— rename directories

file operations within the operating system:

— copy files from one location to another

— move files from one location to another

— rename files

file operations within the drawing package:

— create directories/folders

— copy files from one location to another

— move files from one location to another

— delete directories and files

— rename directories and files

— cut, copy and paste files

Outcome 2

Use the CAD package to set up a 2D CAD drawing environment


Open and close the CAD application

Standard drawing

System variables

Layer management

Text styles

Modified dimension style

Border and title box


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont)


Outcome 3

Produce a 2D CAD drawing using the CAD package and plot the drawing to an appropriate scale


Co-ordinate systems

Layers

Drawing tools

Hatch patterns

Inquiry commands

Selection methods

Text

Dimensions

Evidence Requirements for Outcomes 1–3

The candidate will be required to demonstrate his/her knowledge and/or skills in Outcomes 1, 2 and 3

with the production of practical and graphical evidence. The candidate will be required to carry out

basic file management and create, save and use a Standard Template drawing in the creation of a

practical 2D drawing file and produce a hard copy of a simple 2D object. The candidate will be

required to:

perform a range of a minimum of four file management operations to a given specification

create, save and use a standard drawing file to a given specification

create a detailed drawing incorporating the standard drawing to a given specification using

appropriate layers, text styles and dimension style

Assessment guidelines for Outcomes 1–3

Evidence must be generated through practical assessment undertaken in controlled, supervised

conditions. The time allocation for this assessment is 3 hours. Assessment will be under open-book

conditions and, as such, candidates will be allowed to bring any textbooks or notes to the assessment

or use the Help available within the application software.

It is recommended that centres develop a checklist to support the assessment requirements for each of

the knowledge and/or skills items in Outcomes 1-3.




Outcome 4

Edit an existing 2D CAD drawing using the CAD package and plot the drawing to an appropriate

scale


manipulation of objects:

— Erase, Copy, Move

— Fillet, Chamfer, Trim, Extend, Lengthen

— Mirror, Offset, Rotate, Stretch, Scale, Array

— Break, Explode, Undo

— Edit Polyline, Edit Spline, Properties

manipulation of dimensions

manipulation of text

produce a hardcopy of the results

Evidence Requirements for Outcome 4

The candidate will be required to demonstrate his/her knowledge and/or skills in Outcome 4 with the

production of practical and graphical evidence. The candidate will be required to carry out basic

editing commands, modify text and dimensions, add additional dimensions and produce a hard copy.

In any assessment of this Outcome all of the knowledge and/or skills need not be assessed. However,

at least seven editing operations must be sampled with each assessment.

In order to ensure that candidates will not be able to foresee what editing commands they will be

required to use, a different sample of seven is required each time the Outcome is assessed.

Assessment guidelines for Outcome 4

Evidence must be generated through practical assessment undertaken in controlled, supervised

conditions. The time allocation for this assessment is two hours. Assessment will be under open-

book conditions and as such candidates will be allowed to bring any textbooks or notes to the

assessment or use the Help system available within the application software.

Graphical evidence will be in the form of CAD application drawing files presented on a disk and

printed copies of finished drawings.


Administrative Information

Unit code: DW1E 34


Superclass category: CH

Date of publication: August 2006

Version: 02 (June 2013)

History of changes:


02 Superclass changed from VF to CH. 26/06/13

Source: SQA

© Scottish Qualifications Authority 2006, 2013

This publication may be reproduced in whole or in part for educational purposes provided that no

profit is derived from reproduction and that, if reproduced in part, the source is acknowledged.

SQA acknowledges the valuable contribution that Scotland’s colleges have made to the development

of Higher National qualifications.

Additional copies of this Unit specification can be purchased from the Scottish Qualifications

Authority. Please contact the Customer Contact Centre for further details, telephone 0845 279 1000.


Higher National Unit specification: support notes


This part of the Unit specification is offered as guidance. The support notes are not mandatory.

While the exact time allocated to this Unit is at the discretion of the centre, the notional design length

is 40 hours.

Guidance on the content and context for this Unit

This is a required Unit of the HNC/D in Computer Aided Draughting and Design but may be

delivered on a standalone basis or as an option to another Group Award. If this Unit is delivered as

part of a Group Award, it is recommended that it should be taught and assessed within the subject

area of the Group Award to which it contributes.

This Unit has been written in order to allow candidates to develop fundamental knowledge,

understanding and skills in basic file management, drawing set up, creation and use of Standard

Template files, creation and editing of objects and production of printed drawings. These skills are

essential to creation of practical 2D drawings within any design discipline.

There is one other Unit in the group entitled CAD: 2D II. The two Units have been developed as an

integrated suite of Units to meet most 2D CAD requirements and can be used in awards as necessary

and where appropriate.

In designing this Unit a range of topics have been included which would be expected to be covered

by lecturers. Recommendations are given below as to how much time should be spent on each

Outcome. This has been done to help lecturers decide what depth of treatment should be given to the

topics attached to each of the Outcomes. Whilst it is not mandatory for a centre to use this list of

topics, it is strongly recommended that it do so to ensure continuity of teaching and learning across

the Units. The assessment exemplar pack for this Unit is based on the knowledge and/or skills and

list of topics in each of the Outcomes as well as covering aspects of the discipline which it is used in,

ie Building Environment.

The list of topics is given below. Lecturers are advised to study this list of topics in conjunction with

the assessment exemplar pack so that they can get a clear indication of the standard of achievement

expected of candidates in this Unit.

Outcome 1 (4 hours)

Use correct file handling procedures within the operating system and the CAD package.

The following topics are generic in nature but should be put into context by reference to the CAD

software application package being used at the Centre:

Windows commands:

create directories/folders

copy files from one location to another

move files from one location to another

delete directories and files

rename directories and files

cut, copy and paste files


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont)


CAD application commands:

create directories/folders

copy files from one location to another

move files from one location to another

delete directories and files

rename directories and files

cut, copy and paste files

Outcome 2 (5 hours)

Use the CAD package to set up a 2D CAD drawing environment.

The following topics are specific in nature but should be put into context by reference to the CAD


Drawing Setup:

limits

units

system variables

grid

snap

ortho

Layers:

create layers

assign colours

assign linetypes

on/off

freeze/thaw

lock/unlock

Text:

create text styles

assign fonts

assign widths

use the Text command

edit text

Dimensions:

create a dimension style




Additional Commands:

Zoom

Pan

Regenerate

Redraw

Template files:

use existing Template files

create a user defined Standard Template file containing set Limits, Units, Layers, Text Styles, a

Dimension Style

create a border and a title block

save a user defined Standard Template file

Outcome 3 (12 hours)

Produce a 2D CAD drawing using the CAD package and plot the drawing to an appropriate scale.



Drawing Concepts:

use of a Template file as a basis for the standard drawing file

use of Layer control, eg On/Off, Freeze/Thaw, Lock/Unlock

use of absolute, relative and polar co-ordinates during creation of objects

use of construction lines and Orthographic layouts with First and Third Angle projection

use of hatch patterns

use of dimensioning commands:

— Linear

— Aligned

— Radius

— Diameter

— Angular

— Leader

— Centre Marks

— Ordinate

— Tolerance

print to an appropriate scale for a given paper size within a border

2D Drawing Commands:

Line, Construction Line, Ray

Arc, Circle, Ellipse

Polyline, Rectangle, Polygon, Spline

Hatch, Grips, Inquiry



Unit title: CAD: 2D I Views:

creating views and naming views

Inquiry Commands:

List

Distance

ID

Area

Divide

Measure

Outcome 4 (14 hours)

Edit an existing 2D CAD drawing using the CAD package and plot the drawing to an appropriate

scale.



2D Editing Commands:

selection methods for selecting single and multiple objects:

— pick

— window

— crossing window

— last

— previous

— fence

— add/remove

Erase, Copy, Move

Fillet, Chamfer, Trim, Extend, Lengthen

Mirror, Offset, Rotate, Stretch, Scale, Array

Break, Explode, Undo

Edit Polyline, Edit Spline, Properties

edit dimensions and dimension text

Plotting:

use of Plot and scaling within the plotting environment

Unit Assessment

Outcome 1 to 3 Practical 3 hours

Outcome 4 Practical 2 hours




Guidance on the delivery and assessment of this Unit

As this Unit provides basic CAD skills, which requires continual use to obtain proficiency, it is

recommended that the Unit be delivered towards the start or middle of an award so that it may be

used with other Unit requirements.

Where this Unit is incorporated into other Group Awards it is recommended that it be delivered in the

context of the specific occupational area(s) that the award is designed to cover, eg architectural

drawings with Built Environment courses.

Details on approaches to assessment are given under Evidence Requirements and Assessment

guidelines after the Outcomes in the Higher National Unit specification: Statement of Standards

section. It is recommended that these sections be read carefully before proceeding with assessment

of candidates.

Opportunities for developing Core Skills

Candidates are working to a remit which requires the ability to create and manipulate objects in a

computer aided design environment. Access to, and evaluation of, examples of complex design

drawings would be of value in formative work. Candidates should be able to work unaided in correct

file management: considerations of security and safety should be a routine aspect of good practice.

The selection of appropriate software application packages and the ability to manipulate objects,

dimensions and text is integral to achievement, as are techniques in editing data to meet identified

needs of purpose and context.

Accuracy of interpretation and effective communication of numerical and graphic information

underpins the competencies developed in the Unit, and candidates are assessed on their ability to edit,

to use a full range of dimensioning commands and plot to scale. Some candidates may benefit from

formative opportunities to further develop effectiveness in the understanding, analysis and

application of numerical and graphic data, and the use of software packages or on-line tutorials to

reinforce numeracy skills may be useful. Candidates could additionally benefit from discussions with

the class group and/or assessor in order to encourage analytical evaluation of approaches to the

design process.

Open learning

This Unit could be delivered by distance learning, which may incorporate some degree of on-line

support. The candidate would require access to a PC with the appropriate CAD software installed.

With regard to assessment, arrangements would need to be made by the centre to ensure the

sufficiency and authenticity of candidate evidence under controlled conditions. Candidates should

also be made aware of the time commitment to assessment. Outcome evidence may be presented as

an electronic drawing file if creation of a printed version is not possible.

For further information and advice, please refer to the SQA guide Assessment and Quality Assurance

of Open and Distance Learning (SQA, February 2001 - publication code A1030).




Candidates with additional support needs

This Unit specification is intended to ensure that there are no artificial barriers to learning or

assessment. The additional support needs of individual candidates should be taken into account when

planning learning experiences, selecting assessment instruments or considering alternative Outcomes

for Units. For information on these, please refer to the SQA document Guidance on Alternative

Assessment Arrangements for Candidates with Disabilities and/or Additional Support Needs, which

is available on SQA’s website: www.sqa.org.uk.


General information for candidates


This Unit has been designed to help you to develop knowledge, understanding and basic skills in the

use of Computer Aided Design application software for the creation of two-dimensional drawings. It

will provide a sound basis for progression to other CAD Units. You will learn file management

techniques, standard drawing and editing commands, drawing layout and final printing options. It is

appropriate for use within chosen Group Awards such as Built Environment, Architectural,

Mechanical or Civil Engineering.

There will be a series of practice exercises and drawing tutorials which will logically progress from

simple to complex.

There are two formal practical assessments with times as follows:

Outcome 1 to 3 Practical 3 hours

Outcome 4 Practical 2 hours

The assessments will be supervised and conducted under open-book conditions in which you will be

allowed to take notes, textbooks, etc. into the assessment. You will sit these assessments at

prescribed points during the Unit at the discretion of the lecturer.

This is a practical Unit requiring you to have individual access to a CAD system. A CAD system is

defined as hardware and software, which will enable an operator to generate (and regenerate)

drawings at an acceptable processor speed. A typical minimum hardware configuration would be a

current single user PC fitted with suitable peripherals attached such as a printer/plotter to produce

hard copies of your work. Alternatively other configurations such as networked CAD stations are

acceptable provided they can satisfy the Unit’s criteria.

H72R 34, Built Environment: Graded Unit 1 (SCQF level 7) 1

Higher National Project-based Graded Unit Specification General Information This Graded Unit has been validated as part of the review of HNCs within Built Environment award suite. Centres are required to develop the assessment instrument in accordance with this validated specification. Centres wishing to use another type of Graded Unit or assessment instrument are required to submit proposals detailing the justification for change for validation.

Graded Unit title: Built Environment: Graded Unit 1 (SCQF level 7) Graded Unit code: H72R 34 Type of Project: Case Study Publication date: July 2014 Source: Scottish Qualifications Authority Version: 02

Graded Unit purpose This Graded Unit is designed to provide evidence that the learner has achieved the following principal aims of the HNC Built Environment: General aims — to develop:

skills of study, research and analysis

ability to define and solve problems

transferable skills

ability to be flexible and work cooperatively with others

responsibility for own learning

planning, organisational and review/evaluation skills

technical skills — broadening and deepening

oral, written and pictorial communication skills

numerical and ICT skills

resource management ability

flexibility, knowledge, skills and motivation as a basis for progression to graduate and postgraduate studies


Higher National Project-based Graded Unit Specification: General Information (cont)

Principle aims are to:

Prepare learners for employment as technicians in the mainstream construction industry with a range of employers including Architects, Contractors, Building Control, Housing Associations and other property responsibilities.

Provide learners with a range of basic contemporary vocational skills utilising modern equipment and techniques available for surveying, setting out, construction drawing and correct use of building materials thus enabling learners to make an immediate contribution in employment in the Built Environment sector

Combine the skills that will allow learners to develop areas relevant to future employment or progression via an HND in another Built Environment discipline or higher education.

Provide learners with a range of skills to support learning in the SVQ 3 and SVQ 4 Construction: Technical Modern Apprenticeship Frameworks.

Enable learners to achieve appropriate professional body recognition, in particular but not exclusively, the Chartered Institute of Building.

The Built Environment: Graded Unit 1 integrates several elements from the mandatory Units in the framework to provide a coherent, co-ordinated and relevant case study which will encourage the learner to demonstrate the extent of their knowledge and understanding of the subject area.


Recommended entry to the Graded Unit It is recommended that the learner should have completed or be in the process of completing the following Units relating to the above principal aims prior to undertaking this Graded Unit:

Unit title Unit code SCQF credit points

SCQF level

SQA credit

Mandatory

Architectural Design Sketching and Drawing DW3R 34 8 7 1

Building Measurement and Cost Studies H726 34 8 7 1

Building Science DW4H 34 8 7 1

Building Services: Introduction DW4P 33 8 6 1

Construction Materials and Specification DW53 34 8 7 1

Construction Site Surveying A DW5H 34 8 7 1

Construction Technology: Domestic Construction DW54 33 8 6 1

Construction Technology: Substructure H72A 34 8 7 1

Sustainability and Modern Methods of Construction H72D 35 8 8 1

Mandatory option

CAD: 2D I DW1E 34 8 7 1

CAD: 2D II DW12 34 8 7 1



Core Skills Achievement of this Unit gives automatic certification of the following: Complete Core Skill Problem Solving at SCQF level 6 Core Skill component None There are also opportunities to develop aspects of Core Skills which are highlighted in the Support Notes of the Unit Specifications for this Course.

Assessment Support Pack The Assessment Support Pack for this Unit provides assessment and marking guidelines that exemplify the national standard for achievement. It is a valid, reliable and practicable instrument of assessment. Centres wishing to develop their own assessments should refer to the Assessment Support Pack to ensure a comparable standard. Assessment Support Packs are available on SQA’s secure website.

Equality and inclusion This Graded Unit has been designed to ensure that there are no unnecessary barriers to learning or assessment. The individual needs of learners should be taken into account when planning learning experiences, selecting assessment methods or considering alternative evidence. Further advice can be found on SQA’s website: www.sqa.org.uk/assessmentarrangements



Higher National Project-based Graded Unit Specification: Designing the project and assessing learners

Graded Unit title: Built Environment: Graded Unit 1 (SCQF level 7)

Assessment This Graded Unit will be assessed by the use of a project-based case study developed by centres. The project should provide the learner with the opportunity to produce evidence that demonstrates she/he has met the aims of this Graded Unit. The project undertaken by the learner must be a complex task which involves:

variables which are complex or unfamiliar

relationships which need to be clarified

a context which may be unfamiliar to the learner

The project must require the learner to:

analyse the task and decide on a course of action for undertaking the project

plan and organise work and carry it through to completion

reflect on what has been done and draw conclusions for the future

produce evidence of meeting the aims which this Graded Unit has been designed to cover.

The assessment task should be a project-based case study within the context of a domestic building development project (new build or refurbishment). The range of the tasks to be undertaken should be defined in relation to the context of the particular building development, and what it is reasonable to expect of learners in the time scales available. The issues selected should focus on the main aims of the HNC programme, and the need to demonstrate an ability to integrate knowledge and skills across the mandatory Units in the award. The investigation should allow the learner(s) to demonstrate valid and realistic responses to the current and future needs of an ongoing development including, where appropriate, issues of Health and Safety and sustainability. Safe working practices should be looked at in accordance with current safety codes of practice and regulations. Sustainability should include reference to criteria affecting sustainability, the impact of not implementing sustainability on the environment and the legislation promoting sustainability. NOTE: Where learners are progressing from a HNC to a HND programme the centre may wish to consider whether the HND Graded Unit 2 task/s might be an extension of the tasks for the HNC Graded Unit 1. A similar progression might also be considered for learners progressing through the three Graded Units credits of a HND.




Conditions of assessment The learner should be given a date for completion of the project. However, the instructions for the project should be distributed to allow the learner sufficient time to assimilate the details and carry out the project. During the time between the distribution of the project instructions and the completion date, assessors may answer questions, provide clarification, guidance and give reasonable assistance. The project should be marked as soon as possible after the completion date. The final grading given should reflect the quality of the learner’s evidence at the time of the completion date. The evidence for the project is generated over time and involves three distinct stages, where each stage should be achieved before the next is undertaken. Thus any re-assessment of stages can be undertaken before proceeding to the next stage. If a learner fails the project overall or wishes to upgrade, then this must be done using a substantially different project, ie all stages are undertaken using a new project, assignment, case study, etc. In this case, a learner’s grade will be based on the achievement in the re-assessment. The learner should be given a date for submission of each stage and for final completion of the case study. Parameters should be agreed with the tutor/supervisor by the learner(s) on a continuing basis providing clarification, guidance and reasonable assistance. Each assessment task should be marked as soon as possible after the submission date. The final grading given should reflect the quality of the learner’s evidence at the time of the completion date, including any oral examination. Re-assessment of this Graded Unit should be based on a significantly different assessment task. At this level, learners should work independently within the context of a typical working environment. It is up to centres to take reasonable steps to ensure that the learners bring their specialist knowledge and experience to the project. For example, centres may wish to informally question learners at various stages on their knowledge and understanding of the project/case study on which they have embarked. Centres should ensure where research, etc is carried out in other establishments or under the supervision of others that the learner does not receive undue assistance. Learners should be allowed to use appropriate technology within and out with the college environment. To ensure authentication of work it is advisable for learners to complete a log or diary recording progress and tasks completed. There should be regular meetings between the tutor and learner(s) to review progress and these meetings should be recorded. The final evaluation should include an oral examination of each learner's understanding of the evidence submitted. Where possible the involvement of an employer in the oral examination is encouraged.


Higher National Project-based Graded Unit Specification: Designing the project and assessing learners (cont)


Evidence Requirements for this Graded Unit The project undertaken by learners will consist of three stages: planning; developing; and evaluating. The following table specifies the minimum evidence required to pass each stage.

Project stage Minimum Evidence Requirements % Mark Allocation

Stage 1 —

Planning

Develop a plan for completion of tasks 2 and 3:

Suitable time line action plan

Record of associated activities

15%

The learner must achieve all of the minimum evidence specified above in order to pass the Planning stage.

Stage 2 —

Developing

Use appropriate methods in undertaking the specified tasks:

Select criteria with reasoning/justification

Identify required data

‘First principles’ evaluation of agreed elements of the task

Evaluation-using computer packages or other alternative processes

Produce evidence (reports, drawings, schedules, calculations, specifications), etc:

Adequate reports, drawings, schedules, calculations, specifications, etc to justify understanding and completion of required tasks

Rationale and justification for proposal submitted Create a project portfolio:

Portfolio including executive summary and evidence of development and conclusions

Presentation as introduction to an oral examination to include design objectives and summary of chosen solutions

70%

The learner must achieve all of the minimum evidence specified above in order to pass the Developing stage.





Stage 3 —

Evaluating

Reflect on the Outcomes of Stages 1 and 2:

Critical evaluation of Outcomes achieved compared with the time line action plan

Critical comparison of submitted evidence against initial objectives

Identification of feedback to inform future similar tasks

15%

The learner must achieve all of the minimum evidence specified above in order to pass the Evaluating stage.




Assessing and grading learners The overall project will be marked out of 200. Only whole marks should be used. The percentage of marks allocated to each stage of the project is outlined in the Evidence Requirements. It is a requirement that learners must meet the minimum Evidence Requirements for the Planning stage before progressing to the Developing stage before progressing to the Evaluating stage. Learners may produce evidence over and above that specified in the minimum Evidence Requirements and deserve more than half the available marks for that stage. Assessors should use the Grade Related Criteria outlined below to judge learner performance. Learners are required to work independently to meet the Evidence Requirements of the Graded Unit. At the same time, learners need appropriate support. SQA uses the term ‘reasonable assistance’ to describe the balance between supporting learners in their project and not providing too much assistance. At the end of each stage there should be opportunities for remediation and re-assessment of learners for that particular stage. This includes the final Evaluation stage. Any re-assessment should be carried out in line with the centre’s own assessment policy.

Grade Related Criteria

Grade A Grade C

Is a seamless, coherent piece of work which: Is a co-ordinated piece of work which:

has sufficient evidence for the three essential phases of the project, is produced to a high standard, and is quite clearly inter-related

has sufficient evidence of the three essential phases of the project, is produced to an adequate standard

demonstrates an accurate and insightful interpretation of the project brief

demonstrates an acceptable interpretation of the project brief

is highly focused and relevant to the tasks associated with the project brief

is focused and relevant to the tasks associated with the project brief

is clear and well-structured throughout and language used is of a high standard in terms of level, accuracy and technical content

is satisfactorily structured and language used is adequate in terms of level, accuracy and technical content

effectively consolidates and integrates required knowledge and skills

consolidates and integrates knowledge and skills but this may lack some continuity and consistency

demonstrates the learner’s ability to work autonomously

demonstrates independent learning with minimum support and revision during project



Graded Unit title: Built Environment: Graded Unit 1 (SCQF level 7) The marks allocated to each stage will then be aggregated to arrive at an overall mark for the project. Assessors will then assign an overall grade to the learner for this Graded Unit based on the following grade boundaries. A = 70%–100% B = 60%–69% C = 50%–59% These grade boundaries are fixed and should not be amended. If a learner does not achieve a pass or wishes to upgrade, then this must be done using a substantially different project, ie all stages are undertaken using a new project (case study, investigation or practical assignment). In these circumstances, the highest grade achieved should be awarded. More information on reasonable assistance, remediation and re-assessment may be found in the SQA publication Guidance for the Implementation of Graded Units in Higher National Certificates and Diplomas (SQA, 2008, Publication code: CA4405).


Higher National Project-based Graded Unit Support Notes Graded Unit title: Built Environment: Graded Unit 1 (SCQF level 7)

Guidance on approaches to delivery and assessment of this Graded Unit It is intended that this Unit will integrate and consolidate the skills and knowledge gained through study of the other constituent Units in the HNC Built Environment framework. As a result, the learner should be introduced to the case study only after the introductory Units have been completed. The delivery of the Graded Unit can run concurrently with that of the specialism Units. In this way the learner should be adequately prepared to meet the challenges presented by the case study. It is possible that the tutor/assessor may have to recapitulate some of the content of the other Units in order to reinforce the learning and knowledge of the learner in specific areas. This recap of previous work would be entirely appropriate, but must be left to the discretion of the tutor/assessor to decide to what extent any review would be required. The case study brief/assessment instructions must be issued to allow the learner sufficient time to assimilate the details and carry out the assessment tasks. During the time between the issue of the project brief and the submission date, the tutors/assessors may answer questions, provide clarification, guidance and give ‘reasonable assistance’. As the case study is produced in three distinct stages, it is recommended that regular progress/guidance interviews are scheduled with each learner to ensure that actual progress is apparent and valid evidence is in production. These should enhance student experience and performance, but also allow early identification of misinterpretation or disengagement.

Opportunities for developing Core and other essential skills Throughout the natural processes of preparation and production of evidence for this case study, the learner will develop and demonstrate many elements of each Core Skill as follows: Communication — Analysis of research materials to prepare both written and oral presentations. Numeracy — Graphical presentation of Land Surveying operations and Measurement and Cost research and development outcomes. Information and Communication Technology (ICT) — Accessing information for base research purposes. Assimilation and analysis of research information. Creation of graphical and narrative materials for presentation purposes.


Higher National Project-based Graded Unit Support Notes (cont) Graded Unit title: Built Environment: Graded Unit 1 (SCQF level 7) Working with Others — Co-operatively, as part of a team in practical situations. Problem Solving — Critical Thinking, Planning and Organisation, Review and Evaluation are fundamental to all elements of this case study. The case study will allow the learner to develop a variety of supplementary skills and attributes which enhance life skills and the educational experience. Such skills tied to enterprise, employability, sustainable development and citizenship are deemed essential to success in learning, life and work. They should be nurtured wherever possible. The wide range of work to be completed within the case study will provide the learner with opportunity to reflect upon collateral soft skills found, for example, in career development, developing self-confidence, team working, inter-dependence, problem solving, understanding rights and responsibilities, etc. This Unit has the Core Skill of Problem Solving embedded in it, so when candidates achieve this Unit their Core Skills profile will be updated to show that they have achieved Problem Solving at SCQF Level 6.


History of changes to Graded Unit


02

Core Skill Problem Solving at SCQF level 6 embedded. 25/07/2014




Graded Unit title: Built Environment: Graded Unit 1 (SCQF level 7) This Unit is suitable for learners with limited experience in the construction industry aiming for a career as a technician, technologist or other construction professional. The Unit forms part of a Group Award designed to provide learners with technical and professional knowledge and skills when working within the built environment arena. Principle aims are to:

Prepare learners for employment as technicians in the mainstream construction industry with a range of employers including Architects, Contractors, Building Control, Housing Associations and other property responsibilities.

Provide learners with a range of basic contemporary vocational skills utilising modern equipment and techniques available for surveying, setting out, construction drawing and correct use of building materials thus enabling learners to make an immediate contribution in employment in the Built Environment sector

Combine the skills that will allow learners to develop areas relevant to future employment or progression via an HND in another Built Environment discipline or higher education.

Provide learners with a range of skills to support learning in the SVQ 3 and SVQ 4 Construction: Technical Modern Apprenticeship Frameworks.


Built Environment: Graded Unit 1 integrates several elements from the mandatory Units in the framework to provide a coherent, co-ordinated and relevant case study which will encourage you to demonstrate the extent of your knowledge and understanding of the subject area. Assessment of the Unit takes the form of a Case Study. You will develop your ability to apply knowledge and skills, gained through study of other component parts of the course, to the solution of real or hypothetical building design problems. These will mimic real life scenarios where designers have to respond positively to a range of factors and provide valid and coherent solutions to a range of challenges. You will investigate the planning and design strategies for a construction project based on a low-rise domestic building. Site surveys will be carried out and a site appraisal will be compiled. You will produce sketch designs and construction drawings of the proposed design solution. Opportunity exists to support design proposals with technical investigations on the environmental impact of the project. An evaluation stage towards the end of the project will allow you to reflect on project development and to provide a written explanation of performance, progress and product. The Graded Unit Case Study is considered to be the culmination of a formal course of study leading to an HNC or HND Qualification. As such, the assessment will normally be issued towards the end of that study programme with submission of the completed work being the final element of the Qualification. You will be given a date for completion of the Case Study. Parameters should be agreed by yourself and your tutor/supervisor who will provide clarification, guidance and reasonable assistance on a continuing basis.


General information for learners (cont)

Graded Unit title: Built Environment: Graded Unit 1 (SCQF level 7) Assessors will mark each stage of the project, taking into account the criteria outlined. The marks will then be aggregated to arrive at an overall mark for the project. Assessors will then assign an overall grade to you for this Graded Unit based on the following grade boundaries. A = 70%–100% B = 60%–69% C = 50%–59% Note: You must achieve all of the minimum evidence specified for each stage of the project in order to achieve the Graded Unit. Throughout the natural processes of preparation and production of evidence for this case study, you will develop and demonstrate many elements of each Core Skill such as Communications, Numeracy, Information and Communication Technology (ICT), Working with Others and Problem Solving.

H72D 35, Sustainability and Modern Methods of Construction (SCQF level 8) 1

Higher National Unit specification General information Unit title: Sustainability and Modern Methods of Construction (SCQF level 8) Unit code: H72D 35 Superclass: TE Publication date: April 2014 Source: Scottish Qualifications Authority Version: 01

Unit purpose This Unit has been created for the HND Built Environment Group Awards and is designed to address the environmental impact and the appropriate application of new technological developments within the construction industry. Learners will be provided with an understanding of the nature and range of construction options and of relationships between modern building methods and sustainability in its widest sense. The Unit covers and extends the scope and content of Outcome 4 of Construction Technology: Specialist Systems.

Outcomes On successful completion of the Unit the learner will be able to:

1 Describe the historical evolution of building prefabrication in the 20th Century to present day.

2 Describe different forms of off-site manufacture and on-site construction.

3 Explain the design and site planning implications associated with modern methods of construction.

4 Explain the environmental and sustainability issues associated with modern methods of construction.




Unit title: Sustainability and Modern Methods of Construction (SCQF level 8)

Recommended entry to the Unit Entry will be at the discretion of the centre. However, it would be advantageous if learners had achieved some level of understanding regarding the nature of sustainability and modern methods of construction. This might be determined through having completed the NC Unit Modern Methods of Construction: An Introduction or Sustainable Design for Architecture: An Introduction.


Context for delivery This Unit will be delivered as part of the HND Built Environment Group Awards. The Assessment Support Pack (ASP) for this Unit provides assessment and marking guidelines that exemplify the national standard for achievement. It is a valid, reliable and practicable assessment. Centres wishing to develop their own assessments should refer to the ASP to ensure a comparable standard. A list of existing ASPs is available to download from SQA’s website (http://www.sqa.org.uk/sqa/46233.2769.html).






Unit title: Sustainability and Modern Methods of Construction (SCQF level 8) Acceptable performance in this Unit will be the satisfactory achievement of the standards set out in this part of the Unit specification. All sections of the statement of standards are mandatory and cannot be altered without reference to SQA. Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the Knowledge and/or Skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Learners should not know in advance the items on which they will be assessed and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion.

Outcome 1 Describe the historical evolution of building prefabrication from the 20th Century to present day.


Technological developments

Socio-economic drivers

Historical context

Designers

Aspiration and need

Achievements and failings

Outcome 2 Describe different forms of off-site manufacture and on-site construction.


Factory production

Benefits of standardisation

Modular/volumetric systems

Panellised Units

SIPS

Kits

Tunnel form

Hybrid

Preformed structural elements




Outcome 3 Explain the design and site planning implications associated with modern methods of construction.


Briefing and design stage

Construction costs

Construction quality

Construction planning and programming

Construction site safety

Labour and plant

Logistics

Outcome 4 Explain the environmental and sustainability issues associated with modern methods of construction.


Energy use

Passivhaus standards

Code for Sustainable Homes/BREEAM

Waste reduction

Recycling

Life cycle analysis


describe how modern methods of construction have evolved from inception to present day.

describe the various forms of modern methods of construction available in both on and off-site contexts.

explain the design and site planning implications associated with modern methods of construction.

explain the environmental and sustainability issues associated with modern methods of construction.




The whole of the content listed in the knowledge/skills section must be taught and be available for testing. The assessment of each Outcome will be undertaken through sampling of the content. In any Outcome, a minimum of three Knowledge and/or Skill items must be sampled.

The assessment should be conducted under closed-book conditions but may incorporate material specified by the Centre and produced by the learner over the period of delivery, for example, research and investigation production.

It is recommended that each Outcome is assessed individually but centres may wish to combine Outcomes so long as the total assessment load for all Outcomes be no more than three hours.


Higher National Unit Support Notes Unit title: Sustainability and Modern Methods of Construction (SCQF level 8) Unit Support Notes are offered as guidance and are not mandatory. While the exact time allocated to this Unit is at the discretion of the centre, the notional design length is 40 hours.

Guidance on the content and context for this Unit Outcome 1: (8 Hours) Describe the historical evolution of building prefabrication from the 20th Century to present day. For this Outcome, it is suggested that tutors begin by looking at the drivers for prefabricated buildings to facilitate a need after events such as WW2 and natural disasters. The role of prefabricated buildings need not only be discussed in a domestic context but for temporary and permanent buildings (or parts of) within an industrial context. It is also suggested that tutors allow learners the opportunity to investigate historical designers through to more modern pioneers to understand how the process has evolved through new technology and processes whilst acknowledging the failings of traditional methods where hazardous and poor quality materials were prevalent. Outcome 2: (12 Hours) Describe different forms of off-site manufacture and on site construction. It is important that a wide overview of all forms of Modern Methods of Construction are delivered for this Outcome. Tutors should use factory production as a starting point which will look at factory conditions and the benefits they can bring to the methods of construction with advantages of CNC/CAM in terms of delivering non-restrictive material forms. Cost savings in terms of how high degrees of repetition make more cost effective solutions in the long run rather than bespoke items should be emphasised, perhaps using case studies such as hotels, etc. Tutors should then explore all systems identified in the knowledge/skills section, identifying benefits and constraints of each. Practical considerations such as integration of services as well as a strong regard for technical points surrounding each system.


Higher National Unit Support Notes (cont) Unit title: Sustainability and Modern Methods of Construction (SCQF level 8) An example of this could be looking at Panelised systems where it would be expected to ensure that learners are made aware of the differences between open, closed and concrete panels with acknowledgement of the construction sequences as well as the properties of each. Learners would then be expected to describe common materials use, in the case of SIPS this would be looking at OSB/foam core insulation, etc and ways that the surfaces could be finished both internally and externally. The structure of this example can be applied across all systems identified in the Knowledge/Skills section for this Unit. There may be an opportunity for a slight crossover between Outcome 2 and Outcome 3 in terms of looking at factory conditions and contributions towards quality, etc tutors must be mindful to differentiate between factory production and quality. Outcome 3: (10 Hours) Explain the design and site planning implications associated with modern methods of construction. For this Outcome tutors should look at RIBA plan of work and how consideration for off-site construction is included within Stage 2 following interpretation of clients brief. Awareness should be made regarding early design freezes as modifications after the manufacturing process begins will be costly. Cost comparisons can be made looking at traditional costs as well as initial capital costs against mass production. Learners will be expected to understand the perceived quality benefits associated with factory production in terms of the facilities, climatic considerations as well as a QC procedures which can contribute to less snagging items. Sequencing of building operations, logistics, transportation/storage of materials/just-in-time will all be covered as part of planning and programming where site specific issues may bring added value to these topics. Evaluating string diagrams may assist learners in understanding the reduction or increase of site traffic due to the presence of static or mobile plant with particular trades perhaps requiring less time on site as a result, it would also be advantageous to ensure the learners understand the constraints associated with all types of plant and logistical arrangements around various greenfield and brownfield sites. Labour should include skill shortages — skilled/semi-skilled and specialised teams who may not necessarily be geographically convenient to the site where site activities are taking place.


Higher National Unit Support Notes (cont) Unit title: Sustainability and Modern Methods of Construction (SCQF level 8) Outcome 4: (10 Hours) Explain the environmental and sustainability issues associated with modern methods of construction. Outcome 4 should be where all Knowledge/Skills are contextualised with statistical information that is available from government and manufacturers literature. Government targets may be used as a basis for emphasising the need for a reduction in carbon emissions and learners will be expected to respond as to how modern methods of construction contribute to this. Energy use can be analysed during the manufacturing, building and in use phases of a project offering learners the opportunity to understand the importance of a thoughtful design, build and deconstruction/reuse process. Standards, benchmarks and guidelines such as Passivhaus, BREEAM and Code for Sustainable homes should be explained to the extent that the learner understands their principles and how they drive the sustainability and environmental credentials of Modern Methods of Construction. Life cycle analysis should look at justification of design/construction decisions based on sustainability and not on initial capital cost with regard for deconstruction and recycling reduction of all systems and materials throughout the manufacturing, construction and deconstruction stage.

Guidance on approaches to delivery of this Unit It is recommended that the Outcomes are learned sequentially from 1 to 4 however, it may be appropriate to combine teaching of Outcomes in order to maintain continuity on a particular subject. The utilisation of case studies is imperative to contextualise and analyse the theoretical knowledge. With this in mind it is recommended that learners undertake a series of precedence studies and tutorials aimed at collating a portfolio of their own work which may be brought into exams to enhance responses to exam questions. This portfolio is not assessed but should include a range of technical information, statistics/data, sketches, photographs, etc. These can be collated from class room activities, site visits and general research. There are various white papers and organisations such as BRE, NHBC who publish up to date statistical and analytical data which could assist with the interpretation of Outcomes 2, 3, and 4. Material for Outcome 1 could be from a research exercise led by the tutor. All research material could be compiled as individual or group exercises to encourage peer learner. This must be facilitated by the tutor and students should not be left to their own devices to compile portfolio material to ensure quality and consistency.


Higher National Unit Support Notes (cont) Unit title: Sustainability and Modern Methods of Construction (SCQF level 8)

Guidance on approaches to assessment of this Unit Evidence can be generated using different types of assessment. The following are suggestions only. There may be other methods that would be more suitable to learners. Centres are reminded that prior verification of centre-devised assessments would help to ensure that the national standard is being met. Where learners experience a range of assessment methods, this helps them to develop different skills that should be transferable to work or further and higher education. The whole of the content listed in the Knowledge/Skills section must be taught and be available for testing. The assessment of each Outcome will be undertaken through sampling of the content. In any Outcome, a minimum of three knowledge and/or skill items must be sampled. The assessment should be conducted under closed-book conditions but may incorporate material specified by the centre and produced by the learner over the period of delivery, for example, research and investigation portfolio. Questions should be structured to give learners the opportunity to give short and extended responses. It is recommended that each Outcome is assessed individually but centres may wish to combine Outcomes so long as the total assessment load for all Outcomes be no more than three hours.


Opportunities for developing Core and other essential skills In this Unit learners will use Critical Thinking skills to analyse scenarios and select appropriate responses to questions in both class and exam work. This will include reviewing and evaluating evidence to propose a range of satisfactory responses to the desired tasks given by the tutor. Working with Others and contributing to group exercises will play a big part in the delivery of the Unit which will encourage the development of Core Skills in this area. Learners will be able to extract analyse and interpret graphical information by recording and presenting relevant information through the compilation of a folio of work and responses during tutorial and exam questions.


Higher National Unit Support Notes (cont) Unit title: Sustainability and Modern Methods of Construction (SCQF level 8) Compilation of the portfolio may allow learners the opportunity to use Information and Communication Technology (ICT) to access information and carry out a range of processing tasks by researching and formalising responses to tutorial work. Written Communication will be conducted throughout the assessment of the Unit with opportunities for Oral Communication embedded throughout the learning process.



Unit title: Sustainability and Modern Methods of Construction (SCQF level 8) In this Unit you will learn about the evolution of modern methods of construction and how the emergence of new technology has improved the build-ability and reputation of these methods to the extent that they are now commonplace throughout the construction industry. You will learn about the drivers and sustainability credentials of modern methods of construction as well as understanding the technical aspects of the different types of systems. Opportunities to explore the constraints and build-ability issues will be prevalent throughout the Unit giving you a good overall knowledge of the drivers, benefits and constraints associated with modern methods of construction. You will compile a personal portfolio of different systems and will be expected to research case studies as supplementary work to your core materials. Assessments will be closed-book but you will be allowed to bring a portfolio of class work and research with you for the purpose of enhancing your responses to your exam questions. In this Unit you will use critical thinking skills to analyse scenarios and select appropriate responses to questions in both class and exam work. This will include reviewing and evaluating evidence to propose a range of satisfactory responses to the desired tasks given by the tutor. Working with Others and contributing to group exercises will play a big part in the delivery of the Unit which will encourage the development of Core Skills in this area. You will be able to extract analyse and interpret graphical information by recording and presenting relevant information through the compilation of a folio of work and responses during tutorial and exam questions. Compilation of the portfolio may allow learners the opportunity to use ICT to access information and carry out a range of processing tasks by researching and formalising responses to tutorial work. Written Communication will be conducted throughout the assessment of the Unit with opportunities for Oral Communication embedded throughout the learning process.

H727 35, Building Services in Large Buildings (SCQF level 8) 1

Higher National Unit specification General information Unit title: Building Services in Large Buildings (SCQF level 8) Unit code: H727 35 Superclass: TH Publication date: July 2014 Source: Scottish Qualifications Authority Version: 02

Unit purpose This Unit is designed to provide the learner with an understanding of common building services and their operation in commercial and industrial buildings. The Unit is suitable for learners wishing to develop an understanding of the supply of common building services in commercial, industrial and high-rise buildings.

Outcomes On successful completion of the Unit the learner will be able to: 1 Evaluate strategies for the provision of hot and cold water systems in large buildings. 2 Evaluate strategies for space heating and ventilation systems in commercial and

industrial buildings. 3 Describe methods by which electricity is supplied and distributed within commercial and

industrial buildings. 4 Identify automatic fire detection and control systems for commercial and industrial

buildings. 5 Describe ‘builders work’ associated with lift and escalator installations.

Credit points and level 1 Higher National credit at SCQF level 8: (8 SCQF credit points at SCQF level 8)



Unit title: Building Services in Large Buildings (SCQF level 8)

Recommended entry to the Unit It is strongly recommended that learners have a basic knowledge of domestic building services prior to undertaking this Unit. Such knowledge and understanding might be evidenced by the possession of appropriate Units at NC and HNC level.

Core Skills Achievement of this Unit gives automatic certification of the following Core Skills component: Complete Core Skill None Core Skill component Critical Thinking at SCQF level 6 There are also opportunities to develop aspects of Core Skills which are highlighted in the Support Notes of this Unit specification.







Unit title: Building Services in Large Buildings (SCQF level 8) Acceptable performance in this Unit will be the satisfactory achievement of the standards set out in this part of the Unit specification. All sections of the statement of standards are mandatory and cannot be altered without reference to SQA. Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the Knowledge and/or Skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Learners should not know in advance the items on which they will be assessed and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion.

Outcome 1 Evaluate strategies for the provision of hot and cold water systems in large buildings.


Hot and cold water supply requirements

Boosted cold water systems from storage cisterns

Staged pumping cold water supply

Staged pumping hot water supply from communal sources

Outcome 2 Evaluate strategies for space heating and ventilation systems in commercial and industrial buildings.


Warm air systems

Low, medium and high temperature hot water systems

Control of legionella bacteria in water systems

Mechanical extraction/inlet system

Outcome 3 Describe methods by which electricity is supplied and distributed within commercial and industrial buildings.


Star/delta arrangements

Service head intake arrangements

3-phase supply to plant

Rising main busbar for 400v and 230v supply



Unit title: Building Services in Large Buildings (SCQF level 8)

Outcome 4 Identify automatic fire detection and control systems for commercial and industrial buildings.


Products of fire

Fire detectors

Automatic fire sprinklers systems

Integration with passive protection

Outcome 5

Describe builders work associated with lift and escalator installations.


Pit construction

Construction of lift shaft and openings

Overrun and plant room construction

Escalator housing


analyse and explain requirements for, and methods of providing, hot or cold water supplies in large buildings.

analyse and explain the requirements for, and provision of, air or water heating systems for large buildings.

analyse and explain the requirements for, and provision of, electricity in large buildings.

analyse, describe and explain the requirements for, and provision of, fire detection and control systems for large buildings.

describe ‘builders work’ related to lift installations.

The assessment for all Outcomes may be undertaken separately or alternatively as two separate assessments comprising Outcomes 1 and 2 and Outcomes 3, 4 and 5. Assessment should place emphasis upon description and sketching of the services layouts. Detailed design, such as, pipe, cable sizing, etc is not part of the assessment scope. Assessments should be conducted under supervised, controlled conditions. Individual Outcome assessments should not exceed 45 minutes each. Assessment covering Outcomes 1 and 2 and also that for Outcomes 3, 4 and 5 should not exceed 90 minutes duration each. It should be noted that learners must achieve all the minimum evidence specified for each Outcome in order to pass the Unit.



Unit title: Building Services in Large Buildings (SCQF level 8) Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the Knowledge and/or Skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Items being assessed should not be known to learners in advance and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion. An exemplar instrument of assessment and marking guidelines have been produced to provide an example of the scope of evidence required to demonstrate achievement of the aims of this Unit and to indicate the national standard of achievement at SCQF level 8.

Outcome by Outcome

Two or more Outcomes together

All Outcomes together — holistic assessment of the Unit


Higher National Unit Support Notes Unit title: Building Services in Large Buildings (SCQF level 8) Unit Support Notes are offered as guidance and are not mandatory. While the exact time allocated to this Unit is at the discretion of the centre, the notional design length is 40 hours.

Guidance on the content and context for this Unit This Unit has been written in order to allow learners to develop knowledge, understanding and skills in the following areas: 1 Evaluate strategies for the provision of hot and cold water systems in large buildings. 2 Evaluate strategies for space heating and ventilation systems in commercial and

industrial buildings. 3 Describe methods by which electricity is supplied and distributed within commercial and

industrial buildings. 4 Identify automatic fire detection and control systems for commercial and industrial

buildings. 5 Describe ‘builders work’ associated with lift and escalator installations. This Unit has been developed to further enhance the knowledge and skills gained by learners who have studied building services in low rise buildings. It is part of a suite of building services Units within the HNC/HND Built Environment frameworks. In addition to that mentioned above, there are also Units entitled Building Services: Heating, Lighting and Acoustics and Building Services: Ventilation and Air Conditioning. In designing this Unit the writers have identified the range of topics expected to be covered by lecturers. The writers have also given recommendations on time allocated to each Outcome. This will assist lecturers in planning lessons and preparing schedules of work. Whilst it is not mandatory for a centre to use this list of topics, it is strongly recommended that it does. This will provide consistency of delivery and learner knowledge and understanding of building services. The list of topics is given below. Delivering lecturers are advised to study this list of topics in conjunction with the assessment exemplar pack. This will provide a clear indication of the standard of achievement expected of the learner undertaking this Unit.


Higher National Unit Support Notes (cont) Unit title: Building Services in Large Buildings (SCQF level 8)

Guidance on approaches to delivery of this Unit In designing this Unit the writers have identified the range of topics expected to be covered by lecturers. The writers have also given recommendations on time allocated to each Outcome. This will assist lecturers in planning lessons and preparing delivery schedules. Whilst it is not mandatory for a centre to use this list of topics, it is strongly recommended that it does. This will provide consistency of delivery and learner knowledge and understanding of building services. The list of topics is given below. Delivering lecturers are advised to study this list of topics in conjunction with the assessment exemplar pack. This will provide a clear indication of the standard of achievement expected of learners undertaking this Unit. Outcome 1: Layout and provision of hot and cold water in high-rise and other large buildings. (9 Hours) Cold water supply: demand requirements, break cisterns, header pipes, pneumatic cylinders, staged pumping. Hot water supply: demand requirements, communal hot water calorifiers, bacteria control, staged pumping, recirculation and dead legs. Outcome 2: Typical space heating and ventilation systems in commercial and industrial buildings. (9 Hours) Heating systems: warm air, LTHW/MTHW/HTHW, Controllability of systems BMS/BEMS Ventilation systems: natural ventilation problems in high-rise buildings, full fresh air systems in commercial buildings use of fresh and recirculated air. Outcome 3: Methods by which electricity is supplied and distributed within commercial and industrial buildings. (6 Hours) Three phase supply: purpose of 3-phase supplies, star/delta transformer arrangement service head arrangement, vertical distribution in high-rise buildings, horizontal distribution in high-rise buildings, distribution from service head to a 3-phase machine. Outcome 4: Identify automatic fire detection and control systems for commercial and industrial buildings. (6 Hours) Products of fire: smoke, toxic gases, heat and radiation Choice of detectors: smoke: ionisation/optical, heat, radiation, VESDA Classification of detectors: L1, L2, L3, P1, P2, P3, Manual Operation of sprinkler system: water sources: tanks, reservoirs, rivers, lakes, canals components of a dry system, components of a wet system


Higher National Unit Support Notes (cont) Unit title: Building Services in Large Buildings (SCQF level 8) Outcome 5: Understand building work associated with lifts and escalator installations in buildings. (6 Hours) Electric and Hydraulic lifts: pit construction, shaft/well construction, overrun construction, plant room requirements, ventilation, fire resistance, openings in shafts/wells. Escalators: Pit construction, headroom, fire resistance. This Unit is designed to further develop knowledge and understanding of building services. This Unit should also reinforce the importance of the building services interface with the construction of buildings, ie how services may be distributed throughout buildings without the need for retrospective work. It is recommended that learners visit plant rooms and/or building energy management offices, perhaps within a college environment, to gain further understanding of the operation of building services systems in practice. Learners should be made aware of the importance of BIM (Building Information Modelling) to the design of building services.

Guidance on approaches to assessment of this Unit Evidence can be generated using different types of assessment. The following are suggestions only. There may be other methods that would be more suitable to learners. Centres are reminded that prior verification of centre-devised assessments would help to ensure that the national standard is being met. Where learners experience a range of assessment methods, this helps them to develop different skills that should be transferable to work or further and higher education. The assessment for all Outcomes may be undertaken separately or alternatively as two separate assessments comprising Outcomes 1 and 2 and Outcomes 3, 4 and 5. Assessment should place emphasis upon description and sketching of the services layouts. Assessments should be conducted under supervised, controlled open-book conditions. Individual Outcome assessments should not exceed 45 minutes each. Combined assessment covering Outcomes 1 and 2 and Outcomes 3, 4 and 5 should not exceed 90 minutes each. It should be noted that learners must achieve all the minimum evidence specified for each Outcome in order to pass the Unit. Evidence for the Knowledge and/or Skills in this Outcome will be provided on a sample basis as follows: Outcome 1: three from four Knowledge and/or Skills items should be sampled. Outcome 2: three from four Knowledge and/or Skills items should be sampled. Outcome 3: three from four Knowledge and/or Skills items should be sampled. Outcome 4: two from four Knowledge and/or Skills items should be sampled. Outcome 5: two from four Knowledge and/or Skills items should be sampled.


Higher National Unit Support Notes (cont) Unit title: Building Services in Large Buildings (SCQF level 8) Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the Knowledge and/or Skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Items being assessed should not be known to learners in advance and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion.


Opportunities for developing Core and other essential skills There are opportunities to develop the Core Skills in Communication and Problem Solving in this Unit, however, there is no automatic certification of Core Skills or Core Skills components. There are also opportunities to develop skills relating to sustainability through the use of energy efficiency and energy conservation in building services systems. This Unit has the Critical Thinking component of Problem Solving embedded in it. This means that when candidates achieve the Unit, their Core Skills profile will also be updated to show they have achieved Critical Thinking at SCQF level 6.




02

Core Skills Component Critical Thinking at SCQF level 6 embedded.

24/07/2014




Unit title: Building Services in Large Buildings (SCQF level 8) This section will help you decide whether this is the Unit for you by explaining what the Unit is about, what you should know or be able to do before you start, what you will need to do during the Unit and opportunities for further learning and employment. This Unit is suitable for learners with limited experience in the construction industry aiming for a career as a technician, technologist or other construction professional. The Unit forms part of a Group Award designed to provide learners with technical and professional knowledge and skills when working within the built environment arena. The Unit will enable learners to develop a knowledge and understanding of the operation of common building services systems used in large and multi storey buildings and how these services are located and distributed throughout buildings. The principal aims are to:

Prepare learners for employment as technicians in the construction industry with a range of disciplines, including, Architects, Contractors, Building Surveyors, Quantity Surveyors, Energy Efficiency Officers.

Provide built environment learners with knowledge and understanding of integration of building services systems in large buildings.

Enable learners to pursue appropriate professional body recognition, such as Chartered Institute of Building, Chartered Institute of Architectural Technologists, Royal Institute of Chartered Surveyors.

Provide learners with increased awareness of sustainable sources of energy and efficiency of energy use in buildings.

This Unit has been developed to further enhance the knowledge and skills gained by learners in their studies of the Unit, Building Services in Low Rise Buildings. It is part of a group of building services Units within the Built Environment frameworks. The other Units are entitled Building Services: Heating, Lighting and Acoustics and Building Services: Ventilation and Air Conditioning. There are opportunities to develop the Core Skills in Communication and Problem Solving in this Unit. There are also opportunities to develop skills relating to sustainability through the use of energy efficiency and energy conservation in building services systems.

H9PW 33, Mathematics for the Built Environment (SCQF level 6) 1

Higher National Unit specification General information Unit title: Mathematics for the Built Environment (SCQF level 6) Unit code: H9PW 33 Superclass: RB Publication date: September 2015 Source: Scottish Qualifications Authority Version: 01

Unit purpose The Unit is designed to enable candidates to understand and apply algebraic techniques to manipulate expressions and solve equations commonly found in construction. The Unit provides candidates with an opportunity to develop the knowledge and skills to carry out operations using algebra, trigonometry, circular measure formulae, central tendency, spread, and determining areas using approximation methods.


1 Manipulate mathematical expressions and solve equations.

2 Use trigonometry and circular measure formulae to solve commonly encountered problems in the construction industry.

3 Use statistical methods to investigate variation of data and use numerical methods to calculate areas under a graph.


Recommended entry to the Unit It would be beneficial if learners had skills in mathematics as evidenced by possession of an appropriate National Certificate Unit, SCE Standard Grade Mathematics 1/2, Intermediate 2 Maths (including Unit 3) A/B, National 5 A/B, or an equivalent level of experience.



Unit title: Mathematics for the Built Environment (SCQF level 6)

Core Skills Achievement of this Unit gives automatic certification of the following: Complete Core Skill(s) None Core Skill component(s) Using Number at SCQF level 6 There are also opportunities to develop aspects of Core Skills which are highlighted in the Support Notes for this Unit specification.







Unit title: Mathematics for the Built Environment (SCQF level 6) Acceptable performance in this Unit will be the satisfactory achievement of the standards set out in this part of the Unit specification. All sections of the statement of standards are mandatory and cannot be altered without reference to SQA. Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the Knowledge and/or Skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Learners should not know in advance the items on which they will be assessed and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion.

Outcome 1 Manipulate mathematical expressions and solve problems.


Numerical expressions including scientific/engineering notation

Manipulate algebraic expressions including indices and logarithmic functions

Transposition of formulae

Solve equations

Outcome 2 Use trigonometry and circular measure formulae to solve commonly encountered problems in the construction industry.


Trigonometry in a right angled triangle

Trigonometry in a non-right angled triangle

Trigonometry of three dimensional shapes

Circle problems involving arc lengths and sector/segment areas

Outcome 3 Use statistical methods to investigate variation of data and use numerical methods to calculate areas under a graph.


Measure of central tendency: Mean, Median from a (grouped) frequency table

Measure of spread: Standard deviation from a (grouped) frequency table

Correlation and regression: Line of best fit using least squares

Determination of Areas by use of approximation methods: Simpson’s Rule and Trapezoidal Rule.


Higher National Unit specification: Statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Mathematics for the Built Environment (SCQF level 6)

Evidence Requirements for this Unit Learners will need to provide evidence to demonstrate ALL Knowledge and/or Skills across all Outcomes by showing that they can:

Apply algebraic techniques to manipulate expressions and solve equations commonly found in the construction industry.

Solve problems involving indices and logarithms

Solve common building and surveying problems in two and three dimensions using trigonometry.

Determine the area of a sector or segment of a circle and the arc length in context.

Determine the mean, median and standard deviation values from data presented in a grouped frequency table.

Calculate correlation coefficient and equation of line of regression and use this to predict results. Built in calculator functionality may be used, if available.

Calculate approximate areas and volumes using Simpson’s Rule or Trapezoidal Rule Evidence should be produced under closed-book, supervised conditions in response to an appropriate set of questions. And as such learners should not be allowed to bring textbooks, hard and/or soft handouts or notes to the assessment. Learners should be allowed to use the standard functions available on most scientific calculators to calculate mean, standard deviation, correlation coefficients and an equation of line of regression Assessment may be carried out:

Outcome by Outcome

Two or more Outcomes together

All Outcomes together — holistic assessment of the Unit The total time allowed for the assessment(s) should not exceed two hours. Learners should be given access to calculators. Sufficient working must be shown to demonstrate the method of solution. Where re-assessment is needed, a different set of questions must be used on each assessment occasion. Under no circumstances should the learners be notified of the assessment questions prior to the assessment.


Higher National Unit Support Notes Unit title: Mathematics for the Built Environment (SCQF level 6) Unit Support Notes are offered as guidance and are not mandatory. While the exact time allocated to this Unit is at the discretion of the centre, the notional design length is 40 hours.

Guidance on the content and context for this Unit This Unit has been written in order to allow learners to develop knowledge, understanding and skills in the following areas: Outcome 1 Manipulate mathematical expressions and solve equations (10 hours) Factors; removal of brackets; linear, simultaneous and quadratic equations; indices and logarithmic functions; scientific/engineering notation. Equations: A = P (1 + r/100)t, ax2 + bx + c = 0 Indices: Positive, negative, and fractional Outcome 2 Use trigonometry and circular measure formulae to solve commonly encountered problems in the construction industry (15 hours) Trigonometry: Pythagoras, sine ratio, cosine ratio, tangent ratio, sine rule, cosine rule. Circular measure: arc length, sector area, segmental area. Angular measure: degrees, minutes, and seconds Outcome 3 Use statistical methods to investigate variation of data and use numerical methods to calculate areas under a graph (15 hours) Measure of central tendency: Mean, Median from a (grouped) frequency table Measure of spread: Standard deviation from a (grouped) frequency table Correlation and regression: Correlation coefficient, line of best fit equation Determination of Areas and Volumes: Simpson’s Rule and Trapezoidal Rule. Mathematics for the Built Environment has been incorporated within the first year of the HNDs in Architectural Technology, Building Surveying, Construction Management, Quantity Surveying and Facilities Management as a mandatory Unit. It is considered that a Unit in Mathematics is essential to support other areas of work in the awards, notably the surveying and structural principles areas.


Higher National Unit Support Notes (cont) Unit title: Mathematics for the Built Environment (SCQF level 6) In designing this Unit the Unit writers have identified the range of subjects they would expect to be covered by lecturers. The writers have also given recommendations as to how much time should be spent on each Outcome. This has been done to help lecturers decide the depth of treatment that should be given to the list of topics attached to each Outcome. Although it is not mandatory for centres to use this list of topics it is strongly recommended that they do so to ensure continuity of teaching and learning across the Mathematics Units and because the exemplar pack for this Unit is based on the Knowledge and/or Skills and list of topics in each of the Outcomes.

Guidance on approaches to delivery of this Unit As the Unit provides core mathematical principles, which underpin many of the studies done in the HND awards, it is recommended that the Unit be delivered towards the start of these awards.

The Unit has been designed to incorporate sufficient time to allow lecturers to teach the core Mathematics contained within the Unit. The Unit has also been written to allow learners sufficient time to practice what they have learnt through appropriate formative assessments and exercises.

Delivery of the Unit should focus on, and be within the context of commonly encountered problems in the construction industry.

Guidance on approaches to assessment of this Unit Evidence can be generated using different types of assessment. The following are suggestions only. There may be other methods that would be more suitable to learners. Centres are reminded that prior verification of centre-devised assessments would help to ensure that the national standard is being met. Where learners experience a range of assessment methods, this helps them to develop different skills that should be transferable to work or further and higher education. In any assessment all Knowledge and/or Skills items should be included. Learners must provide a satisfactory response to all items. Learners will need to provide evidence to demonstrate their Knowledge and/or Skills by showing that they can:

Apply algebraic techniques to manipulate expressions and solve equations commonly found in the construction industry.

Solve problems involving indices and logarithms.

Solve common building and surveying problems in two and three dimensions using trigonometry.

Determine the area of a sector, or segment of a circle and the arc length in context.

Determine the mean, median and standard deviation values from data presented in a grouped frequency table.

Calculate correlation coefficient and equation of line of regression and use this to predict results. Built in calculator functionality may be used, if available.

Calculate approximate areas and volumes using Simpson’s Rule or Trapezoidal Rule.


Higher National Unit Support Notes (cont) Unit title: Mathematics for the Built Environment (SCQF level 6) Assessment should be conducted under closed-book conditions and as such learners should not be allowed to bring textbooks, hand-outs or notes to the assessment. Questions used to elicit learner evidence may take the form of an appropriate balance of short answer, restricted response and structured questions. In the assessment of this Unit all Outcomes can be combined to form a single assessment paper.



Higher National Unit Support Notes (cont) Unit title: Mathematics for the Built Environment (SCQF level 6)

Opportunities for developing Core and other essential skills Achievement of this Unit gives automatic certification of Using Number at SCQF level 6



Unit title: Mathematics for the Built Environment (SCQF level 6) This section will help you decide whether this is the Unit for you by explaining what the Unit is about, what you should know or be able to do before you start, what you will need to do during the Unit and opportunities for further learning and employment. This Unit has been designed to allow you to develop your knowledge, understanding and skills in mathematics that underpin many of the subjects studied in the HNC/HND Built Environment awards. If you have studied some of these topics before, the early part of the Unit will provide you with an opportunity to revise the techniques you have learned on other courses. By the end of the Unit you will be expected to apply algebraic techniques to manipulate and solve equations commonly found in construction. You will also be expected to carry out operations using trigonometry, statistical analysis and approximations for area. Outcome 1 — you will be introduced to applying algebraic techniques to manipulate expressions and solve equations commonly found in the built environment. Outcome 2 — you will study ways in which trigonometry and circular measure formulae can be used to solve commonly found problems in the built environment. Outcome 3 — you will be using techniques learnt from statistical analysis and approximate areas to solve problems found in construction. The precise form of assessment will depend on the centre where you are taking the Unit. Achievement of this Unit gives automatic certification of Using Number at SCQF level 6.

H729 34, Construction Technology: Industrial/Commercial Superstructure (SCQF level 7) 1

Higher National Unit specification General information Unit title: Construction Technology: Industrial/Commercial

Superstructure (SCQF level 7) Unit code: H729 34 Superclass: TE Publication date: April 2014 Source: Scottish Qualifications Authority Version: 01

Unit purpose This Unit is designed to enable learners to gain knowledge and understanding of a range of the more common forms of superstructure construction used in industrial or commercial buildings. The Unit commences with structural frames and continues with the construction of different forms of walls, floors and roofs. This elemental approach to construction will allow learners to build a sound understanding of the fundamental characteristics of the individual components and basic theory before developing awareness of the more complex structural and elemental relationships. The Unit is aimed at learners undertaking HNC/HND Architectural Technology, HNC/HND Construction Management, HNC/HND Quantity Surveying, HNC/HND Building Surveying. Learners will have previously achieved or will be in the process of completing Construction Technology: Substructure or equal qualification.

Outcomes On successful completion of the Unit the learner will be able to: 1 Compare different forms of structural frame used in industrial or commercial buildings. 2 Compare different forms of wall enclosure suitable for use with structural frames used in

industrial or commercial buildings. 3 Compare different forms of floor and roof suitable for use with structural frames used in

industrial or commercial buildings.




Unit title: Construction Technology: Industrial/Commercial Superstructure (SCQF level 7)

Recommended entry to the Unit While entry is at the discretion of Centre, the content of the Unit does rely heavily on the learner having sound knowledge of substructure construction and some appreciation of traditional construction methods. It is therefore recommended that appropriate construction Units have been achieved before commencement or that learner competency is otherwise demonstrated. Core Skills There are opportunities to develop aspects in the Core Skills of Communication, ICT and Problem Solving. These are highlighted in the Support Notes for this Unit specification. There is no automatic certification of Core Skills or Core Skill components in this Unit.

Context for delivery If this Unit is delivered as part of a Group Award, it is recommended that it should be taught and assessed within the subject area of the Group Award to which it contributes. The Unit is a mandatory credit within the HNC/HND Architectural Technology, HNC/HND Construction Management, HNC/HND Quantity Surveying, HNC/HND Building Surveying qualifications. The Assessment Support Pack (ASP) for this Unit provides assessment and marking guidelines that exemplify the national standard for achievement. It is a valid, reliable and practicable assessment. Centres wishing to develop their own assessments should refer to the ASP to ensure a comparable standard. A list of existing ASPs is available to download from SQA’s website (http://www.sqa.org.uk/sqa/46233.2769.html).







Acceptable performance in this Unit will be the satisfactory achievement of the standards set out in this part of the Unit specification. All sections of the statement of standards are mandatory and cannot be altered without reference to SQA. Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the Knowledge and/or Skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Learners should not know in advance the items on which they will be assessed and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion.

Outcome 1 Compare different forms of structural frame used in industrial or commercial buildings.


Comparative characteristics of structural frames

Sustainable design and construction criteria

In situ and precast concrete structural frames

Steel structural frames

Timber structural frames

Outcome 2 Compare different forms of wall enclosure suitable for use with structural frames used in industrial or commercial buildings.


Non-loadbearing masonry infill or panel installation

Concrete cladding panel installation

Metal cladding panel installation

Timber cladding panel installation

Glazed curtain walling

Outcome 3 Compare different forms of floor and roof suitable for use with structural frames used in industrial or commercial buildings.


Long and short span roofing systems

Long and short span flooring systems

Finishes to pitched and flat roofs

Floor and stair finishes used in large industrial or commercial buildings

Concrete stair installation


Higher National Unit specification: Statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Construction Technology: Industrial/Commercial

Superstructure (SCQF level 7)

Evidence Requirements for this Unit Learners will need to provide evidence to demonstrate their Knowledge and/or Skills across all Outcomes by showing that they can understand the reasons for using:

different forms of structural frame found in industrial or commercial buildings and explain the technologies.

different forms of wall enclosure found in industrial or commercial buildings and explain the technologies.

different forms of floor and roof found in industrial or commercial buildings and explain the technologies.

The whole of the content listed in the Knowledge/Skills section must be taught and be available for assessment. It is recommended that assessment be undertaken on an Outcome by Outcome basis in the sequence specified. Each assessment is to be closed-book but might incorporate selected material specified by the assessor and produced by the learner over the period of delivery, for example, complex construction details. Such material, if required, should be identified by the assessor as part of the assessment preparation prior to the event. Each event should last 1 hour and be carried out under supervised, controlled conditions. All three Outcomes need to be demonstrably achieved through, for example, the use of a 50% Pass mark. Assessment should be composed of an appropriate balance of short answer, restricted response and structured questions sampling a range of Knowledge and Skills items. When sampling, the first stated item for all Outcomes must be assessed along with one other item from the list. Should a second assessment attempt be required, the first stated item should still be used as the testing basis but the other item must be different to those used in the first paper.


Higher National Unit Support Notes Unit title: Construction Technology: Industrial/Commercial

Superstructure (SCQF level 7) Unit Support Notes are offered as guidance and are not mandatory. While the exact time allocated to this Unit is at the discretion of the centre, the notional design length is 40 hours.

Guidance on the content and context for this Unit This Unit, Construction Technology: Industrial/Commercial Superstructure has been developed as part of a suite of construction technology Units. The other Units are Construction Technology: Domestic Construction, Construction Technology: Substructure, Construction Technology: Specialist Systems, Sustainability and Modern Methods of Construction. This Unit at SCQF level 7 is a mandatory Unit within the HNC and HND Built Environment awards with the sole exception of ‘HNC in the Built Environment’. The Units mentioned above have been developed as an integrated suite to meet all the construction technology requirements of the HNC and HND Built Environment awards. However, this does not preclude the use of one or more of these Units in other awards where award designers feel the content to be appropriate. As well as providing a substantial course in construction technology principles these Units also provide important underpinning knowledge, understanding and skills for other parts of the HNC and HND Built Environment awards. In designing this Unit the writer has identified a wide range of topics which might be sampled by lecturers as deemed appropriate to learner and course requirements. It is not mandatory for a centre to use the full list of topics. It is recommended sufficient coverage is provided to ensure continuity of teaching and learning across the technology spectrum. The Assessment Support Pack for this Unit is based on the Knowledge/Skills and sampling from the list of topics in each of the Outcomes. There is also recommendation as to how much time should be spent on each Outcome. The list of topics is given below. Lecturers are advised to study this list of topics in conjunction with the Assessment Support Pack to get a clear indication of the standard of achievement expected of learners in this Unit.


Higher National Unit Support Notes Unit title: Construction Technology: Industrial/Commercial

Superstructure (SCQF level 7) Outcome 1: (16 hours) Compare different forms of structural frame used in industrial or commercial buildings.

Comparative characteristics of structural frames:

— Comparing structural characteristics of frame construction and masonry construction — Comparing advantages and disadvantages of long and short span structural frames — Comparing principles of Pin jointed systems and Rigid jointed systems

Sustainable design and construction criteria:

— Structural stability — foundations, bracing techniques, dead and live loadings — Structural frame design — materials, manufacture, transportation, life cycle

appraisal — Structural frame construction — site planning/control, frame erection, site plant,

H & S — Typical setting out criteria for frame and foundations

In situ and precast concrete structural frames:

— Production and manufacture of the two systems — Principles of basic reinforced concrete and pre-stressing/post tensioning — Beam, slab and column formwork and falsework — Skeleton frames — Portal frames

Steel structural frames:

— Comparing strength, cost, adaptability, sustainability — Skeleton frames — Portal frames — Prefabrication

Timber structural frames:

— Comparing strength, cost, adaptability, sustainability — Skeleton frames — Portal frames — Prefabrication


Higher National Unit Support Notes (cont) Unit title: Construction Technology: Industrial/Commercial

Superstructure (SCQF level 7) Outcome 2: (14 hours)

Compare different forms of wall enclosure suitable for use with structural frames used in industrial or commercial buildings.

Non-loadbearing masonry infill or panel installation:

— Relationship between infill or panel and the structural frame — Installation and frame connection details — Provision of movement/fabrication joints and critical detail specification — Construction implications of using infill/panel systems — Manufacture — Insulation requirements — Sustainability — source, embodied carbon, energy use/efficiency, maintenance

Concrete cladding panel installation:

— Relationship between concrete cladding panel and the structural frame — Installation and frame connection details — Provision of movement/fabrication joints and critical detail specification — Construction implications of using concrete cladding systems — Manufacture — Insulation Requirements — Sustainability — source, embodied carbon, energy use/efficiency, maintenance

Metal cladding panel installation:

— Relationship between metal cladding panel and the structural frame — Installation and frame connection details — Provision of movement/fabrication joints and critical detail specification — Construction implications of using metal cladding systems — Manufacture — Insulation requirements — Sustainability — source, embodied carbon, energy use/efficiency, maintenance

Timber cladding panel installation:

— Relationship between timber cladding panel and the structural frame — Installation and frame connection details — Provision of movement/fabrication joints and critical detail specification — Construction implications of using timber cladding systems — Manufacture — Insulation Requirements — Sustainability — source, embodied carbon, energy use/efficiency, maintenance

Glazed curtain walling:

— Relationship between curtain wall and the structural frame — Installation and frame connection details — Provision of movement/fabrication joints and critical detail specification — Construction implications of using timber cladding systems — Manufacture — Insulation Requirements — Sustainability — source, embodied carbon, energy use/efficiency, maintenance



Superstructure (SCQF level 7) Outcome 3: (10 hours) Compare different forms of floor and roof suitable for use with structural frames used in industrial or commercial buildings.

Long and short span roofing systems:

— Pitched triangular frame trusses — Flat top girders and lattice beams — Arch/vault/dome — Frame connection/edge fixing details — Sustainability — source, embodied carbon, energy use/efficiency, maintenance — Construction implications — Manufacture

Long and short span flooring systems:

— Precast concrete and pre-stressed Units — In-situ concrete construction — flat slab, beam and slab, ribbed, waffle, ground supported long strip and large area floor slabs — Steel and concrete composite floors

Finishes to pitched and flat roofs:

— Steel, aluminium, lead, slates and tiles, membranes, asphalt, green systems — Weather protection and rainwater discharge — Insulation requirements — Ridge, eaves and ventilation details

Floor and stair finishes used in large industrial or commercial buildings:

— Services and communications provision — heating, lighting, ventilation, IT — Screeds/tiles/sheets, raised access floors, Health and Safety, spread of flame

Concrete stair installation:

— Stair terminology reviewed and expanded — Formation and protection of opening in floor for stair installation — Stair geometry and compliance with Building Regulations and escape criteria — Stair construction and reinforcement — in situ and precast — Stair landing connection details — in situ and precast

Guidance on approaches to delivery of this Unit This Unit provides the core construction technology of superstructure which underpins much of the study done in other areas of HNC and HND Built Environment awards. Its logical delivery will be following completion of Construction Technology: Domestic Construction and Construction Technology: Substructure although it could reasonably be offered alongside the latter. Dealing with some complex technological theory and elemental relationships it is suggested that the Unit would be best accommodated well in to the programme but prior to, or in support of, the second year Graded Unit.



Superstructure (SCQF level 7) Centres are asked to consider imaginative ways in which to contextualise learning when delivering this Unit and of supporting the learner in developing an embedded understanding of fundamental principles inherent in superstructure construction. The aim should be to encourage the use of learning and teaching approaches that are varied and appropriate to the aims of the Unit. This might be facilitated by visiting construction sites where appropriate work is being carried out or by carrying out assessor structured internet based investigation into specific technological aspects. There is also perhaps opportunity of integrating or developing knowledge within other components of the programme such as in the use of CAD or when generating evidence within the second year Graded Unit.

Guidance on approaches to assessment of this Unit Evidence can be generated using different approaches to assessment. The following are suggestions only. There may be other methods that would be more suitable to learners. Given the complex nature of much of the technological content and the stated assessment requirements guidance should be given to the learner by way of pre-assessment review prior to the event. It may be that the core of the assessment is based on a product developed by the learner and this would need to be identified and explained. This might be, for example, a portfolio of construction details or some investigative report but must be only authentic learner-centred materials produced in tutorial or formative development and examination. All assessments being closed-book, reference to centre generated materials or class notes or textbooks, etc is not permitted. Centres are reminded that prior verification of centre-devised assessments would help to ensure that the national standard is being met. Where learners experience a range of assessment methods, this helps them to develop different skills that should be transferable to work or further and higher education.




Superstructure (SCQF level 7)

Opportunities for developing Core and other essential skills There are opportunities to develop aspects in the Core Skills of Communication, Information and Communication Technology (ICT) and Problem Solving. The evidence produced through undertaking all three Outcomes will require the learner to demonstrate competency in using and writing technical language and of showing a proper understanding when reading the task requirements. The use of ICT and CAL may be found to be appropriate in developing the learner’s knowledge and understanding of the subject matter should centres find this to be an appropriate teaching vehicle. Assessment responses required throughout will demand of the learner an ability to analyse technical information and to make correct decisions based on the sound application of knowledge to a question, postulation or hypothesis. A range of problems to be solved will be inherent in the assessment content. Sustainability aspects are available to be explored by the learner within all three Outcomes. These are integrated into the expanded topics within the Support Notes and should be so contextualised into the assessment instrument produced by the centre.




This section will help you decide whether this Unit is for you by explaining what it is about, what you should know or be able to do before you start, what you will need to do during the Unit and opportunities for further learning and employment. It is designed to enable you to gain knowledge and understanding of a range of the more common forms of superstructure construction used in large industrial or commercial buildings. The Unit commences with structural frames and continues with the construction of different forms of walls, floors and roofs. The Unit is aimed at learners undertaking HNC/HND Architectural Technology, HNC/HND Construction Management, HNC/HND Quantity Surveying, HNC/HND Building Surveying. You will have previously achieved or will be in the process of completing Construction Technology: Substructure or another appropriate qualification. The level of this Higher National Unit is 1 credit at SCQF level 7: (8 SCQF credit points at SCQF level 7) and is a mandatory component of the above mentioned qualifications all of which are fully articulated into Honours Degree awards offered by Scottish universities. These qualifications are also recognised by industry lead bodies such as CIAT, RICS, CIOB. The testing of your competency will be by closed-book assessment but might incorporate selected material specified by your assessor and produced by yourself over the period of delivery, for example, complex construction details. Such material, if required, would be identified by the assessor as part of the assessment preparation prior to the event. Each assessment would last 1 hour and be carried out under supervised, controlled conditions. The three assessments need to be fully achieved through, for example, the use of a 50% Pass mark and covering the following topics: 1 Compare different forms of structural frame used in industrial or commercial buildings. 2 Compare different forms of wall enclosure suitable for use with structural frames used in

industrial or commercial buildings. 3 Compare different forms of floor and roof suitable for use with structural frames used in

industrial or commercial buildings. When doing this Unit you will be challenged with a wide range of technical demands relying on your developing knowledge and skills in the production and use of construction details, structurally sound concepts, technical specification and terminology, and the application of this knowledge into other areas of your qualifications or your employment. There are also opportunities to develop aspects in the Core Skills of Communication, ICT and Problem Solving. This will require you to demonstrate competency in using and writing technical language. The use of ICT and CAL may be found to be appropriate in developing your knowledge and understanding of the subject matter should the centre find this to be an appropriate teaching vehicle. Assessment responses required throughout will demand of you an ability to analyse technical information and to make correct decisions based on the sound application of knowledge to a question, postulation or hypothesis. Sustainability aspects are available to be explored within the scope of the various technical studies.

HN Unit (DW4E 34): Health and Safety in Construction 1

Higher National Unit Specification

General information for centres

Unit title: Health and Safety in Construction

Unit code: DW4E 34

Unit purpose: This Unit is designed to provide the candidate with a fundamental understanding

of current health and safety legislative and regulatory requirements for construction together with

approved codes of practice. Further, on the basis of knowledge provided about the cost implications

of accidents, it is intended that the candidate will be enabled to prepare risk analyses and appropriate

method statements for works.

On completion of the Unit the candidate should be able to:

1 Understand the implications of the current Health and Safety at Work Act, the Construction

Design and Management Regulations (CDM) and Approved Codes of Practice (ACOPs)

pertaining to Construction activities.

2 Understand the implications of the sources and cost implications of accidents.

3 Prepare risk analyses and realistic method statements for works.

Credit points and level: 1 HN Credit at SCQF level 7: (8 SCQF credit points at SCQF level

7*).

*SCQF credit points are used to allocate credit to qualifications in the Scottish Credit and Qualifications

Framework (SCQF). Each qualification in the Framework is allocated a number of SCQF credit points at an

SCQF level. There are 12 SCQF levels, ranging from Access 1 to Doctorates.

Recommended prior knowledge and skills: It would be an advantage for candidates to

have a basic understanding and knowledge of construction technology and construction methods.

Such understanding and knowledge may be evidenced by the possession of NQ or HN units in

construction technology. The Unit includes however the basic knowledge to permit candidates

possessing other qualifications or experience to succeed in this Unit.

Core Skills: There are opportunities to develop the Core Skill(s) of Communication, Numeracy,

Problem Solving, in this Unit, although there is no automatic certification of Core Skills or Core

Skills components.

Context for delivery: If this Unit is delivered as part of a Group Award, it is recommended

that it should be taught and assessed within the subject area of the Group Award to which it

contributes.


General information for centres (cont)

Assessment: It is possible to assess candidates either on an individual Outcome basis,

combinations of Outcomes or by a single holistic assessment combining all Outcomes. The

assessment paper/s should be composed of an appropriate balance of short answer, restricted response

and structured questions, and could be based on a single case study. Assessment should be conducted

under supervised, controlled (and generally open book) conditions. A single assessment covering all

Outcomes should not exceed two hours duration.





Applications of the Health and Safety at Work principles contained in this Unit are relevant to most

other units of the award. The Unit may therefore be taught and assessed as a single unit or embedded

within other units of the award.

An exemplar instrument of assessment and marking guidelines have been produced to provide an

example of the type of evidence required to demonstrate achievement of the aims of this Unit and to

indicate the national standard of achievement at SCQF level 7.


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards


Unit code: DW4E 34

The sections of the Unit stating the Outcomes, knowledge and/or skills, and evidence requirements

are mandatory.





Outcome 1

Understand the implications of the current Health and Safety at Work Act, the Construction Design

and Management Regulations (CDM) and Approved Codes of Practice (ACOP) pertaining to

Construction activities

Throughout the unit emphasis will be placed where appropriate on the application of Health & Safety

and Sustainability. Safe working practises should be looked at in accordance with current safety

codes of practise and regulations. Sustainability should include reference to criteria affecting

sustainability, impact of not implementing sustainability on the environment and the legislation

promoting sustainability.


Enabling powers of Health and Safety at Work Act and precautions

Concepts of criminal and civil law as applied to safety

Levels of compliance

Duties of employers and employees

Legality of Approved Codes of Practice (ACOPs)


Candidates will need to provide evidence to demonstrate their knowledge and/or skills by showing

that they can:

describe the hierarchical importance of the HASAWA, Regulations, and ACOPs

compare and contrast the application of civil and criminal law

describe the three levels of compliance

describe the duties of employers and employees

identify project requirements under the CDM Regulations for involved parties




Evidence for the knowledge and/or skills for this Outcome will be provided on a sample basis. In any

assessment of this Outcome, a minimum of four out of six knowledge and/or skills items should be

sampled. In order to ensure that candidates will not be able to foresee what items they will be

questioned on, a different sample of knowledge and/or skill items is required each time the Outcome

is assessed. Candidates must provide satisfactory response to all four items.

Evidence should be generated through assessment in controlled, supervised conditions. Assessment

should be conducted under open book conditions with supervised internet access where possible.

Candidates should be allowed to bring textbooks and notes to the assessment.

Assessment guidelines

Questions used to elicit candidate evidence should take the form of an appropriate balance of short

answer, restricted response and structured questions.

The assessment might be combined with Outcomes 2 and 3 to form a single assessment paper.

Outcome 2

Understand the implication of the sources and cost implications of accidents


Sources of accidents and disasters

Costs of construction accidents

Standing Committee on Structural Safety reports



that they can:

Describe the implications of non compliance with safe methods of work

identify the potential impacts of weather and environmental factors

quantify the cost impacts of poor control and communication

assess the potential for lost production resulting from accidents

describe the impacts of accidents on company reputation

review SCOSS reports for guidance on site operations

In any assessment of this Outcome all knowledge and/or skills items should be included. Candidates

must provide a satisfactory response to all items.

Evidence should be generated through assessment undertaken in controlled, supervised conditions.

Assessment should be conducted under open book conditions and candidates should be allowed to

bring in textbooks, handouts or notes to the assessment.






answer, restricted response and structured questions.

The assessment for this Outcome might be combined with Outcomes 1 and 3 to form a single

assessment paper.

Outcome 3

Prepare risk analyses and realistic method statements for works


Construction health and safety common risks

Risk assessment requirements



that they can:

describe common construction operation risks

describe compliance with regulatory requirements in undertaking risk analyses

assess construction operations for potential for harm, severity of harm and likelihood of

occurrence

propose methods for risk avoidance in the development of method statements

In any assessment of this Outcome all knowledge and/or skills items should be included. Candidates

must provide a satisfactory response to all four items.

Evidence should be generated through assessment in controlled, supervised conditions. Assessment

should be conducted under open book conditions and as such candidates should be allowed to bring

textbooks or notes to the assessment.



answer, restricted response and structured questions. The assessment might be combined with that for

Outcomes 1 and 2, but ideally lends itself to an individual contextual case study.


Administrative Information

Unit code: DW4E 34


Superclass category: TE

Date of publication: June 2006

Version: 01

Source: SQA

© Scottish Qualifications Authority 2005

This publication may be reproduced in whole or in part for educational purposes provided that no

profit is derived from reproduction and that, if reproduced in part, the source is acknowledged.

SQA acknowledges the valuable contribution that Scotland’s colleges have made to the development

of Higher National qualifications.

Additional copies of this Unit specification can be purchased from the Scottish Qualifications

Authority. Please contact the Customer Contact Centre for further details, telephone 0845 279 1000.


Higher National Unit specification: support notes


This part of the Unit specification is offered as guidance. The support notes are not mandatory.

While the exact time allocated to this Unit is at the discretion of the centre, the notional design length

is 40 hours.

Guidance on the content and context for this Unit

Outcome 1

Legislation, Regulations and Approved Codes of Practice (15 hours)

Legislation: The Health and Safety at Work Act as an enabling Act, case law, criminal law, civil law,

the duties of employers and employees.

Regulations: Enabled by Section 16 of the HASAWA, the four levels of compliance, made under the

provisions of Acts, Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations, Construction (Design

and Management) Regulations, Construction (health Safety and Welfare) Regulations.

Approved Codes of Practice (ACOP): Usefulness as practical guidance and advice, different legal

status of guidance and advice.

Outcome 2

Accidents (10 hours)

Sources: non compliance with safe methods of work, poor communication, inadequate control,

weather impacts, environmental factors.

Costs: Human, lost production, delays, loss of profits, prosecutions, company’s reputation,

shareholder pressure.

SCOSS: Review of Building and Civil Engineering matters affecting the safety of structures.

Outcome 3

Risk Analysis and Method Statements (15 hours)

Health and Safety: falling from height, being struck by moving vehicles, electrocution,

musculoskeletal injury, inhaling toxic fumes and dust.

Risk Assessment Requirements: Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations, Construction

(Design and Management) Regulations, Construction (Health, Safety and Welfare) regulations. The

five steps to risk assessment. Identification of potential for harm, Assess severity of harm and

likelihood of occurrence, methods for control or avoidance.

Human Factors: Training, procedures, timing, use of sub contractors.

Guidance on the delivery and assessment of this Unit

This Unit provides the candidate with the basic knowledge and understanding of health and safety

requirements relating to the construction industry. The importance of the identification of hazards

and the assessment of risks is best reinforced by appropriate site visits and/or case studies.

Recommended time allocations for each outcome are given as guidance towards the depth of

treatment which might be applied to each topic.




Where available, evidence from the workplace can also be incorporated to enhance the learning

outcomes, provided that this evidence is appropriate and authenticated as the student’s own work.

Applications of the Health and Safety at Work principles contained in this Unit are relevant to most

other units of the award. The Unit may therefore be taught and assessed as a single unit or embedded

within other units of the award.

Opportunities for developing Core Skills

The following grid provides a general guide to opportunities for the development of Core Skills in

this Unit. Opportunities for the development of Core Skills at the output level are more fully

identified in the Core Skills Signposting Guide.

Core Skill Outcome

1

Outcome

2

Outcome

3

Outcome

4

Outcome

5

1 Communication

Reading

Writing

Oral

2 Numeracy

Using Number

Using Graphical Information

3 IT

Using Information Technology

4 Problem Solving

Critical Thinking

Planning and Organising

Reviewing and Evaluating

5 Working with Others




Open learning

This Unit lends itself to open and flexible learning and can be underpinned by internet resources.

Given that appropriate learning materials exist this Unit could be delivered by distance learning,

which may incorporate some degree of on-line support. However, with regard to assessment, planning

would be required by the centre concerned to ensure the sufficiency and authenticity of candidate

evidence. Arrangement would be required to be put in place to ensure that the assessment was

conducted under controlled, supervised conditions.

For information on normal open learning arrangements, please refer to SQA guide Assessment and

Quality Assurance of Open and Distance Learning (SQA 2000).

Candidates with additional support needs

This Unit specification is intended to ensure that there are no artificial barriers to learning or

assessment. The additional support needs of individual candidates should be taken into account when

planning learning experiences, selecting assessment instruments or considering alternative Outcomes

for Units. For information on these, please refer to the SQA document Guidance on Alternative

Assessment Arrangements for Candidates with Disabilities and/or Additional Support Needs, which

is available on SQA’s website: www.sqa.org.uk.


General information for candidates


On completion of this unit you should be able to:

1 Understand the implications of the current Health and Safety at Work Act, the Construction

Design and Management Regulations (CDM) and Approved Codes of Practice (ACOP)

pertaining to Construction activities.

2 Understand the implications of the sources and cost implications of accidents.

3 Prepare risk analyses and realistic method statements for works.

Evidence that you can satisfy the knowledge and skill elements of this unit will be obtained by

assessment in controlled, supervised conditions. Your tutor will inform you when textbooks,

handouts or notes can be brought to the assessment.

Higher National Unit Specification General information for centres Unit title: Construction Site Surveying B Unit code: DW5J 34 Unit purpose: This Unit is designed to develop candidate knowledge and skills in the techniques traverse surveying for control purposes, the compilation of detail surveys, and the setting out of curves in the horizontal and vertical planes. On completion of the Unit the candidate should be able to: 1 Carry out a traverse survey and calculate co-ordinates from the results. 2 Carry out a total station detail survey and derive a computer plot of the results. 3 Set out horizontal and vertical curves. Credit points and level: 1 HN Credit at SCQF level 7: (8 SCQF credit points at SCQF level 7*). *SCQF credit points are used to allocate credit to qualifications in the Scottish Credit and Qualifications Framework (SCQF). Each qualification in the Framework is allocated a number of SCQF credit points at an SCQF level. There are 12 SCQF levels, ranging from Access 1 to Doctorates. Recommended prior knowledge and skills: Core Skills: There are opportunities to develop the Core Skills of Communication, Numeracy, IT, Problem Solving, and Working with Others in this Unit, although there is no automatic certification of Core Skills or Core Skills components. Context for delivery: If this Unit is delivered as part of a Group Award, it is recommended that it should be taught and assessed within the subject area of the Group Award to which it contributes. Assessment: It is possible to assess candidates on an individual outcome basis, or by combinations of outcomes. Assessment should be conducted under supervised conditions. The assessment of learning outcomes 1 and 2 is on the basis of practical work and the subsequent calculation of results and the plotting of data. The assessment of learning outcome 3 involves the compilation of setting out data and its subsequent use in practical fieldwork. Under these circumstances, the fieldwork for the surveys and for the setting out will be done in groups and each candidate will be expected to contribute to all the major components of this. In the calculation of results and compilation of setting out data, candidates should work individually. It should be noted that candidates must achieve all the minimum evidence specified for each outcome in order to complete the unit successfully.

HN Unit (DW5J 34): Construction Site Surveying B 1

General information for centres (cont) Where evidence for outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the knowledge and/or skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Candidates should not know in advance the items on which they will be assessed and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion. The sections of the unit stating outcomes, knowledge and/or skills, and Evidence Requirements are mandatory. An exemplar instrument of assessment and marking guidelines has been produced to provide examples of the type of evidence required to demonstrate achievement of the aims of this unit and to indicate the national standard of achievement at SCQF level 7.


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards Unit title: Construction Site Surveying B Unit code: DW5J 34 The sections of the Unit stating the Outcomes, knowledge and/or skills, and evidence requirements are mandatory. Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the knowledge and/or skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Candidates should not know in advance the items on which they will be assessed and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion. Throughout the Unit emphasis will be placed where appropriate on the application of Health and Safety and Sustainability. Safe working practices should be looked at in accordance with current safety codes of practice and regulations. Sustainability should include reference to criteria affecting sustainability, the impact on the environment of not implementing sustainability, and the legislation promoting sustainability. Outcome 1 Carry out a traverse survey and calculate co-ordinates from the results Knowledge and/or skills ♦ Location of control points ♦ Observation of traverse angles ♦ Observation of distances ♦ Calculation of traverse co-ordinates ♦ Expected accuracy ♦ Production of scale drawing Evidence Requirements Candidates will need to provide evidence to demonstrate their knowledge and/or skills by showing that they can: ♦ observe the required traverse data to an acceptable level of accuracy ♦ calculate the co-ordinates (3D) of the traverse stations ♦ plot a scale drawing of the traverse plan Evidence for the knowledge and/or skills for this outcome will NOT be provided on a sample basis. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response in regard to all the knowledge and/or skills items. Evidence should be generated through assessment undertaken in controlled supervised conditions. Assessment should be conducted under open book conditions. Assessment guidelines Where group work is involved, each candidate must participate in each aspect of the practical fieldwork required, exhibiting the required level of competence. Calculation of the traverse and the production of the scale drawing must be done by individual candidates.


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Construction Site Surveying B The assessment for this outcome might be combined with that for Outcome 2 in the Unit. Outcome 2 Carry out a total station detail survey and derive a computer plot of the results Knowledge and/or skills ♦ Planning the survey ♦ Data recording ♦ Data transfer ♦ Data editing ♦ Detail and contour plotting ♦ Plot editing Evidence Requirements Candidates will need to provide evidence to demonstrate their knowledge and/or skills by showing that they can: ♦ carry out a total station detail survey ♦ manage the handling of computerised survey data ♦ produce a detailed and contoured drawing of the survey

Evidence for the knowledge and/or skills for this outcome will NOT be provided on a sample basis. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response in regard to all the knowledge and/or skills items. Evidence should be generated through assessment undertaken in controlled supervised conditions. Assessment should be conducted under open book conditions. Where group work is involved, each candidate must participate in each aspect of the practical fieldwork required, exhibiting the required level of competence. Evidence should be generated in supervised conditions with candidates working in groups to undertake the fieldwork and individual candidates processing parts of the derived data. Assessment should be conducted under open book conditions on a continuous basis. Assessment guidelines Where group work is involved, each candidate must participate in each aspect of the practical fieldwork required, exhibiting the required level of competence. Each candidate must contribute to all aspects of the data processing and the production of the plan. The assessment for this outcome might be combined with those for Outcome 1 of this Unit.


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Construction Site Surveying B Outcome 3 Set out horizontal and vertical curves Knowledge and/or skills ♦ Circular horizontal curve equations ♦ Parabolic vertical curve equations ♦ Setting out data ♦ Practice of setting our horizontal curve ♦ Practice of setting out vertical curve Evidence Requirements Candidates will need to provide evidence to demonstrate their knowledge and/or skills by showing that they can: ♦ calculate the setting out data for circular horizontal and parabolic vertical curves ♦ set out a horizontal circular curve ♦ set out a parabolic vertical curve Evidence for the knowledge and/or skills for this outcome will NOT be provided on a sample basis. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response in regard to all the knowledge and/or skills items. Evidence should be generated through assessment undertaken in controlled supervised conditions. Assessment should be conducted under open book conditions. Where group work is involved, each candidate must participate in each aspect of the practical fieldwork required, exhibiting the required level of competence. Evidence should be generated in supervised conditions with candidates working individually to produce the necessary setting out data and in groups to undertake the fieldwork. Assessment should be conducted under open book conditions on a continuous basis. Assessment guidelines Where group work is involved, each candidate must participate in each aspect of the practical fieldwork required, exhibiting the required level of competence.


Administrative Information Unit code: DW5J 34 Unit title: Construction Site Surveying B Superclass category: TC Date of publication: June 2006 Version: 01 Source: SQA © Scottish Qualifications Authority 2005 This publication may be reproduced in whole or in part for educational purposes provided that no profit is derived from reproduction and that, if reproduced in part, the source is acknowledged. SQA acknowledges the valuable contribution that Scotland’s colleges have made to the development of Higher National qualifications. Additional copies of this Unit specification can be purchased from the Scottish Qualifications Authority. Please contact the Customer Contact Centre for further details, telephone 0845 279 1000.


Higher National Unit specification: support notes Unit title: Construction Site Surveying B This part of the Unit specification is offered as guidance. The support notes are not mandatory. While the exact time allocated to this Unit is at the discretion of the centre, the notional design length is 40 hours. Guidance on the content and context for this Unit This Unit provides the candidate with the knowledge and skills to carry out a detail and contour survey using total station equipment, deriving a computerised plot of the results based on the setting up of a three-dimensionally co-ordinated control traverse. In addition, the candidate will be introduced to the principles and practice of curve ranging. Attention should be paid in the delivery of this unit to the content of other related units in the programme. In particular, it should be noted that candidates will have the knowledge and skills base derived from Construction Site Surveying A or an equivalent. Recommended class time allocations to each outcome are given as guidance towards the depth of treatment that might be applied to each topic. This guidance has been used in the design of the assessment exemplar material for this Unit. 1 Carry out a traverse survey and calculate co-ordinates from the results (12 hours).

Location of control points: selection of stations (minimum 4) to enable intervisibility, maximisation of detail data collection and safe working. Observation of traverse angles: setting up instruments and targets; right-turn and left-turn observations; booking of angles; derivation of internal angles. Observation of distances: horizontal distances between stations; vertical distances between stations. Calculation of traverse co-ordinates: adjustment of angular misclosure; calculation of bearings; adjustment of partial co-ordinate misclosure; derivation of station co-ordinates (3D). Expected accuracy: standard angular and distance accuracy for instruments in use; identification of mistakes. Production of scale drawing: manual or computer plot of station co-ordinates.

2 Carry out a total station detail survey and derive a computer plot of the results (16

hours).

Planning the survey: determining extent of detail from each control station; location of extra control points required; recording control point information. Data recording: spot height data at appropriate spacing; detail data in appropriate order using standard coding; co-ordination of extra control points.


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Construction Site Surveying B

Data transfer: managing the transfer of data from instrument recording to computer database; merging group databases into survey database. Data editing: correcting errors in the data; resolving discrepancies between group databases. Detail and contour plotting: detail plotting using standard symbols; use of computer routines to derive contour lines at appropriate spacing. Plot editing: editing of detail plot to ensure completeness; adjustment of contours by insertion of breaklines if necessary; addition of text to drawing.

3 Set out horizontal and vertical curves (12 hours).

Circular horizontal curve equations: radius; curvature; deflection angles; arc lengths; chord lengths. Parabolic vertical curve equations: gradients; curve length; sign conventions; calculation of levels. Setting out data: derivation of data (usually deflection angles and chord lengths) for horizontal curve; derivation of data (usually distance and level) for vertical curve. Practice of setting out horizontal curve: location of points in plan at appropriate distances apart; accuracy expected. Practice of setting out vertical curve: placing of profiles at appropriate distances apart along given vertical curve; accuracy expected.

Guidance on the delivery and assessment of this Unit This Unit provides the candidate with the knowledge and understanding of the basic processes in land surveying for construction purposes. Attention should be paid in the delivery of this unit to the content of the other units in the programme(s), particularly Construction Site Surveying A, from which it follows on. The opportunity to provide evidence of the achievement of a range of key skills will feature strongly in both formative and summative assessments. Since this Unit links with others in the built environment and civil engineering programmes, it should be studied in the first year of a two-year programme. Case studies could usefully be employed to illustrate the practical working context of the material delivered. This might involve practitioners to deal with some aspects of the content or site visits where these are possible.


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Construction Site Surveying B Candidates will work in groups for the fieldwork sections of this unit but would normally work individually in other parts of the unit. Candidates should be encouraged to participate in discussion in relation to their own studies or experiences. Assessment may be formative and summative and both may feature as part of the process. Although assessment must be focussed on the individual achievement of each candidate, group work will contribute as appropriate. Integrative project work might assist in linking this unit with other related units. Appropriate attention must be given to health and safety arrangements in relation to the topics covered. The volume of evidence required for each outcome should take into account the overall number of assessments being contemplated within this unit and the design of the overall delivery programme. In designing the assessment instrument(s) opportunities should be taken to generate appropriate evidence to contribute to the development of core skills elements. Where available, evidence from the workplace can also be incorporated to enhance the learning outcomes, provided that such evidence is appropriate and authenticated as the candidate’s own work. Opportunities for developing Core Skills Opportunities for the development of Core Skills at the output level are more fully identified in the Core Skills Sign Posting Guide’. The grid below is indicative of the opportunities for core skills development within this Unit. Core Skill Outcome 1 Outcome 2 Outcome 3 1 Communication

Reading Writing

Oral 2 Numeracy


3 IT





Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Construction Site Surveying B Open learning Where appropriate materials exist, this Unit could be delivered by distance learning, which may incorporate some degree of online support. However, with regard to assessment, planning would be required by the centre concerned to ensure the sufficiency and authenticity of candidate evidence. Arrangements would need to be put in place to ensure that assessments were conducted under controlled supervised conditions. As a result of the practical nature of much of this unit, it may not be suitable for open learning. Candidates with additional support needs This Unit specification is intended to ensure that there are no artificial barriers to learning or assessment. The additional support needs of individual candidates should be taken into account when planning learning experiences, selecting assessment instruments or considering alternative Outcomes for Units. For information on these, please refer to the SQA document Guidance on Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Candidates with Disabilities and/or Additional Support Needs, which is available on SQA’s website: www.sqa.org.uk.


General information for candidates Unit title: Construction Site Surveying B On completion of the Unit you should be able to: 1 Carry out a traverse survey and calculate co-ordinates from the results. 2 Carry out a total station detail survey and derive a computer plot of the results. 3 Set out horizontal and vertical curves. Evidence that you can satisfy the knowledge and skill elements of this unit will be obtained by assessment in controlled supervised conditions in an open book context and from fieldwork with structured group and individual processing of information.


Higher National Unit Specification General information for centres Unit title: Quality in Construction Unit code: DW4G 34 Unit purpose: This Unit is designed to provide an understanding of the terms and definitions commonly used in respect of quality, and to develop quality improvement techniques in construction processes. On completion of the Unit the candidate should be able to: 1 Explain key concepts used in the measurement and improvement of quality in construction

organisations 2 Explain the strategy of lean production. 3 Use quality improvement techniques. Credit points and level: 1 HN Credit at SCQF level 7: (8 SCQF credit points at SCQF level 7*). *SCQF credit points are used to allocate credit to qualifications in the Scottish Credit and Qualifications Framework (SCQF). Each qualification in the Framework is allocated a number of SCQF credit points at an SCQF level. There are 12 SCQF levels, ranging from Access 1 to Doctorates. Recommended prior knowledge and skills: It would be advantageous for candidates to have knowledge and understanding of basic mathematical concepts, particularly statistics, and knowledge of construction processes and products. Core Skills: There are opportunities to develop the Core Skill(s) of Numeracy, IT, Problem Solving, in this Unit, although there is no automatic certification of Core Skills or Core Skills components. Context for delivery: If this Unit is delivered as part of a Group Award, it is recommended that it should be taught and assessed within the subject area of the Group Award to which it contributes. Assessment: The assessment for all outcomes should be combined into one paper. The assessment paper should be composed of short answer, restricted response questions covering outcomes one and two, and a scenario with data, requiring the candidate to analyse and evaluate quality achieved. The assessment paper should be taken by candidates under open book, supervised, controlled conditions and should last two hours. An exemplar instrument of assessment and marking guidelines have been produced to provide an example of the type of evidence required to demonstrate achievement of the aims of this Unit and to indicate the national standard of achievement at SCQF level 7.

HN Unit (DW4G 34): Quality in Construction 1

General information for centres (cont) Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the knowledge and/or skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Candidates should not know in advance the items on which they will be assessed and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion.


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards Unit title: Quality in Construction Unit code: DW4G 34 The sections of the Unit stating the Outcomes, knowledge and/or skills, and evidence requirements are mandatory. Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the knowledge and/or skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Candidates should not know in advance the items on which they will be assessed and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion. Throughout the unit emphasis will be placed where appropriate on the application of Health & Safety and Sustainability. Safe working practises should be looked at in accordance with current safety codes of practise and regulations. Sustainability should include reference to criteria affecting sustainability, impact of not implementing sustainability on the environment and the legislation promoting sustainability. Outcome 1 Explain key concepts used in the measurement and improvement of quality in construction organisations Knowledge and/or skills

♦ Quality Assurance ♦ Quality Control ♦ anagement Total Quality M♦ Benchmarking

Key performance indicators ♦ Evidence Requirements Candidates will need to provide evidence to demonstrate their knowledge and/or skills by showing

at they can: th

state the key c♦ oncepts used to describe, measure and improve quality in construction

explain the key concepts used in the assessment of quality in construction operations

ld be

ime the Outcome is ssessed. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response to all three items.

organisations ♦ Evidence for the knowledge and/or skills for this Outcome will be provided on a sample basis. In anyassessment of this outcome a minimum of three out of five knowledge and/or skills items shousampled. In order to ensure that candidates will not be able to foresee what items they will be questioned on, a different sample of knowledge/skills items is required each ta


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Quality in Construction Assessment guidelines Evidence for the knowledge and skills in this Outcome will be generated by the holistic supervised single assessment. For this Outcome, 50 minutes of the two hour assessment is required. Questions used to elicit candidate evidence may take the form of an appropriate balance of short answer, restricted response and structured questions. The assessment for this outcome should be combined with Outcomes 2 and 3 to form a single assessment paper. Outcome 2 Explain the strategy of lean production Knowledge and/or skills

♦ Just-in-time ♦ Automation

Flexible working ♦♦ Creative thinking

Five lean principles ♦ Evidence Requirements Candidates will need evidence to demonstrate their skills and/or knowledge by showing that they can: ♦ explain key concepts relating to lean production ♦ list the advantages of lean production for the benefit of quality in construction

ld be

ime the Outcome is ssessed. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response to all three items.

pervised ingle assessment. For this Outcome, 30 minutes of the two hour assessment is required.

or this outcome could be

ombined with Outcomes 1 and 3 to form a single assessment paper.

utcome 3

Use quality improvement techniques

Evidence for the knowledge and/or skills for this outcome will be provided on a sample basis. In any assessment of this outcome a minimum of three out of five knowledge and/or skills items shousampled. In order to ensure that candidates will not be able to foresee what items they will be questioned on, a different sample of knowledge/skills items is required each ta Assessment guidelines Evidence for the knowledge and skills in this Outcome will be generated by the holistic sus Questions used to elicit candidate evidence may take the form of an appropriate balance of shortanswer, restricted response and structured questions. The assessment fc O


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Quality in Construction Knowledge and/or skills

♦ The seven ‘old’ tools of quality ♦ The seven ‘new’ tools of quality ♦ trol Statistical process con

n ♦ Standard distributio Standard deviation ♦

Evidence Requirements Candidates will need evidence to demonstrate their skills and/or knowledge by showing that they can: ♦ use and describe statistical tools in the measurement of quality

apply statistical process control techniques

te of the

ssessment of this Outcome three of the five knowledge and/or skills should be sampled.

ned this outcome are

ssessed. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response to all three items.

pervised ingle assessment. For this Outcome, 40 minutes of the two hour assessment is required.

or this utcome could be combined with Outcomes 1 and 2 to form a single assessment paper.

♦ Evidence for the knowledge and/ or skills in this Outcome will be provided on a sample basis. The evidence may be presented in response to specific questions. Each candidate will need to demonstrathat she/ he can answer correctly questions based on a sample of items shown above. In anya In order to ensure that the candidates will not be able to foresee what items they will be questioon, a different sample of the three out of the five knowledge and/or skills in a Assessment guidelines Evidence for the knowledge and skills in this Outcome will be generated by the holistic sus Questions used to elicit candidate evidence may take the form of scenario with data where the candidate is to evaluate the quality of a particular construction process. The assessment fO


Administrative Information Unit code: DW4G 34 Unit title: Quality in Construction Superclass category: VD Date of publication: June 2006 Version: 01 Source: SQA © Scottish Qualifications Authority 2005 This publication may be reproduced in whole or in part for educational purposes provided that no profit is derived from reproduction and that, if reproduced in part, the source is acknowledged. SQA acknowledges the valuable contribution that Scotland’s colleges have made to the development of Higher National qualifications. Additional copies of this Unit specification can be purchased from the Scottish Qualifications Authority. Please contact the Customer Contact Centre for further details, telephone 0845 279 1000.


Higher National Unit specification: support notes Unit title: Quality in Construction This part of the Unit specification is offered as guidance. The support notes are not mandatory. While the exact time allocated to this Unit is at the discretion of the centre, the notional design length is 40 hours. Guidance on the content and context for this Unit In designing this Unit the unit writers have identified the range of topics that they would expect to be covered by lecturers. The writers have also given recommendations as to how much time should be spent on each outcome. This has been done to help lecturers decide what depth of treatment should be given to the topics attached to each of the outcomes. Whilst it is not mandatory for a centre to use this list of topics below, it is strongly recommended that centres do follow this list as consistency is particularly important in quality. Where stated standards are superseded, the up to date standards should be used. Outcome 1 Concepts of QA, QC, TQM, Benchmarking and Key Performance Indicators (16 hours) Quality Assurance: BS EN ISO 8402 Quality management and quality assurance-vocabulary, ISO 9000 (ISO 9001, ISO 9002), first, second and third party assessment, systems thinking. Quality Control: inspection (BS EN ISO 8402) advantages and disadvantages, statistical analysis of concrete cube test results. Total Quality Management: internal and external customer, concern for continual improvement, accurate measurement. Benchmarking: internal, competitive and functional benchmarking. Key Performance Indicators: Construction Best Practice Programme charts. Outcome 2 Lean Production (10 hours) Key concepts: Just-in-time, automation, flexible working and creative thinking. Five lean principles: specify value, identify the value stream, flow, pull, and perfection.


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Quality in Construction Outcome 3 Use improvement techniques (12 hours)

The seven ‘old’ tools of quality as emphasised by Kaoru Ishikawa which are: Cause and effect diagrams ♦ check sheets ♦ control charts

histograms ♦♦ pareto charts ♦ scatter diagrams ♦ stratification (flow charts)

ls of quality (as promoted by the Union of Japanese Scientists and Engineers

ms

amme charts.

s r of a

. In addition, role play, oral presentations, and group work ncourage discussions and present opportunities to generate appropriate evidence to contribute to the

ocus for delivery of this Unit should be the promotion of a Total Quality Management or ‘continuous improvement strategy’ in construction projects.

The seven ‘new’ too(JURE)) which are: ♦ affinity diagrams ♦ relations diagra♦ tree diagrams ♦ matrix diagrams♦ matrix data analysis

arrow diagrams ♦♦ process decision progr Statistical process control Unit Assessment (2 hours) Guidance on the delivery and assessment of this Unit This Unit requires that candidates have a sound understanding of construction technology, materialand processes. Therefore it is suggested that the unit should be studied later in the second yeatwo year programme. Case studies are important in raising awareness of the importance of quality systems and standards in industryeassessment of Core Skills units. F


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Quality in Construction Where available, evidence from the workplace can also be incorporated to enhance the learning outcomes, provided that this evidence is appropriate and authenticated as the student’s own work. Group work may contribute to the assessment. However, planning would be required by the centre to ensure the sufficiency and authenticity of candidate evidence. Arrangements would be required to be put in place to ensure that assessment/s were conducted under controlled, supervised conditions. Opportunities for developing Core Skills The following grid provides a general guide to opportunities for the development of Core Skills in this Unit. Opportunities for the development of Core Skills at the output level are more fully identified in the Core Skills Signposting Guide. Core Skill Outcome

1 Outcome

2 Outcome

3 Outcome

4 Outcome

5 1 Communication

Reading Writing

Oral 2 Numeracy


3 IT



Reviewing and Evaluating 5 Working with Others Open learning Given that appropriate materials exist this unit could be delivered by distance learning, which may incorporate some degree of on-line support. However, with regard to assessment, planning would be required by the centre concerned to ensure the sufficiency and authenticity of candidate evidence. Arrangements would be required to be put in place to ensure that assessment/s were conducted under controlled, supervised conditions.


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Quality in Construction Candidates with additional support needs This Unit specification is intended to ensure that there are no artificial barriers to learning or assessment. The additional support needs of individual candidates should be taken into account when planning learning experiences, selecting assessment instruments or considering alternative Outcomes for Units. For information on these, please refer to the SQA document Guidance on Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Candidates with Disabilities and/or Additional Support Needs, which is available on SQA’s website: www.sqa.org.uk.


General information for candidates Unit title: Quality in Construction On completion of this Unit you should be able to: 1 Explain key concepts used in the measurement and improvement of quality in construction

organisations 2 Explain the strategy of lean production. 3 Use quality improvement techniques. Evidence that you can satisfy the knowledge and skill elements of this unit will be obtained by assessment in controlled, supervised conditions to which you will not be allowed to bring textbooks, handouts or notes.


Higher National Unit Specification General information for centres Unit title: Human Resource Management in Construction Unit code: DW4K 35 Unit purpose: This Unit seeks to provide the candidate with an understanding of the different approaches to managing human resources in the construction environment. On completion of the Unit the candidate should be able to: 1 Review the changing nature of construction employment. 2 Describe the nature and stages of a recruitment process within the construction environment. 3 Describe the nature and methods of training and development of personnel in the construction

industry. Credit points and level: 1 HN Credit at SCQF level 8: (8 SCQF credit points at SCQF level 8*). *SCQF credit points are used to allocate credit to qualifications in the Scottish Credit and Qualifications Framework (SCQF). Each qualification in the Framework is allocated a number of SCQF credit points at an SCQF level. There are 12 SCQF levels, ranging from Access 1 to Doctorates. Recommended prior knowledge and skills: This Unit includes all the basic principles necessary to allow candidates possessing other qualifications or experience to succeed in this Unit. Core Skills: There are no opportunities to develop the Core Skill(s) of Communication, Numeracy, IT, Problem Solving, Working with Others, in this Unit, although there is no automatic certification of Core Skills or Core Skills components. Context for delivery: If this Unit is delivered as part of a Group Award, it is recommended that it should be taught and assessed within the subject area of the Group Award to which it contributes. Assessment: It is recommended that all instruments of assessment relate to one project. A case study composed to suit all outcomes will be presented to each candidate. Following preliminary study of the case notes Outcome 1 will be assessed by report, Outcome 2 by role-play and report assignment and Outcome 3 will be assessed by report. Group work may contribute to the assessment. However, planning would be required by the centre to ensure the sufficiency and authenticity of candidate evidence. Arrangements would be required to be put in place to ensure that assessments were conducted under controlled supervised conditions.

HN Unit (DW4K 35): Human Resource Management in Construction 1

General information for centres (cont) An exemplar instrument of assessment and marking guidelines have been produced to provide an example of the type of evidence required to demonstrate achievement of the aims of this Unit and to indicate the national standard of achievement at SCQF level 8. Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the knowledge and/or skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Candidates should not know in advance the items on which they will be assessed and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion. Evidence will be generated through an open book assessment of a case study of a medium sized contracting organisation written to cove all outcomes in the Unit.


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards Unit title: Human Resource Management in Construction Unit code: DW4K 35 The sections of the Unit stating the Outcomes, knowledge and/or skills, and evidence requirements are mandatory. Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the knowledge and/or skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Candidates should not know in advance the items on which they will be assessed and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion. Throughout the unit emphasis will be placed where appropriate on the application of Health and safety and Sustainability. Safe working practice should be looked at in accordance with current safety codes of practice and regulations. Sustainability should include reference to criteria affecting sustainability on the environment and the legislation promoting sustainability. Outcome 1 Review the changing nature of construction employment Knowledge and/or skills

♦ Elements of internal labour markets ♦ Elements of external labour markets ♦ Define the term manpower planning

Different stages for manpower planning ♦ Evidence Requirements Evidence for the knowledge and/or skills in the outcome will be provided on a sample basis. The evidence may be presented in the response to the specific question within a case study. Each candidate will need to demonstrate that they can answer correctly questions based on a sample of the items shown above. In any assessment of this outcome three out of four knowledge and/or skills will be ampled and assessed. s

In order to ensure that candidates will not be able to foresee what items they will be questioned on and different sample of three out of four knowledge and/ or skills items is required each time the outcome is assessed. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response to all three items. Candidates

ill need evidence to demonstrate their knowledge and/or skills by showing that they can: w

identify and explain factors affecting employment in the construction sector ♦ Assessment guidelines The case study will contain circumstances from which the candidates will describe manpower planning and the effects on both the supply and demand of the different segments of the internal and xternal labour markets. e

he report should be a minimum of 1,500 words. T


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Human Resource Management in Construction Outcome 2 Describe the nature and stages of a recruitment process within the construction environment Knowledge and/or skills

♦ Elements of recruitment agencies, job centres and newspapers or specialist magazines for attracting potential recruits.

♦ Job description preparation ♦ n People specification preparatio♦ Job advertisement preparation

Selection interviewing from application form or CV ♦ Evidence Requirements Evidence for the knowledge and skills in the outcome will be provided on a sample basis. The evidence may be presented in the response to a specific question within a case study. Each candidate will need to demonstrate that they can answer correctly questions based on a sample of the items shown above. In any assessment of this outcome four out of five knowledge and/or skills items must

e sampled which must include “Selection interviewing from application form or CV”. b In order to ensure that the candidate will not able to foresee what they will be questioned on a different sample of four out of five knowledge and/or skills items is required each time the outcome is assessed Candidates will need evidence to demonstrate their skills and/or knowledge by showing that

ey can: th ♦ plan and prepare a recruitment process

n will

allow effective participation and hould be included within the report produced by the candidate.

he report assignment should be a minimum of 1,500 words.

the nature and methods of training and development of personnel in the construction dustry

ptions rganisations

♦ Induction grievance and discipline procedures

Assessment guidelines The case study will contain circumstances from which the candidates in groups of four to seveproduce a job description, a people specification and an advert on which to base the role-play interview. Interview scoring notes will be prepared by the team tos T

utcome 3 O Describe in Knowledge and/or skills

♦ Contemporary apprenticeship and skills certification scheme ♦ Technical professional and management staff development o♦ Appraisal and review systems in construction o


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Human Resource Management in Construction Evidence Requirements Evidence for the knowledge and skills in the outcome will be provided on a sample basis. The evidence may be presented in the response to a specific question within a case study. Each candidate will need to demonstrate that they can answer correctly questions based on a sample of the items shown above. In any assessment of this outcome three out of four knowledge and/or skills items must be sampled. In order to ensure that the candidate will not able to foresee what they will be questioned on a different sample of three out of four knowledge and/or skills items is required each time the outcome is assessed Candidates will need evidence to demonstrate their skills and/or knowledge by showing that they can:

♦ describe and explain methods of training and development for craft, supervisory and

management staff in the construction sector Assessment guidelines The assessment for outcome three will be covered by report for a client describing the various options and procedures to be followed. The report should be a minimum of 1,500 words.


Administrative Information Unit code: DW4K 35 Unit title: Human Resources Management in Construction Superclass category: AJ Date of publication: June 2006 Version: 01 Source: SQA © Scottish Qualifications Authority 2005 This publication may be reproduced in whole or in part for educational purposes provided that no profit is derived from reproduction and that, if reproduced in part, the source is acknowledged. SQA acknowledges the valuable contribution that Scotland’s colleges have made to the development of Higher National qualifications. Additional copies of this Unit specification can be purchased from the Scottish Qualifications Authority. Please contact the Customer Contact Centre for further details, telephone 0845 279 1000.


Higher National Unit specification: support notes Unit title: Human Resources Management in Construction This part of the Unit specification is offered as guidance. The support notes are not mandatory. While the exact time allocated to this Unit is at the discretion of the centre, the notional design length is 40 hours. Guidance on the content and context for this Unit This Unit has been written in order to allow candidates to develop knowledge understanding and skills in the following areas: - 1 The changing nature of construction employment 2 The nature of a recruitment process within the construction environment. 3 The nature and methods of training and development of personnel staff in the construction

industry. This Unit at SCQF level 8 is a mandatory unit within the HND Construction Management. In designing this unit the unit writers have identified the range of topics they would expect to be covered by lecturers. The writers have also given recommendations as to how much time should be spent on each outcome. This has been done to help lecturers to decide what depth of treatment should be given to the topics attached to each of the outcomes. The list of topics is given below. Lecturers are advised to study this list of topics so that they can get a clear indication of the standard of achievement expected of candidates in this Unit 1 Review the changing nature of construction employment (10 hours)

♦ elements in the internal labour markets ♦ skilled/semi-skilled operatives

administrative and professional staff xternal labour markets

♦♦ elements in the e♦ sub-contractors ♦ self-employed professionals ♦ skilled/semi-skilled operatives ♦ Manpower Planning by definition and purpose ♦ stages in the process

2 stages of the recruitment process within the construction

gencies

cation ♦ job Advertisement ♦ interviewing

Describe the nature andenvironment (10 hours) ♦ recruitment a♦ hob centres ♦ newspapers ♦ trade magazines ♦ job description ♦ people specifi


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Human Resources Management in Construction All items to be considered within the context of current employment law. 3 Describe the nature and methods of training and development of craft supervisory and

management staff in the construction industry (16 hours)

♦ apprenticeships and skills ♦ CITB, SVQs, MAs, CISCS, CPD ♦ lopment options technical professional and management deve♦ individual and organisational training needs

ing process ♦ the role of the professional bodies in the train♦ individual and organisational training needs ♦ the role of the professional bodies in the training process

uidance on the delivery and assessment of this Unit

vironment Awards it is recommended that this unit be delivered wards the end of these awards.

recommended that these sections be read carefully before proceeding with assessment of andidates.

utcomes, provided that this evidence is appropriate and authenticated as the candidate’s own work.

pportunities for developing Core Skills

ent of Core Skills at the output level are more fully identified in

e Core Skills Signposting Guide.

G As this Unit relies on core construction industry knowledge and awareness provided in the earlier stages of HNC and HND Built Ento Details on approaches to assessment are given under Evidence Requirements and Assessment guidelines under each outcome in the higher national Unit Specification: statement of standards section. It isc Where available, evidence from the workplace can also be incorporated to enhance the learning o O The following grid provides a general guide to opportunities for the development of Core Skills in thisUnit. Opportunities for the developmth


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Human Resources Management in Construction Core Skill Outcome

1 Outcome

2 Outcome

3 Outcome

4 Outcome

5 1 Communication

Reading Writing

Oral 2 Numeracy


3 IT



Reviewing and Evaluating 5 Working with Others Open learning Given that appropriate materials exist this unit could be delivered by distance learning, which may incorporate some degree of on-line support. However with regard to assessment planning would be required by the centre concerned to ensure the sufficiency and authenticity of candidate evidence. Arrangements would be required to be put in place to ensure that assessments were conducted under controlled, supervised conditions. Candidates with additional support needs This Unit specification is intended to ensure that there are no artificial barriers to learning or assessment. The additional support needs of individual candidates should be taken into account when planning learning experiences, selecting assessment instruments or considering alternative Outcomes for Units. For information on these, please refer to the SQA document Guidance on Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Candidates with Disabilities and/or Additional Support Needs, which is available on SQA’s website: www.sqa.org.uk.


General information for candidates Unit title: Human Resource Management in Construction This Unit will introduce you to the different procedures and documentation involved in planning and managing the workforce within a construction organisation. 1 Review the changing nature of construction employment. 2 Describe the nature and stages of a recruitment process within the construction environment. 3 Describe the nature and methods of training and development of personnel in the construction

industry. The Unit will be assessed in three parts: 1 Report 2 Role play and report assignment 3 Report


H72C 35, Scottish Law for Construction (SCQF level 8) 1

Higher National Unit specification General information Unit title: Scottish Law for Construction (SCQF level 8) Unit code: H72C 35 Superclass: EC Publication date: April 2014 Source: Scottish Qualifications Authority Version: 01

Unit purpose This Unit is designed to enable learners to gain understanding of Scots Law and the Scottish legal system. It covers aspects of both civil and criminal law. It covers both common law and legislation. The Unit is suitable for those who want to prepare for a career in the construction industry. It is particularly suitable for those that will manage, supervise and oversee construction projects. This might include learners aiming to work in architecture, building surveying, construction project management or quantity surveying. The Unit will be useful for those wanting to gain understanding of contracts to help them in a procurement situation — requisitioning of materials or letting of sub-contracts for example. Learners who have completed this Unit may want to progress to other Units concerning specialist branches of law and contract administration. They may wish to complete an HNC or HND Qualification in a construction discipline. Ultimately they may want to study at higher level and carve for themselves a career in one of the construction professions.

Outcomes On successful completion of the Unit the learner will be able to: 1 Describe the systems and institutions of the law of Scotland with reference to the

construction industry. 2 Explain the key principles of the law of contract in Scotland. 3 Explain the key principles of the law of delict in Scotland. 4 Describe the principal rights and duties of employer and employee within employment

law and health and safety legislation in Scotland.



Unit title: Scottish Law for Construction (SCQF level 8)


Recommended entry to the Unit Entry to this Unit is at the discretion of the centre. The Unit is designed in such a way that it may be taken on a stand-alone basis. It might be useful for learners to have achieved appropriate NC and/or HN Units in the subject areas of construction health and safety, quantity surveying practice or contract administration.








Unit title: Scottish Law for Construction (SCQF level 8) Acceptable performance in this Unit will be the satisfactory achievement of the standards set out in this part of the Unit specification. All sections of the statement of standards are mandatory and cannot be altered without reference to SQA. Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the Knowledge and/or Skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Learners should not know in advance the items on which they will be assessed and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion.

Outcome 1 Describe the systems and institutions of the law of Scotland with reference to the construction industry.


Sources of Scots Law

The Scottish Court system — function and jurisdiction of the various courts

Inquiries — function and jurisdiction within a construction industry context

Adjudication in the construction industry — application and practice

Arbitration in the construction industry — application and practice

Outcome 2 Explain the key principles of the law of contract in Scotland.


Essential features of a valid contract

Illegality and error

Breach of contract, remedies and termination

Outcome 3 Explain the key principles of the law of delict in Scotland.


Definition of delict and general principles of delictual liability

Negligence

Defences against actions based on delict



Unit title: Scottish Law for Construction (SCQF level 8)

Outcome 4 Describe the principal rights and duties of employer and employee within employment law and health and safety legislation in Scotland.


Employee’s common law rights and duties

Employer’s common law rights and duties

Employee’s statutory rights and duties

Employer’s statutory rights and duties

Evidence Requirements for this Unit Learners will need to provide evidence to demonstrate their Knowledge and/or Skills across all Outcomes by showing that they can: Outcome 1 Describe the systems and institutions of the law of Scotland with reference to the construction industry for one out of five of the Knowledge/Skills listed below:

Sources of Scots Law

The Scottish Court system — function and jurisdiction of the various courts

Inquiries — function and jurisdiction within a construction industry context

Adjudication in the construction industry — application and practice

Arbitration in the construction industry — application and practice

Outcome 2 Explain the key principles of the law of contract in Scotland for one out of three of the Knowledge/Skills listed below:

Essential features of a valid contract


Breach of contract and remedies for breach of contract

Outcome 3 Explain the key principles of the law of delict in Scotland for one out of three of the Knowledge/Skills listed below:

Definition of delict and general principles of delictual liability

Negligence

Defences against actions based on delict



Unit title: Scottish Law for Construction (SCQF level 8) Outcome 4 Describe the principal rights and duties of employer and employee within employment law and health and safety legislation in Scotland for two out of four of the Knowledge/Skills listed below:

Employee’s common law rights and duties

Employer’s common law rights and duties

Employee’s statutory rights and duties

Employer’s statutory rights and duties

All Outcomes Evidence should be written and/or oral. Learners’ responses should relate to construction industry scenarios where relevant — they should make reference to decided cases where applicable and appropriate. Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the Knowledge and/or Skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Learners should not know in advance the items on which they will be assessed and a different item or combination of items should be sampled on each assessment occasion.


Higher National Unit Support Notes Unit title: Scottish Law for Construction (SCQF level 8) Unit Support Notes are offered as guidance and are not mandatory. While the exact time allocated to this Unit is at the discretion of the centre, the notional design length is 40 hours.

Guidance on the content and context for this Unit This Unit has been written in order to allow learners to develop knowledge, understanding and skills in the following areas: 1 The systems and institutions of the law of Scotland. 2 The key principles of the law of contract in Scotland. 3 The key principles of the law of delict in Scotland. 4 The main rights and duties of employer and employee within employment law in

Scotland. This Unit is designed to enable learners to gain understanding of the basics of the law in Scotland and its application to the construction industry. This Unit caters for learners from the built environment disciplines in the construction industry.

This Unit is set in the context of Scots Law and the legal systems and institutions of Scotland. The learning and assessment should — as far as possible — be in a construction industry context. By this we mean that case law and case study scenarios should be based as much as is appropriate on construction industry situations.

It must be admitted that our legal system — based in part on the principle of judicial precedent — draws much of its precepts from case law outwith the construction industry. All the same our learners will be better placed to apply their learning if it comes from a building context.

In the following notes, the writer has suggested a range of topics which might be expected to be covered by lecturers. There is also recommendation as to how much time should be spent on each Outcome. This has been done to help lecturers to decide what depth of treatment to give the topics chosen for each of the Outcomes. While it is not mandatory for a centre to use this specific list of topics it is strongly recommended that it does so. This is because it meets Unit specification requirements and that the Assessment Support Pack (ASP) is based on this list. Lecturers are advised to study this list of topics in conjunction with the ASP so that they can get a clear indication of the standard of achievement expected of learners in this Unit.


Higher National Unit Support Notes (cont) Unit title: Scottish Law for Construction (SCQF level 8)

Outcome 1

Outcome 1 covers the systems and institutions of the law of Scotland with reference to the construction industry. Most learners are likely to come to the Unit with some general knowledge about legal systems.

The areas that should be covered in this Outcome are as follows:

Sources of Scots Law:

— Statute: – primary legislation

– secondary legislation

— Common law: – judicial precedent

— Institutional Writings — Custom — Equity — European Community law:

– Articles of the Treaties

– Regulations

– Directives

The Scottish Court system — function and jurisdiction of the various courts:

— Criminal courts — Civil courts — Advantages and limitations of litigation

Inquiries — function and jurisdiction within a construction industry context:

— Planning inquiries

Adjudication in the construction industry — application and practice:

— Statutory adjudications — Adjudication in contracts — Advantages and limitations of adjudication

Arbitration in the construction industry — application and practice:

— Common law aspects — Arbitration legislation — Advantages and limitations of arbitration

The above lists are not comprehensive. Learners are at liberty to explore other aspects of the sub-topics. This might be particularly important if there are changes to the Scottish legal system in the future.



Outcome 2

The areas that should be covered in Outcome 2 are as follows (12 hours):

Essential features of a valid contract:

— Agreement — Offer and acceptance

– generally

– tenders for construction works

– lapse of offer

– electronic communications including e-tendering

— Counter-offer — Obligation — Consent — Capacity — Formality — Use of standard forms of contract — Legality — Enforceability


— Flawed contracts — void and voidable — Pacta illicita — Error and misrepresentation — causes and consequences — Failure to disclose material facts — Undue influence — Force and fear — Third party rights

Breach of contract and remedies for breach of contract:

— Breach: – anticipatory breach

– failure to perform the contract

– delay

– unsatisfactory performance

— Remedies for breach of contract: – rescission

– damages and liquidate damages

– retention and lien

– court orders


Higher National Unit Support Notes (cont) Unit title: Scottish Law for Construction (SCQF level 8) Outcome 3

Outcome 3 asks learners to explain the key principles of the law of delict in Scotland. The areas that should be covered in this Outcome are as follows (8 hours):

Definition of delict and general principles of delictual liability:

— Definition of delict: – blame

– compare and contrast with crime

– compare and contrast with contractual liability

— Damnum injuria datum — Delict and vicarious liability

Negligence:

— Duty of care — Foreseeability — Misstatements — Professional reports, eg property condition and valuation reports — Liability — Burden of proof — Causation — Remoteness of damage

Defences against actions based on delict:

— Contributory negligence — Consent — Volenti non fit injuria — Damnum fatale — Immunity — Prescription and limitation



Outcome 4

Outcome 4 asks learners to describe the rights and duties of employer and employee within employment law in Scotland. This includes health and safety legislation. Employment law is an enormous subject and we can only focus on a few of the main aspects of it in this Outcome.

The areas that should be covered in this Outcome are as follows (12 hours):

Employee’s common law rights and duties:

— rendering of personal service — obedience and co-operation — competence and care — good faith

Employer’s common law duties:

— payment of wages or salary — indemnity against losses and liabilities — respect — references — safety

Employee’s statutory rights and duties:

— contracts of employment and written particulars — time off work – with or without pay — trade union activities — notice — redundancy — discrimination

Employer’s statutory rights and duties:

— contracts of employment and written particulars — safety — various details regarding information on and payment of wages or salary — dismissal — redundancy — discrimination

Again the above lists are not exhaustive — and neither should they be taken as a checklist in that each and every item on the list needs to be covered in assessment responses.



Guidance on approaches to delivery of this Unit This Unit provides the learner with knowledge and understanding of the systems and institutions of the law in Scotland and their application generally and in relation to the construction industry. The structure of this specification is tailored towards a sequential delivery pattern commencing with the origins of Scots Law and continuing with exploration of elements of law that are significant in procurement processes and contractual relationships. This is followed by a review of employment law and health and safety legislation. Scots Law and its relevance to the construction industry are likely to be difficult subjects for learners at the start of any of the Built Environment awards: it is therefore suggested that the Unit is accommodated in the second half of the programme, but prior to or in support of the appropriate Graded Unit. It is recommended that the Outcomes are delivered in the order that they are presented in this Unit Specification. The learner will then benefit from knowledge and understanding of the fundamental principles of Scottish Law prior to exploring the detailed elements contained in Outcomes 2, 3 and 4. Centres are asked to consider imaginative ways in which to contextualise learning when delivering this Unit and of supporting the learner in developing an embedded understanding of the law of Scotland. The aim should be to encourage the use of learning and teaching approaches that are varied and appropriate to the aims of the Unit. This might be facilitated by utilising appropriate and/ or topical case study examples or by carrying out structured internet-based investigation into specific aspects of contract and employment law. There are also possible opportunities to integrate or develop knowledge within other components of the HN programme such as in Standard Forms of Construction Contracts, Architectural Procedures or when generating evidence within an appropriate Graded Unit. In order to engage learners still further it is important to put the learner at the centre of the learning process. This might be achieved by getting learners into small discussion groups. It would also be helped by getting learners to give individual or group presentations on case law and various aspects of the Scottish legal system such as the function and jurisdiction of the different courts.

Guidance on approaches to assessment of this Unit Evidence can be generated using different types of assessment. The following are suggestions only - there may be other methods that would be more suitable to learners. It is recommended that the Outcomes be completed in the sequence presented. It is recommended that assessment is for each Outcome separately and in order. It follows that the assessment regime should follow this approach. This does not preclude integration of the diverse subject matter during teaching and tutorials. . This Unit lends itself to the production of written and/or oral evidence because most of it is about explaining legal concepts and systems.


Higher National Unit Support Notes (cont) Unit title: Scottish Law for Construction (SCQF level 8) Where learners experience a range of assessment methods, this helps them to develop different skills that should be transferable to work or further and higher education. In this Unit the use of case law and case study scenarios as well as more traditional tasks and questions can be used to illicit suitable responses from learners. It is recommended that assessment in this Unit should be carried out by means of four separate tasks. Each task will cover one of the four Outcomes in order. Each of the assessment tasks should be allocated a time limit of 45 minutes — this makes a total of three hours of assessment for the Unit. If, however, an assessment is devised to cover all four Outcomes in an integrated instrument of assessment then the time allocation should not exceed two hours. If centres devise their own assessment instruments they are advised that prior verification will help to ensure that the national standard is being met. Assessment of all Outcomes should be in controlled, supervised conditions: learners should carry out their own work. Assessment should be in closed-book conditions. As such learners are not allowed to refer to notes, textbooks, the internet or any other source during the assessment.


Opportunities for developing Core and other essential skills In this Unit learners will be able to develop skills in Communication — both Written and Verbal. They will learn about relatively complex ideas of a legal nature and have to explain these clearly. Communication is an important employability skill. In this Unit learners will develop broad transferable communication skills. In addition they will gain understanding that will be beneficial in a construction-specific situation.



Unit title: Scottish Law for Construction (SCQF level 8) This section will help you decide whether this is the Unit for you by explaining what the Unit is about, what you should know or be able to do before you start, what you will need to do during the Unit and opportunities for further learning and employment. You will be interested in taking this Unit if you want a career in one of the construction professions: architecture; quantity surveying; building surveying or construction management for example. The Unit is about the law in Scotland — its principles and institutions. The Unit covers the laws of contract and delict as well as the law of employment. It covers the systems and institutions of Scots Law including the court system. How you will be assessed

You will be assessed in your ability to recall and explain the basic principles and systems of the law in Scotland. You will be assessed — in part — in your ability to explain how these apply to the construction industry. Assessment will be closed-book. Core Skills you will develop, how they will be developed and whether they will be certificated

In this Unit you will develop skills in Communication: both Oral and Written Communication skills. You will read case law and learn about the principle of judicial precedent. What’s more you will have to explain the application of this concept and the application of specific cases to the construction industry. These are significant skills and this will take your communication skills to a higher level. This will add significantly to your employability skills in preparation for future job applications and interviews. Other skills development in enterprise, employability, sustainable development, citizenship

In this Unit you will enhance your employability skills in the construction industry as you develop understanding of contracts, duties of care and other legal duties. You will gain skills in understanding complex inter-related ideas. Potential employers in any industry may appreciate your ability to grasp relatively complex legal concepts.

H72G 35, Standard Forms of Construction Contracts (SCQF level 8) 1

Higher National Unit specification General information Unit title: Standard Forms of Construction Contracts (SCQF level 8) Unit code: H72G 35 Superclass: TF Publication date: November 2015 Source: Scottish Qualifications Authority Version: 02

Unit purpose This Unit is designed to enable learners to gain skills in two key areas of construction project management: recommending procurement strategies and interpreting standard forms of construction contracts. It is suitable for those who want to prepare for a career in the construction industry in a professional or technician role. It is particularly suitable for those that will supervise and oversee construction projects — be that on the client’s behalf or for a contracting organisation. This Unit is aimed at learners studying HNC/HND Architectural Technology, HNC/HND Construction Management or HNC/HND Quantity Surveying awards. Ultimately they may want to study at higher level and carve for themselves a career in one of the construction professions.


1 Recommend procurement strategies for given scenarios.

2 Explain the provisions and consequences of the main clauses in a standard form of construction contract.

3 Describe the procedures available for dispute resolution in a standard form of construction contract.




Unit title: Standard Forms of Construction Contracts (SCQF level 8)

Recommended entry to the Unit Entry is at the discretion of the centre. However, it would be beneficial if learners had a knowledge and understanding of the construction industry and the various stages of construction projects: inception and feasibility through design and to completion and handover. Possession of basic knowledge and understanding may be evidenced by possession of an appropriate Higher or HN Unit that covers the latest RIBA Plan of Work or equivalent. Alternatively some actual experience in the construction industry could provide appropriate underpinning knowledge. It would also be of benefit if the learner comes to this Unit with an understanding of contract documents such as Building Information Models (BIMs), drawings, specifications and bills of quantities.

Core Skills Achievement of this Unit gives automatic certification of the following Core Skills component: Complete Core Skill None Core Skill component Critical Thinking at SCQF level 6 There are also opportunities to develop aspects of Core Skills which are highlighted in the Support Notes of this Unit specification.

Context for delivery If this Unit is delivered as part of a Group Award, it is recommended that it should be taught and assessed within the subject area of the Group Award to which it contributes. This Unit is a mandatory credit within HNC/HND Architectural Technology, HNC/HND Construction Management and HNC/HND Quantity Surveying awards. The Assessment Support Pack (ASP) for this Unit provides assessment and marking guidelines that exemplify the national standard for achievement. It is a valid, reliable and practicable assessment. Centres wishing to develop their own assessments should refer to the ASP to ensure a comparable standard. A list of existing ASPs is available to download from SQA’s website (http://www.sqa.org.uk/sqa/46233.2769.html).






Unit title: Standard Forms of Construction Contracts (SCQF level 8) Acceptable performance in this Unit will be the satisfactory achievement of the standards set out in this part of the Unit specification. All sections of the statement of standards are mandatory and cannot be altered without reference to SQA. Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the Knowledge and/or Skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Learners should not know in advance the items on which they will be assessed and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion.

Outcome 1 Recommend procurement strategies for given scenarios.


Clients’ needs and priorities for given projects

Appropriate procurement strategies

Standard forms of construction contracts

Contract documents

Outcome 2 Explain the provisions and consequences of the main clauses in a standard form of construction contract.


Clauses of a given standard form of contract covering the definition and control of time and programme

Clauses of a given standard form of contract covering the definition and control of cost and payments

Clauses of a given standard form of contract covering the definition and control of specification and quality

Outcome 3 Describe the procedures available for dispute resolution in a standard form of construction contract.


Termination or similar contractual procedure

Mediation or similar non-binding procedure

Adjudication or similar statutory procedure

Arbitration

Litigation




Evidence Requirements for this Unit All Outcomes Assessments should be carried out in controlled, supervised conditions. All assessments should be open-book with learners permitted to refer to notes, textbooks and the internet. A copy of a relevant published standard form of contract — with which the learner is familiar — should be provided.

It is recommended that assessment is carried out for each of the three Outcomes separately and in numerical order. Where evidence for Outcomes is gathered on a sample basis the whole of the Knowledge/Skills lists must be taught and available for assessment. Learners should not know in advance which different items in the lists will be sampled in any one assessment event. Internal and external verification as well as sampling of learners’ evidence overall should be carried out in accordance with SQA and centre quality procedures. Learners will need to provide evidence to demonstrate their Knowledge and/or Skills across all Outcomes by showing that they can: Outcome 1: Provide written and/or oral evidence Select a procurement strategy and justify their recommendations for three out of five given construction project scenarios. Evidence must include analysis of clients’ priorities for their project and recommendations to suit the project in terms of:

a type of contract for each scenario and — where appropriate — comments on the overall procurement strategy.

a standard form of contract for each scenario — where appropriate.

contract documents that would be appropriate for each project.

Outcome 2: Provide written and/or oral evidence Explain the provisions and consequences of the main clauses in a standard form of construction contract covering two out of three of the following areas:

construction contract timing and programming including start dates, completion dates, site possession and extension of time.

financial provisions within a construction contract including interim and final payments, retentions and withholding of monies, damages, loss and expense.

specification and quality control within a construction contract including contract documents, instructions, variations and testing.

For Outcome 2 evidence must include some reference to relevant clauses in the given standard form of contract.




Outcome 3: Provide written and/or oral evidence Describe the procedures available for dispute resolution in a standard form of construction contract covering two out of five of the following areas:

Termination or similar contractual procedure

Mediation or similar non-binding procedure

Adjudication or similar statutory procedure

Arbitration

Litigation

It is important to note for Outcome 3 that the clauses in standard forms themselves are largely silent on the actual procedures for dispute resolution such as adjudication, arbitration and litigation. The clauses rarely state more than the fact that, for example — court proceedings are available to the parties; it is assumed that the parties are familiar with the mechanics of the dispute resolution procedure in question. The evidence for Outcome 3 must include a description, for example, of the steps involved in taking an action to court including the steps involved in enforcing the court’s award (should this be required).


Higher National Unit Support Notes Unit title: Standard Forms of Construction Contracts (SCQF level 8) Unit Support Notes are offered as guidance and are not mandatory. While the exact time allocated to this Unit is at the discretion of the centre, the notional design length is 40 hours.

Guidance on the content and context for this Unit This Unit forms part of several HNCs and HNDs in construction technician disciplines. It allows learners to develop understanding of types and forms of construction contracts. The Unit is designed to enable learners to gain skills in recommending procurement strategies and in interpretation of the wording and application of construction contracts.

The Unit will help learners understand how to discern and analyse clients’ priorities and to recommend a procurement strategy and route to suit those priorities. It requires learners to think about a number of factors at the same time — and some of them competing: deadlines and programming; quality of design; quality of construction; budget and cost control. It takes careful thought to recommend and justify a procurement route where there may be several priorities and more than one appropriate procurement solution.

It must be stressed that this is a specialist Unit: it helps learners gain skills in interpreting complex standard forms of contract — documents that are at least in part drafted by legal experts. It allows learners to appreciate in detail some of the finer aspects of the working relationships between the parties to the contract — the client and the contractor — and those that work on their behalf, for example the project manager, the architect, the quantity surveyor, the CDM Co-ordinator or the consultant engineer.

Outcome 1 asks learners to select and justify their choice of procurement strategy for clients in different case study scenarios. It is important for the learners’ understanding that these scenarios cover a wide scope — both in learning and in assessment. Furthermore there may be more than one procurement route suitable for any one project scenario. The learners must gain expertise sufficient for them to be confident to recommend a procurement route when others of equal validity are available.


Higher National Unit Support Notes (cont) Unit title: Standard Forms of Construction Contracts (SCQF level 8)

Examples of the scope of scenarios that can be covered are:

anything from new build to refurbishment, repairs and maintenance

clients from private sector, public sector or even voluntary sector (charities, etc)

anything from major projects to minor ones

projects that have aesthetics as an important factor and those that don’t

projects for buildings with a limited lifespan

projects with extreme deadlines

emergency repairs, for example following a flood

Outcome 1 asks learners to consider clients’ priorities for project scenarios. These priorities can be considered under the headings of time, cost and quality. Client’s priorities can be sub-divided as follows:

Time:

— certainty — economy

Cost:

— certainty — economy

Quality:

— design/aesthetics — function and performance — robustness and build quality — ability to instruct variations during the build

The above lists are far from comprehensive. Learners are at liberty to consider whatever other priorities may be important to clients in the given scenarios. Examples of the types of contract that might be considered as appropriate for a procurement scenario might include one or more of the following:

traditional

design and build

design, build, finance and operate

serial

construction management

management contracting

term maintenance

lump sum

fixed price

cost reimbursement

target cost



In addition learners may wish to recommend that a client adopts a partnering approach or a framework or similar strategy if these would be sensible in the given situations. These are not strictly types of contract as such — but they are potentially important aspects of the overall procurement strategy in some cases.

Outcomes 2 and 3 are set in the context of a given standard form of construction contract. These standard forms are relatively complex documents with numerous inter-related clauses.

The contracts themselves seldom spell out all the administrative details that are inherent in running construction projects. The wording of the conditions of contract assumes that the reader is an industry practitioner and understands how construction projects are normally run and administered. Learners taking this Unit may have to be helped to understand aspects of everyday project management before they fully understand the wording of the given standard form of construction contract.

The form selected for study should be up-to-date; it should be industry recognised and should suit the learners taking the Unit. For example learners in Scotland studying in a building industry context would best be served by looking at the SBCC Standard Form with Quantities latest version.

Outcome 2 asks learners to explain the main provisions of a given standard form of contract. Learners will be expected to explain the provisions and consequences of clauses that cover the following areas:

Time or programme:

— dates for commencement and completion — master programme — extension of time — practical completion — non-completion and damages

Cost or payments:

— contract sum — interim payments — retentions and monies withheld — final accounts and payments

Quality:

— contract documents — instructions:

– requirements for format

– non-compliance by contractor

— variations including valuation of same — testing



Outcome 3 asks learners to describe the procedures for dispute resolution under a given standard form of contract.

The description learners must provide of these procedures should start with the initiation of the procedure — be it via a notice or completion of a summons etc. The subsequent steps taken by both parties should be described briefly and in chronological order. The description should finish with the steps involved in enforcement if applicable.

For Outcome 3 learners must not merely describe the content of the clauses in the standard form of contract. The procedures are unlikely to be spelled out in detail in the contract itself.

For example the procedures for statutory adjudication are contained in a separate Scheme published by the Scottish Government — the Scheme for Construction Contracts (Scotland) Regulations 1998. These were amended in 2011 — The Scheme for Construction Contracts (Scotland) Amendment Regulations 2011. It would be important for learners to make sure that they are describing current procedures.

It is a similar story with arbitration and litigation: the actual procedures involved in taking a case to arbitration or court are unlikely to be spelled out in the conditions of contract but rather in separate legislation (eg The Arbitration (Scotland) Act 2010) or in published protocols on the official courts website (eg www.scotcourts.gov.uk).

The termination provisions are likely to be spelled out in the standard form of contract itself, for example Section 8 of the SBCC Standard Form (November 2011 edition refers). Most contract forms contain some provision for the client to bring to an end the contractor’s employment if, for example, the contractor defaults in some significant way. Similarly there may be provision for the contractor to terminate his own employment under the contract following some significant default of the client. Learners must gain an understanding of termination procedures from a standard form of contract and explain these clauses — again in chronological order.

Outcome 3 includes non-binding dispute resolution procedures. Mediation is a method of non-binding dispute resolution commonly found in standard forms of construction contracts — but there are several other methods potentially available and in regular use.

Learners would be required to describe the procedures involved in the use of mediation or other non-binding method of dispute resolution. The description should be in chronological order and cover all main steps from initiation to conclusion. The fact that these methods are non-binding should be stated and it would be expected that the response mentions the fact that failure to find agreement through such a procedure generally leads to the adoption of one of the binding procedures such as adjudication.



Guidance on approaches to delivery of this Unit It would be inadvisable for learners in this Unit to start with Outcome 1 and focus on types of contract and procurement strategy. It would probably be a good idea to start with a few case studies and discuss the clients’ priorities in each case. Starting with simple examples such as a single garage and building up the learners understanding and reasoning skills until they can comment effectively on major projects such as new motorways and those that are complex in nature such as phased university campus refurbishments.

Learners should be helped to associate different priorities — in terms of time, cost and quality — with the types of contract that help facilitate the achievement of the client’s main goals. Tutorials should be arranged that test the learners’ increasing understanding of these priorities and how they can be met by the chosen procurement route. Group discussions can help the learners share their ideas on different procurement situations.

It would make sense to look at the contract documents that would suit different project types. Learners should be helped to consider how the proposed building works are designed and how the design is best communicated to potential contractors. At this point learners should be helped to better grasp the purpose and uses of documents such as drawings, building information models (BIMs), specifications, bills of quantities and schedules.

Next — and because Outcome 1 also requires learners to recommend a standard form of contract to suit the given scenarios — it might be a good idea to spend some time looking in outline at a range of published standard forms. Suites of standard forms might include versions such as: with/without quantities; minor works; measured term; design and build; and with contractors’ design portion. This list is not exhaustive.

It might be helpful for learners to look on the internet at lists of suites of contract such as those published by JCT/SBCC or NEC. The lists often include a description of the purpose and uses of each form of contract — and also spell out the limitations of each. In addition publishers often produce guides on selecting the correct form of contract to suit particular scenarios. Learners could be set tasks that require them to explore these guides in order to select appropriate forms of contract for given case studies.

Eventually learners will be familiar with different types and forms of contract and the various contract documents that might be used in different projects. When all of these pieces of understanding come together then learners will be able to take the Outcome 1 assessment.

For Outcome 2 it might make sense to start by looking at a straightforward published form such as a minor works form or even a contract form intended solely for domestic projects. This would introduce learners to the basic format of such contract forms. It would also introduce basics such as start dates, completion dates and contract sums as well as the more complex concepts of variations and interim and final payments.

At this point it might be a useful exercise to get learners to fill in the blanks in one or more of these standard forms — this learner-centred task would force the students to think about the variables in each contract and would require that they read the contracts carefully.



Soon the learners will be ready to build on their understanding and explore the detailed provisions of one of the major forms such as JCT/SBCC Standard Building Contract With Quantities or one of the NEC3 major forms. These documents are drafted by legal experts and are often couched in legalise wording. It might help learners to understand the various inter-related clauses by spending time simply reading the standard form of contract in a quiet corner.

Again it might be beneficial if learners are asked to fill in the ‘blanks’ (complete the variables) contained in the appendix of one of these major standard forms.

The detailed study of contract conditions can be facilitated by either a clause-by-clause approach or a topic-by-topic approach. It is likely that learners with less experience in the construction industry will make more sense of a topic-by-topic approach. For example the study of architect’s instructions and variations encompass a variety of clauses but only one general topic.

To reinforce learning it might be a good idea to ask learners to consider the contract conditions from the point of view of different parties’ rights and duties. It might also be of benefit to get learners to practise completing some of the standard templates that are associated with the standard forms of contract, for example Architect’s Instructions or Extension of Time pro formas.

Eventually learners will be sufficiently familiar with the given standard form that they will be ready for assessment in Outcome 2.

Outcome 3 should be tackled after detailed study of the termination clauses in the given contract as well as the contract’s dispute resolution procedures (which are in fact likely described in detail outwith the contract proper and in other publications or websites such as the Scottish Courts website).

Within the overall subject area of dispute resolution it might be best to tackle the termination clauses first as these are contained in detail in the contract clauses – and this follows on from the learning in Outcome 2. After that learners may find it easier to study the procedures involved in litigation because aspects of that might already be part of their general knowledge. The local courts might be worth a visit in order to see how the system works in reality.

After looking at litigation it might be an idea to compare and contrast the procedures involved in arbitration. These two methods — litigation and arbitration — are widely acknowledged as the ultimate forms of dispute resolution in the construction industry. Following this it might be appropriate to look at statutory adjudication which was introduced largely as a consequence of the potential shortcomings involved in arbitration and litigation — for the most part because of the long timescales involved.

By this point learners might be convinced that it would be best to avoid if possible any form of dispute resolution that involves the expense of legal representation. It might therefore be at this juncture that the idea of alternative dispute resolution (ADR) is introduced. ADR encompasses a variety of possible methods such as mediation, conciliation and mock courts.



Learners might be helped to understand the procedures involved in ADR by taking part in a mock mediation devised around a realistic construction industry scenario.

At all stages of Outcome 3 it would be useful for learners to practise the letter writing and form-filling that would be associated with the different methods of dispute resolution. This might include the completion of, for example, a summons pro-forma from a Sheriff Court for an action to recover unpaid monies under a construction contract. Alternatively — or in addition — it might be useful for learners to practise the drafting of a notice of adjudication. All of this would allow them to build up skills that will be of direct benefit to their future work in the construction industry. It would also allow them to build up general and transferable communication skills.

Eventually learners will have built up their understanding of the different methods of dispute resolution and be in a position to take the assessment for Outcome 3.

Throughout all of the learning and teaching in this Unit the use of case study scenarios may be helpful. In fact it might help learners if lecturers devise a series of case studies that are used throughout the Unit to illustrate clients’ priorities, recommended procurement strategies, standard forms of contract and dispute resolution situations.

In summary — learning and teaching activities that might suit this Unit include:

quiet reading

lectures/tutorials on clients’ priorities in different scenarios

lectures/tutorials on specific contract types

lectures/tutorials on specific contract clauses

lectures/tutorials on the rights and duties of individuals within a given standard form of contract

group discussions and/or presentations on case study scenarios and clients’ priorities

examination of websites for articles and guidance on types and forms of contract

examination of websites detailing procedures for dispute disposal

site visits and presentations by construction industry practitioners on the running of projects and on procurement routes

site visit to a local court to view court procedures first-hand

Guidance on approaches to assessment of this Unit Centres are reminded that prior verification of centre-devised assessments would help to ensure that the national standard is being met. Where learners experience a range of assessment methods, this helps them to develop different skills that should be transferable to work or further and higher education. This Unit in particular lends itself to written and/or oral evidence because most of it is about explaining provisions of contracts and justifying recommendations for procurement strategies. Regardless learners should use their own words: the mere repeating of given notes and contract clauses verbatim is unacceptable as evidence in this Unit.


Higher National Unit Support Notes (cont) Unit title: Standard Forms of Construction Contracts (SCQF level 8) In this Unit the use of case study scenarios in addition to more traditional tasks and questions can be used to illicit suitable responses from learners. Outcomes 1 and 3 in particular may benefit from the use of case study scenarios.

It is recommended that the assessment is carried out on an Outcome by Outcome basis. Assessment in this Unit should therefore be carried out by means of three separate tasks: each task will cover each of the three Outcomes in order. For Outcome 1 learners should select a procurement strategy and justify their recommendations for three out of five given construction project scenarios. The evidence will include:

a type of contract for each scenario

a standard form of contract for each scenario

contract documents that would be appropriate in each scenario

Assessment of Outcome 1 should be allocated 45 minutes.

In Outcome 2 the learners should explain the provisions and consequences of the main clauses in a standard form of construction contract covering two out of three of the following areas:

time and programme including extension of time and amended completion dates

cost and payments including interim and final payments, retentions and withholding of monies, damages, loss and expense

specification and quality including contract documents, instructions, variations and testing

In Outcome 2 learners should make reference to specific clauses in their response.

Assessment of Outcome 2 should be allocated 75 minutes.

For Outcome 3 learners should describe the procedures available for dispute resolution in a standard form of construction contract covering two out of five of the following areas:

termination or similar contractual procedure

mediation or similar non-binding procedure

adjudication or similar statutory procedure

arbitration

litigation

The clauses in standard forms themselves are largely silent on the actual procedures for dispute resolution. The learners must describe the steps involved in actually taking a case to adjudication or court, etc. The learners should cover the steps from the initiation of the procedure all the way through to the decision/award and the steps that may follow this including enforcement and initiation of possible further action. Assessment of Outcome 3 should be allocated 60 minutes.



Assessment of all Outcomes should be conducted under controlled, supervised conditions. Learners should carry out their own work.

Assessment should be in open-book conditions: learners should be allowed to refer to notes, textbooks and the internet during the assessment events. Learners should be given access to a published standard form of contract during the assessment.

It is recommended that assessment is carried out for each of the three Outcomes separately and in numerical order.

Where evidence for Outcomes is gathered on a sample basis the whole of the Knowledge/Skills lists must be taught and available for assessment. Learners should not know in advance which different items in the lists will be sampled in any one assessment event.

Internal and external verification as well as sampling of learners’ evidence overall should be carried out in accordance with SQA and centre quality procedures.


Opportunities for developing Core and other essential skills Throughout this Unit learners will be able to develop skills in Communication — both Written and Verbal. They will read complex contractual documents and will explain their understanding of relatively complex contractual situations. This Unit has the Critical Thinking component of Problem Solving embedded in it. This means that when candidates achieve the Unit, their Core Skills profile will also be updated to show they have achieved Critical Thinking at SCQF level 6.




02

Core Skills Component Critical Thinking at SCQF level 6 embedded.

09/11/2015

© Scottish Qualifications Authority 2014,2015 This publication may be reproduced in whole or in part for educational purposes provided that no profit is derived from reproduction and that, if reproduced in part, the source is acknowledged. Additional copies of this Unit specification can be purchased from the Scottish Qualifications Authority. Please contact the Business Development and Customer Support team, telephone 0303 333 0330.



Unit title: Standard Forms of Construction Contracts (SCQF level 8) This section will help you decide whether this is the Unit for you by explaining what the Unit is about, what you should know or be able to do before you start, what you will need to do during the Unit and opportunities for further learning and employment. You should be interested in taking this Unit if you want a career in one of the construction professions: architecture; quantity surveying; building surveying or construction management for example. It would be good for you to come to this Unit with a general understanding of how construction projects are run — both from the design team point of view and that of the contractors. This Unit will introduce you to construction procurement and the types of contracts used in the construction industry. You will develop understanding of the advantages and limitations of a number of different types of contract. You will analyse given situations and recommend procurement strategies for them. You will learn about published standard forms of construction contract. These are normally written by legal experts. You will study a standard form of contract in some depth and explain some of its details. You will learn about the rights and duties of the different parties to and under the contract. You will study some of the procedures to take when the parties don’t do what they are supposed to do. Examples of standard forms you might look at in detail include the contracts published by the Joint Contracts Tribunal (JCT Ltd) and the Scottish Building Contract Committee (SBCC). For building contracts the NEC suite of contracts is a popular alternative to the JCT/SBCC forms — so you might look at that instead. The parties involved in construction contracts don’t always do what they should and disputes often arise. You will study the contractual remedies for non-compliance with the provisions of the contract conditions. You will learn about various forms of dispute resolution such as mediation, adjudication, arbitration and litigation. Throughout this Unit — apart from building up specialist construction industry knowledge and skills — you will develop Core Skills in Communication: you will read complex contracts and have to interpret and explain these. You will be able to develop both oral and written communication skills at a high level. When you have completed this Unit you may want to progress to other Units that deal with construction law and contract administration. You may wish to increase your knowledge and skills and complete an HNC or HND Course in a construction technician discipline. Ultimately you might want to study at higher level and carve for yourself a career in one of the construction professions.

Higher National Unit Specification General information for centres Unit title: Managing Construction Organisations Unit code: DW43 35 Unit purpose: This Unit is designed to enable candidates to gain knowledge and understanding of the different approaches to managing a construction organisation. On completion of the Unit the candidate should be able to: 1 Explain the nature of organisations in the construction industry. 2 Review team working and the necessary management skills required leading a team within a

construction environment. 3 Describe the different approaches to organising people within a construction workplace. Credit points and level: 1 HN Credit at SCQF level 8: (8 SCQF credit points at SCQF level 8*). *SCQF credit points are used to allocate credit to qualifications in the Scottish Credit and Qualifications Framework (SCQF). Each qualification in the Framework is allocated a number of SCQF credit points at an SCQF level. There are 12 SCQF levels, ranging from Access 1 to Doctorates. Recommended prior knowledge and skills: It would be an advantage for candidates to have good communication skills. The Unit includes all the basic principles necessary to allow candidates possessing other qualifications or experience to succeed in this Unit. Core Skills: There are opportunities to develop the Core Skill of Communication in this Unit, although there is no automatic certification of Core Skills or Core Skills components.’ Context for delivery: If this Unit is delivered as part of a Group Award, it is recommended that it should be taught and assessed within the subject area of the Group Award to which it contributes. Assessment: It is possible to assess candidates either on an individual Outcome basis, combination of Outcomes or by a single holistic assessment combining all Outcomes. The assessment paper/s should be composed of an appropriate balance of short answer, restricted response and structured questions. Assessments should be conducted under supervised controlled conditions. A single assessment covering all Outcomes should not exceed 2 hours in duration. It should be noted that candidates must achieve all the minimum evidence specified for each Outcome in order to pass this Unit.

HN Unit (DW43 35): Managing Construction Organisations 1

General information for centres (cont) Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the knowledge and/or skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Candidates should not know in advance the items on which they will be assessed and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion.


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards Unit title: Managing Construction Organisations Unit code: DW43 35 The sections of the Unit stating the Outcomes, knowledge and/or skills, and Evidence Requirements are mandatory. Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the knowledge and/or skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Candidates should not know in advance the items on which they will be assessed and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion. Outcome 1 Explain the nature of organisations in the construction industry Knowledge and/or skills

♦ Organisation and Control ♦ Elements of the formal organisation ♦ Elements of the informal organisation ♦ Organisational goals and objectives Evidence Requirements Candidates will need to provide evidence to demonstrate their knowledge and/or skills by showing that they can: ♦ describe and explain the nature of organisations in the construction industry

Evidence for the knowledge and/or skills for this Outcome will be provided on a sample basis. In any assessment of this Outcome a minimum of two out of four knowledge and/or skills items should be sampled. In order to ensure that candidates will not be able to foresee what items they will be questioned on, a different sample of knowledge/skill items is required each time the Outcome is ssessed. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response to both items. a

Evidence should be generated through assessment undertaken in controlled, supervised conditions. Assessment should be conducted under closed-book conditions and as such candidates should not be llowed to bring any textbooks handouts or notes to the assessment. a


The assessment of this Outcome might be combined with that for Outcomes 2 and 3 to form a single ssessment paper. a


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Managing Construction Organisations Outcome 2 Review team working and the necessary management skills required to lead a team within a construction environment Knowledge and/or skills

♦ The meaning and importance of motivation and leadership as part of the management process ♦ An understanding of the main factors that influence team working ♦ Improving job performance ♦ Explain different management styles ♦ Measures of managerial effectiveness Evidence Requirements Candidates will need evidence to demonstrate their knowledge and/or skills by showing that they can: ♦ describe and explain the management and operation of teams in the construction industry Evidence for the knowledge and/or skills for this Outcome will be provided on a sample basis. In any assessment of this Outcome a minimum of three out of five knowledge and/or skills items should be sampled. In order to ensure that candidates will not be able to foresee what items they will be questioned on, a different sample of knowledge/skill items is required each time the Outcome is ssessed. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response to all three items. a

Evidence should be generated through assessment undertaken in controlled, supervised conditions. Assessment should be conducted under closed-book conditions and as such candidates should not be llowed to bring any textbooks handouts or notes to the assessment. a


The assessment of this Outcome might be combined with that for Outcomes 1 and 3 to form a single ssessment paper. a

Outcome 3

escribe the different approaches to organising people within a construction workplace D Knowledge and/or skills

♦ Authority, responsibility and delegation s together ♦ Dividing and grouping activitie

ucture ♦ Alternative forms of str ♦ Organisational design


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Managing Construction Organisations Evidence Requirements Candidates will need evidence to demonstrate their knowledge and/or skills by showing that they can: ♦ identify and describe the organisation of human resources in a construction workplace Evidence for the knowledge and/or skills for this Outcome will be provided on a sample basis. In any assessment of this Outcome a minimum of two out of four knowledge and/or skills items should be sampled. In order to ensure that candidates will not be able to foresee what items they will be questioned on, a different sample of knowledge/skill items is required each time the Outcome is assessed. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response to both items. Evidence should be generated through assessment undertaken in controlled, supervised conditions. Assessment should be conducted under closed-book conditions and as such candidates should not be allowed to bring any textbooks handouts or notes to the assessment. Assessment guidelines Questions used to elicit candidate evidence should take the form of an appropriate balance of short answer, restricted response and structured questions. The assessment of this Outcome might be combined with that for Outcomes 1 and 2 to form a single assessment paper.


Administrative Information Unit code: DW43 35 Unit title: Managing Construction Organisations Superclass category: AF Date of publication: June 2006 Version: 01 Source: SQA © Scottish Qualifications Authority 2005 This publication may be reproduced in whole or in part for educational purposes provided that no profit is derived from reproduction and that, if reproduced in part, the source is acknowledged. SQA acknowledges the valuable contribution that Scotland’s colleges have made to the development of Higher National qualifications. Additional copies of this Unit specification can be purchased from the Scottish Qualifications Authority. Please contact the Customer Contact Centre for further details, telephone 0845 279 1000.


Higher National Unit specification: support notes Unit title: Managing Construction Organisations This part of the Unit specification is offered as guidance. The support notes are not mandatory. While the exact time allocated to this Unit is at the discretion of the centre, the notional design length is 40 hours. Guidance on the content and context for this Unit This Unit has been written in order to allow candidates to develop knowledge understanding and skills in the following areas: 1 The nature of organisations in the construction industry. 2 Team working and the necessary management skills required leading a team within a

construction environment. 3 The different approaches to organising people within a construction work place.

This Unit at SCQF level 7 is a mandatory Unit within the HND Construction Management and Facilities Management. In designing this Unit the Unit writers have identified the range of topics they would expect to be covered by lecturers. The writers have also given recommendations as to how much time should be spent on each Outcome. This has been done to help lecturers to decide what depth of treatment should be given to the topics attached to each of the Outcomes. 1 Explain the nature of organisations in the construction industry. (12 hours)

♦ Organisation: — Definition and scope of organisations in construction — Goals — Objectives — Policy — Elements of formal organisation — Internal and external environment

formal organisation — Elements of in— Stakeholders — Type of Control

2 management skills required leading a team within a construction environment. (12 hours)

♦

— ment, work ment of rewards both financial and non-financial

ational

igher National Unit specification: support notes (cont)

Review team working and the necessary

Team Working: — Characteristics of effective teams — Models of team development — Tuckman, Belbin

Improving team cohesiveness and performance — job design, empowerorganisation, manage

— Management Skills: — Leadership Theories: Behavioural, Contingency, Situational, and Transform— Motivation Theories: Content, Process

H


Unit title: Managing Construction Organisations

— Measures of managerial effectiveness

3 pproaches to organising people within a construction workplace. (14 hours)

ships

ty and delegation ture

duct or service, location

ature f each

andidate, group work and role play activities may contribute to the assessment. Case studies,

he volume of evidence required for each assessment should take into account the overall number of e.

designing the assessment instrument/s, opportunities should be taken to generate appropriate

here available, evidence from the workplace can also be incorporated to enhance the learning propriate and authenticated as the candidate’s own work.

al guide to opportunities for the development of Core Skills in this Unit. Opportunities for the development of Core Skills at the output level are more fully identified in the Core Skills Signposting Guide.

Describe the different a

♦ Line, staff, functional and lateral relation♦ Authority, responsibili♦ Hierarchical struc♦ Matrix structure ♦ Hybrid structure ♦ Division by function pro♦ Contingency Models ♦ Task, Technology, Size

Guidance on the delivery and assessment of this Unit It is recommended that evidence for learning Outcomes is achieved through well planned course work, assignments and projects. Assessment may be formative and summative and both may feas part of the process. Although assessments must be focused on the individual achievement ocintegrative assignments and project work will help to link this Unit with other related Units. Tassessments being contemplated within this Unit and the design of the overall teaching programm Inevidence to contribute to the assessment of Core skills Units. WOutcomes, provided that this evidence is ap Opportunities for developing Core Skills The following grid provides a gener


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Managing Construction Organisations Core Skill Outcome

1 Outcome

2 Outcome

3 Outcome

4 Outcome

5 1 Communication

Reading Writing

Oral 2 Numeracy


3 IT



Reviewing and Evaluating 5 Working with Others Open learning Given that appropriate materials exist this Unit could be delivered by distance learning, which may incorporate some degree of on-line support. However with regard to assessment planning would be required by the centre concerned to ensure the sufficiency and authenticity of candidate evidence. Arrangements would be required to be put in place to ensure that assessments were conducted under controlled, supervised conditions. Candidates with additional support needs This Unit specification is intended to ensure that there are no artificial barriers to learning or assessment. The additional support needs of individual candidates should be taken into account when planning learning experiences, selecting assessment instruments or considering alternative Outcomes for Units. For information on these, please refer to the SQA document Guidance on Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Candidates with Disabilities and/or Additional Support Needs, which is available on SQA’s website: www.sqa.org.uk.


General information for candidates Unit title: Managing Construction Organisations This Unit has been designed to allow you to develop knowledge, understanding and skills in managing construction organisations with emphasis on team working and factors which influence performance. 1 Explain the nature of organisations in the construction industry. 2 Review team working and the necessary management skills required leading a team within a

construction environment. 3 Describe the different approaches to organising people within a construction workplace. The formal assessment for the Unit may be undertaken as one single assessment paper lasting no more than two hours or learning Outcomes individually assessed. Whichever assessment process is adopted it will be conducted under controlled supervised conditions


Higher National Unit Specification General information for centres Unit title: Economics and the Built Environment Unit code: DW3G 35 Unit purpose: This Unit seeks to provide the candidate with the ability to apply basic micro and macro economic concepts to the built environment. The Unit has been devised to enable candidates studying Quantity Surveying, Construction Management and Facilities Management programmes to demonstrate both knowledge and understanding of economics within the construction industry. It is intended that this Unit will help candidates develop the ability to apply, analyse and evaluate the effects of economic issues upon the operations of the construction industry. On completion of the Unit the candidate should be able to: 1 Explain basic economic concepts and systems. 2 Describe and explain the market mechanism. 3 Examine the elements of, and influences on business costs. 4 Describe the different types of business organisations found in the construction industry and

their sources of finance. 5 Explain the use of cost benefit analysis. Credit points and level: 1 HN Credit at SCQF level 8: (8 SCQF credit points at SCQF level 8*). *SCQF credit points are used to allocate credit to qualifications in the Scottish Credit and Qualifications Framework (SCQF). Each qualification in the Framework is allocated a number of SCQF credit points at an SCQF level. There are 12 SCQF levels, ranging from Access 1 to Doctorates. Recommended prior knowledge and skills: It would be of advantage if a candidate has a basic knowledge and understanding of the structure and workings construction industry. Possession of basic knowledge and understanding may be evidenced by possession of an appropriate SQA Higher National Unit. In addition, it would also be of advantage if candidates had a basic knowledge and understanding of the subject of economics. Core Skills: There are opportunities to develop the Core Skill(s) of Communication, Numeracy, Problem Solving, in this Unit, although there is no automatic certification of Core Skills or Core Skills components. Context for delivery: If this Unit is delivered as part of a Group Award, it is recommended that it should be taught and assessed within the subject area of the Group Award to which it contributes.

HN Unit (DW3G 35): Economics and the Built Environment 1

General information for centres (cont) Assessment: It is possible to assess candidates either on an individual Outcome basis, combinations of Outcomes or by a single holistic assessment combining all Outcomes. The assessment paper/s should be composed of an appropriate balance of short answer, restricted response and structured questions. Assessment should be conducted under supervised, controlled conditions. A single assessment covering all outcomes should not exceed two hours in duration. It should be noted that candidates must achieve all the minimum evidence specified for each Outcome in order to pass this Unit. Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the knowledge and/or skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Candidates should not know in advance the items on which they will be assessed and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion. An exemplar instrument of assessment and marking guidelines has been produced to provide examples of the type of evidence required to demonstrate achievement of the aims of this Unit and to indicate the national standard of achievement at SCQF level 8.


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards Unit title: Economics and the Built Environment Unit code: DW3G 35 The sections of the Unit stating the Outcomes, knowledge and/or skills, and evidence requirements are mandatory. Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the knowledge and/or skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Candidates should not know in advance the items on which they will be assessed and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion. Throughout the unit emphasis will be placed where appropriate on the application of Health & Safety and Sustainability. Safe working practises should be looked at in accordance with current safety codes of practise and regulations. Sustainability should include reference to criteria affecting sustainability, impact of not implementing sustainability on the environment and the legislation promoting sustainability. Outcome 1 Explain basic economic concepts and systems. Knowledge and/or skills ♦ The scope of economics and essential terminology ♦ Economic systems for resource allocation ♦ The contribution of the construction industry towards the national economy Evidence Requirements Candidates will need to provide evidence to demonstrate their knowledge and/or skills by showing that they can: ♦ describe economic concepts and relationships Evidence for the knowledge and /or skills for this Outcome will be provided on a sample basis. In any assessment of this Outcome a minimum of two out of three knowledge and/or skills items should be sampled. In order to ensure that candidates will not be able to foresee what items they will be questioned on, a different sample of knowledge/skill items is required each time the Outcome is assessed. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response to both items. Evidence should be generated through assessment undertaken in controlled, supervised conditions. Assessment should be conducted under closed book conditions and as such candidates should not be allowed to bring textbooks, handouts or notes to the assessment. Assessment guidelines Questions used to elicit candidate evidence should take the form of an appropriate balance of short answer, restricted response and structured questions.


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Economics and the Built Environment The assessment for this outcome might be combined with that for Outcomes 2, 3 and 4 to form a single assessment paper. Outcome 2 Describe and explain the market mechanism. Knowledge and/or skills ♦ The laws of supply and demand ♦ Price elasticity of demand ♦ Price elasticity of supply Evidence Requirements Candidates will need evidence to demonstrate their skills and/or knowledge by showing that they can: ♦ describe characteristics of the market correctly ♦ explain accurately the market mechanisms by which prices are attained, correctly illustrated by

the use of appropriate diagrams ♦ explain changes in market situations correctly with the aid of appropriate diagrams Evidence for the knowledge and /or skills for this Outcome will be provided on a sample basis. In any assessment of this Outcome a minimum of two out of three knowledge and/or skills items should be sampled. In order to ensure that candidates will not be able to foresee what items they will be questioned on, a different sample of knowledge/skill items is required each time the Outcome is assessed. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response to both items. Evidence should be generated through assessment undertaken in controlled, supervised conditions. Assessment should be conducted under closed book conditions and as such candidates should not be allowed to bring textbooks, handouts or notes to the assessment. Assessment guidelines Questions used to elicit candidate evidence should take the form of an appropriate balance of short answer, restricted response and structured questions. The assessment for this Outcome might be combined with that for Outcomes 1, 3 and 4 to form a single assessment paper. Outcome 3 Examine the elements of, and influences on, business costs


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Economics and the Built Environment Knowledge and/or skills ♦ Costs facing the firm ♦ Short and long term influences with reference to the firm’s ability to vary factors of production ♦ Law of Diminishing Marginal Product ♦ Economies and diseconomies of scale Evidence Requirements Candidates will need evidence to demonstrate their knowledge and/or skills by showing that they can: ♦ identify elements of and influences on business costs Evidence for the knowledge and /or skills for this Outcome will be provided on a sample basis. In any assessment of this Outcome a minimum of three out of four knowledge and/or skills items should be sampled. In order to ensure that candidates will not be able to foresee what items they will be questioned on, a different sample of knowledge/skill items is required each time the Outcome is assessed. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response to all three items. Evidence should be generated through assessment undertaken in controlled, supervised conditions. Assessment should be conducted under closed book conditions and as such candidates should not be allowed to bring textbooks, handouts or notes to the assessment. Assessment guidelines Questions used to elicit candidate evidence should take the form of an appropriate balance of short answer, restricted response and structured questions. The assessment for this Outcome might be combined with that for Outcomes 1, 2 and 4 to form a single assessment paper. Outcome 4 Describe the different types of business organisations found in the construction and their sources of finance Knowledge and/or skills ♦ The types of construction business organisation ♦ The types and sources of finance for the construction firm Evidence Requirements Candidates will need evidence to demonstrate their knowledge and/or skills by showing that they can: ♦ define correctly at least two types of construction business organisation

explain fully at least two types and sources of finance for a construction business ♦


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Economics and the Built Environment In any assessment of this Outcome all knowledge and/or skills items should be included. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response to both items. Evidence should be generated through assessment undertaken in controlled, supervised conditions. Assessment should be conducted under closed book conditions and as such candidates should not be allowed to bring textbooks, handouts or notes to the assessment. Assessment guidelines Questions used to elicit candidate evidence should take the form of an appropriate balance of short answer, restricted response and structured questions. The assessment for this Outcome might be combined with that for Outcomes 1, 2 and 3 to form a single assessment paper. Outcome 5 Explain the use of cost benefit analysis within the construction industry context Knowledge and/or skills ♦ Problems of social choice related to major construction projects affecting society and the

environment Evidence Requirements Candidates will need evidence to demonstrate their knowledge and/or skills by showing that they can: ♦ provide a comprehensive explanation for using cost benefit analysis, and detailed examination

of problems using cost benefit analysis, to assist in making decisions for major construction projects

In any assessment of this Outcome all knowledge and/or skills items should be included. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response to this item. Evidence should be generated through assessment undertaken in controlled, supervised conditions. Assessment should be conducted under open book conditions and as such candidates should be allowed to bring textbooks, handouts or notes to the assessment. Assessment guidelines Questions used to elicit candidate evidence should take the form of a single structured question. The assessment for this outcome might be a single assessment paper which might beneficially be based on an appropriate case study


Administrative Information Unit code: DW3G 35 Unit title: Economics and the Built Environment Superclass category: TC Date of publication: June 2006 Version: 01 Source: SQA © Scottish Qualifications Authority 2005 This publication may be reproduced in whole or in part for educational purposes provided that no profit is derived from reproduction and that, if reproduced in part, the source is acknowledged. SQA acknowledges the valuable contribution that Scotland’s colleges have made to the development of Higher National qualifications. Additional copies of this Unit specification can be purchased from the Scottish Qualifications Authority. Please contact the Customer Contact Centre for further details, telephone 0845 279 1000.


Higher National Unit specification: support notes Unit title: Economics and the Built Environment This part of the Unit specification is offered as guidance. The support notes are not mandatory. While the exact time allocated to this Unit is at the discretion of the centre, the notional design length is 40 hours. Guidance on the content and context for this Unit This Unit provides the candidate with the knowledge and understanding of the relationship between economic concepts and theories and the construction industry context. Attention should be paid in the delivery of this unit to the syllabus content of the other units in the programme, particularly the introduction to the industry. Recommended time allocations to each outcome are given as guidance towards the depth of treatment which might be applied to each topic. This guidance has been used in the design of the assessment exemplar material provided with the Unit. 1 Basic economic concepts and systems (7 hours)

The scope of economics and essential terms: ♦ economics as a social science ♦ essential terms: scarcity, opportunity cost and resources

Economic systems for resource allocation: ♦ free market model ♦ the mixed economy

The contribution of the construction industry towards the national economy: ♦ the construction industry’s share of total employment, output and income in the UK

economy ♦ the changing contribution of the construction industry to national income and

employment ♦ the explicit and implicit contribution of the construction industry to foreign trade

2 The market mechanism (9 hours)

The laws of supply and demand: The demand schedule and demand curve ♦

♦ The supply schedule and the supply curve ♦ Application of demand curve and supply curve to show a shortage, a surplus and the

equilibrium price

Ela cities of supply and demsti and: ♦ the concept of elasticity ♦ price elasticity of demand and price elasticity of supply


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Economics and the Built Environment 3 The elements of, and influences on business costs (7 hours)

Costs ♦ fixed, variable, average, total, marginal, social

Influences ♦ short and long term, factor mix, marginal productivity, economies and diseconomies of

scale

4 The different types of business organisations found in the construction industry and their sources of finance (6 hours) Business organisations and sources of finance: Organisations ♦ sole proprietor; partnership, private limited company, public limited company

Finance ♦ short, long and medium term, internal/external shares, bonds, reinvestment of profits,

gearing ratio 5 The use of cost benefit analysis (11 hours)

Problems of social choice: ♦ public sector investment appraisal (Cost Benefit Analysis) ♦ externalities ♦ tool: the limitations of cost benefit analysis as a decision

— choosing which costs and benefits to include — methods of evaluating selected costs and benefits and the difficulty of attributing

values to them (items with market prices; items with no market price — shadow pricing)

— the political, budgetary and legal constraints that may affect a project Guidance on the delivery and assessment of this Unit This Unit requires a fundamental understanding of the construction industry and economic principles. It is recommended that this Unit is delivered in the second year of HND Built Environment awards

here appropriate. w Where this Unit is incorporated into other group awards it is recommended that it be delivered in the ontext of the specific occupational area(s) that the award is designed to cover. c

Details on approaches to assessment are given under Evidence Requirements and Assessment Guidelines under each Outcome in the Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards section. It is recommended that these sections be read carefully before proceeding with assessment of candidates.


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Economics and the Built Environment The volume of evidence required for each assessment should take into account the overall number of assessments being contemplated within this unit and the design of the overall teaching programme. In designing the assessment instrument/s, opportunities should be taken to generate appropriate evidence to contribute to the assessment of Core Skills units. Opportunities for developing Core Skills The following grid provides a general guide to opportunities for the development of Core Skills in this Unit. Opportunities for the development of Core Skills at the output level are more fully identified in the Core Skills Signposting Guide. Core Skill Outcome

1 Outcome

2 Outcome

3 Outcome

4 Outcome

5 1 Communication

Reading Writing

Oral 2 Numeracy


3 IT





Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Economics and the Built Environment Open learning Given that appropriate materials exist this Unit could be delivered by distance learning, which may incorporate some degree of on-line support. However, with regard to assessment, planning would be required by the centre concerned to ensure the sufficiency and authenticity of candidate evidence. Arrangements would be required to be put in place to ensure that assessment/s were conducted under controlled, supervised conditions. Candidates with additional support needs This Unit specification is intended to ensure that there are no artificial barriers to learning or assessment. The additional support needs of individual candidates should be taken into account when planning learning experiences, selecting assessment instruments or considering alternative Outcomes for Units. For information on these, please refer to the SQA document Guidance on Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Candidates with Disabilities and/or Additional Support Needs, which is available on the SQA website www.sqa.org.uk.


General information for candidates Unit title: Economics and the Built Environment On completion of the Unit you should be able to: 1 Explain basic economic concepts and systems. 2 Describe and explain the market mechanism. 3 Examine the elements of, and influences on business costs. 4 Describe the different types of business organisations found in the construction industry and

their sources of finance. 5 Explain the use of cost benefit analysis. Evidence that you can satisfy the knowledge and skill elements of this Unit will be obtained by assessment in controlled, supervised conditions to which you will not be allowed to bring textbooks, handouts or notes to some of the assessments.


H72F 34, Site Administration (SCQF level 7) 1

Higher National Unit specification General information Unit title: Site Administration (SCQF level 7) Unit code: H72F 34 Superclass: TF Publication date: April 2014 Source: Scottish Qualifications Authority Version: 01

Unit purpose The Unit is designed to provide learners with knowledge and understanding of the different administrative processes required to support a successful building construction project. The Unit is aimed at learners commencing HNC Architectural Technology, HNC/HND Construction Management, HNC/HND Quantity Surveying. The subject matter may also be appropriate in underpinning competencies within a vocational award.

Outcomes On successful completion of the Unit the learner will be able to: 1 Explain the factors affecting the planning and organisation of a construction site. 2 Produce accurate records of construction site activities. 3 Prepare a specific agenda for and participate in a simulated site progress meeting. 4 Explain required administrative procedures on completion of the Works.


Recommended entry to the Unit Entry is at the discretion of the centre.



Unit title: Site Administration (SCQF level 7)








Unit title: Site Administration (SCQF level 7) Acceptable performance in this Unit will be the satisfactory achievement of the standards set out in this part of the Unit specification. All sections of the statement of standards are mandatory and cannot be altered without reference to SQA. Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the Knowledge and/or Skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Learners should not know in advance the items on which they will be assessed and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion.

Outcome 1 Explain the factors affecting the planning and organisation of a construction site.


Site compound

Constraints

Working environment

Health and safety issues

Services and infrastructure

Risk

Outcome 2 Produce accurate records of construction site activities.


Site diaries

Work progress

Site instruction

Material procurement

Labour

Financial control

Outcome 3 Prepare a specific agenda for and participate in a simulated site progress meeting.


Roles and responsibilities

Agenda structure

Minute production

Information requirements



Unit title: Site Administration (SCQF level 7)

Outcome 4 Explain required administrative procedures on completion of the Works.


Faulty work

Practical completion

Defects liability, payments

Insurances

Maintenance

Building owner’s manual

Certifications

Health and Safety requirements


describe a suitable site compound which addresses all Health and Safety issues, risks, access and constraints.

explain the procedures used to record information on site, order materials and consider financial controls.

participate in a simulated site progress meeting and record the meeting.

explain required administrative procedures on completion of the Works.

Assessment for Outcomes 1 and 2 will be conducted by means of an assignment which will require learners to evaluate case studies and apply theoretical knowledge from class lectures/tutorials. Learners can compile their own research material and with tutor supervision, should be trusted to complete the assignment utilising all resources at their disposal. Due to the nature of the assignment, it would be reasonable to allow students to compile coursework both in and out of class time. When sampling, the choice of item is at the discretion of the centre. Time allocated for assessment should be at the discretion of the lecturer but a notional time of 12 hours should be considered. Outcome 1; evidence for the Knowledge/Skills in this Outcome will be generated by the production of a site plan showing the compound set up for a building project. This could be based on a case study building. This should be supported with a 500 word report based on sampling of two out of six Knowledge/Skills. Outcome 2; evidence for the Knowledge/Skills in this Outcome will be generated by a 500 word report for a client explaining the nature of records for construction site activities this must include a minimum of five site diary entries and the procurement of a minimum of five materials.



Unit title: Site Administration (SCQF level 7) Outcome 3; evidence for the Knowledge and/or Skills in this Outcome will be generated by the participation in a simulated formal meeting. Learners will be required to produce an individual record of this meeting in the form of minutes and an agenda. Visual evidence should also be collected for this assessment by ensuring a recording is made of the meeting. Should a second assessment attempt be required, this can be carried out on an individual basis with the learner but must be recorded and written evidence produced of the second meeting. Outcome 4; evidence for the Knowledge/Skills in this Outcome will be generated by an assessment which contains a mixture of short answer, restricted response and structured questions. The assessments should be conducted under closed-book conditions. The assessment should be based on sampling of three out of six Knowledge/Skills.


Higher National Unit Support Notes Unit title: Site Administration (SCQF level 7) Unit Support Notes are offered as guidance and are not mandatory. While the exact time allocated to this Unit is at the discretion of the centre, the notional design length is 40 hours.

Guidance on the content and context for this Unit This Unit has been written in order to allow learners to develop knowledge, understanding and skills in the following areas: 1 The factors affecting the planning and organisation of a construction site. 2 Producing accurate records of construction site activities. 3 Preparing an agenda and minutes for participation in a simulated site progress meeting. 4 To explain the administrative procedures on completion of the works. In these notes the writer has suggested a range of topics which might be expected to be covered by lecturers. There is also recommendation as to how much time should be spent on each Outcome. This has been done to help lecturers to decide what depth of treatment to give the topics chosen for each of the Outcomes. While it is not mandatory for a centre to use this specific list of topics it is strongly recommended that it does so, on the basis that it meets Unit specification requirements and that the Assessment Support Pack is based on this list. Outcome 1: (14 Hours) Explain the factors affecting the planning and organisation of a construction site. The learner is introduced to the concept of site set up and the various factors which must be considered.


Site compound:

— Site offices and welfare facilities — Plant and materials storage

Constraints:

— Access to site — Working hours

Working Environment:

— Site waste management plans — Emergency procedure


Higher National Unit Support Notes (cont) Unit title: Site Administration (SCQF level 7)

Health and Safety Issues:

— Pedestrian and vehicular routes — Fire safety

Services and Infrastructure:

— Electricity, water, etc

Risks:

— Pollution – noise, dust, water — Public Safety

Outcome 2: (8 Hours) Produce accurate records of construction site activities. The need for accurate recording of activities is key to a successful project. Learners will be introduced to the variety of information required to keep these records and the importance of clear, concise communications and its legal relevance in the construction industry.

Site Diaries:

— Method of recording; electronic and manual — Legal and contractual implications of this information

Work Progress:

— Contractors Programme — Possession and Completion dates

Site Instruction:

— Roles and responsibilities of site personnel — Architect/site engineer instructions

Material Procurement:

— Methods; ‘just in time’ — Record keeping

Labour:

— Sub-contractors — Principal contractor

Financial Control:

— Actual v predicted spend — Delays/Corrective action


Higher National Unit Support Notes (cont) Unit title: Site Administration (SCQF level 7) Outcome 3: (4 Hours) Prepare a specific agenda for and participate in a simulated site progress meeting. The learner will be introduced to the format of a site progress meeting as well as the type of information required to record this type of event.

Roles and Responsibilities:

— Chair person — Other professionals

Agenda structure:

— Key information required — Previous minutes

Minute production:

— Type of meeting — Action columns

Information requirements:

— Progress meetings; drawings, schedules may be required — Contractual issues

Outcome 4: (12 Hours) Explain required administrative procedures on completion of the Works. The learner will be introduced to the various administrative procedures which must be carried out at the completion of a construction project. The legal and contractual implications these have on the project.

Faulty Work:

— Work not in accordance with the contract

Practical Completion:

— Certificate — Contractual obligations — Date of issue — Retention money — Interim certificates — Insurance

Rectification Period:

— Certificate — Contractual obligations — Making good certificate — Final certificate — Retention — Payments


Higher National Unit Support Notes (cont) Unit title: Site Administration (SCQF level 7)

Insurances:

— Type of insurance — Liability of contractor at practical completion — Professional indemnity insurances

CDM regulations Requirements:

— Health and safety manual — As built drawings — Maintenance

Guidance on approaches to delivery of this Unit This Unit provides the learner with knowledge and understanding of the administrative procedures relating to site set up and the procurement of a building commonly found within the construction industry. There will be exploration of site compounds, health and safety issues relating to the industry, record keeping and the importance of systems to allow this to be done accurately. This will be related to the building contract throughout the Unit. The structure of this specification is tailored towards a sequential delivery pattern starting with the site set up and concluding with the procedures which must be adhered to at the end of a project. There is nothing, however, to prevent a different delivery model should this be preferred by the centre. Centres are asked to consider imaginative ways in which to contextualise learning when delivering this Unit and of supporting the learner in developing an embedded understanding of fundamental principles inherent in the construction sector. The aim should be to encourage the use of learning and teaching approaches that are varied and appropriate to the aims of the Unit. This might be facilitated by visiting construction/civil engineering sites or construction management organisations where relevant work is carried out. Learners might also be encouraged to carry out assessor structured internet based investigation into basic aspects of the construction industry. There is also perhaps opportunity of integrating or developing knowledge within other components of the programme or when generating evidence within the first year Graded Unit when, for example, undertaking group activity or participating in brief development.

Guidance on approaches to assessment of this Unit Evidence can be generated using different types of assessment. The following are suggestions only. There may be other methods that would be more suitable to learners. It is recommended that the Outcomes be completed in the sequence presented. This does not preclude integration of the diverse subject matter during teaching, tutorials and assessment. Learners should achieve the level of competence required of technician staff employed in the construction industry in such areas as architectural technology, building inspection and maintenance, construction management, project management and quantity surveying.


Higher National Unit Support Notes (cont) Unit title: Site Administration (SCQF level 7) Centres are reminded that prior verification of centre-devised assessments would help to ensure that the national standard is being met. Where learners experience a range of assessment methods, this helps them to develop different skills that should be transferable to work or further and higher education.


Opportunities for developing Core and other essential skills There are opportunities to develop aspects in the Core Skills of Communication. The evidence produced through undertaking all four Outcomes will require the learner to demonstrate competency in using and writing architectural and business language and of showing a proper understanding when reading the task requirements. The participation of a learner within a simulated design team meeting and the production of a written record of this event will involve the learner in key areas of communication. Assessment responses required throughout will demand of the learner an ability to analyse Sustainability aspects are available to be explored by the learner, for example, in determining project sustainability aspirations, reviewing construction strategies, use and aftercare, etc. These should be contextualised into the assessment instrument produced by the centre.



Unit title: Site Administration (SCQF level 7) This section will help you decide whether this is the Unit for you by explaining what the Unit is about, what you should know or be able to do before you start, what you will need to do during the Unit and opportunities for further learning and employment. This Unit will provide you with an appreciation of the complexities of administering a project on site. You will develop an understanding of the procedures and processes which should be followed to ensure accurate recording of site activities. The complexity of the industry and the inter-relationships within will become more evident and the important role of communication between all parties involved in a building project will be established. At the end of the Unit you will have developed knowledge and skills in the following areas:

The suitable set up of a site compound which address all Health and Safety issues, risks, access and constraints.

The procedures used to record information on site, order materials and consider financial controls.

The participation in a simulated site progress meeting and record the meeting.

The required administrative procedures on completion of the Works.

There are opportunities to develop aspects in the Core Skills of Communication. The evidence produced through undertaking all four Outcomes will require you to demonstrate competency in using and writing architectural and business language and of showing a proper understanding when reading the task requirements. The participation of a learner within a simulated design team meeting and the production of a written record of this event will involve the learner in key areas of communication. Assessment responses required throughout will demand of the learner an ability to analyse Sustainability aspects are available to be explored by you, for example, in determining project sustainability aspirations, reviewing construction strategies, use and aftercare, etc. These should be contextualised into the assessment instrument produced by the centre.

Higher National Unit Specification General information for centres Unit title: Statutory Control of Buildings Unit code: DW3W 34 Unit purpose: This Unit is designed to provide the candidates with a range of knowledge and skills related to the statutory and legislative constraints to the design of buildings and the built environment On completion of the Unit the candidate should be able to: 1 Explain the procedures required to gain statutory approvals. 2 Identify development constraints imposed by the Town and Country Planning Act. 3 Apply Building Regulations to a building design. Credit points and level: 1 HN Credit at SCQF level 7: (8 SCQF credit points at SCQF level 7*) *SCQF credit points are used to allocate credit to qualifications in the Scottish Credit and Qualifications Framework (SCQF). Each qualification in the Framework is allocated a number of SCQF credit points at an SCQF level. There are 12 SCQF levels, ranging from Access 1 to Doctorates. Recommended prior knowledge and skills: It would be an advantage for the candidates to have a basic knowledge in construction which may be evidenced by possession of an appropriate Higher or Higher National Unit. Core Skills: There are opportunities to develop the Core Skills of Communication and Numeracy in this Unit, although there is no automatic certification of Core Skills or Core Skills components.’ Context for delivery: If this Unit is delivered as part of a Group Award, it is recommended that it should be taught and assessed within the subject area of the Group Award to which it contributes. Assessment: It is possible to assess candidates either on an individual Outcome basis, combinations of Outcomes or by a single holistic assessment combining all Outcomes. The assessment paper/s should be composed of an appropriate balance of short answer, restricted response and structured questions. Assessment should be conducted under supervised, controlled conditions. A single assessment covering all Outcomes should not exceed 2 hours in duration. It should be noted that candidates must achieve all the minimum evidence specified for each Outcome in order to pass this Unit.

HN Unit (DW3W 34): Statutory Control of Buildings 1

General information for centres (cont) Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the knowledge and/or skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Candidates should not know in advance the items on which they will be assessed and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion. An exemplar instrument of assessment and marking guidelines have been produced to provide an example of the type of evidence required to demonstrate achievement of the aims of this Unit and to indicate the national standard of achievement at SCQF level 7.


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards Unit title: Statutory Control of Buildings Unit code: DW3W 34 The sections of the Unit stating the Outcomes, knowledge and/or skills, and Evidence Requirements are mandatory. Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the knowledge and/or skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Candidates should not know in advance the items on which they will be assessed and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion. Throughout the Unit emphasis will be placed where appropriate on the application of Health & Safety and Sustainability. Safe working practises should be looked at in accordance with current safety codes of practise and regulations. Sustainability should include reference to criteria affecting sustainability, impact of not implementing sustainability on the environment and the legislation promoting sustainability. Outcome 1 Explain the procedures required to gain statutory approvals Knowledge and/or skills

♦ Planning Application and Building Warrant forms are completed ♦ Certificate of Neighbour Notification, including plan showing the location of neighbouring land

to be explained for Planning permission ♦ Certificate of Ownership to be explained for Planning permission ♦ Drawing scales, numbers of drawings and fees required for Planning and Building Warrant

applications Evidence Requirements Candidates will need to provide evidence to demonstrate their knowledge and/or skills by showing that they can: Evidence for the knowledge and/or skills in this Outcome will be provided on a sample basis. In any of the assessment of this Outcome three of the four knowledge and/or skills should be sampled. In order to ensure that the candidates will not be able to foresee what items they will be questioned on, a different sample of the three out of the four knowledge and/or skills in this Outcome are assessed. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response to all three items Candidates will need evidence to demonstrate their knowledge and/or skills by showing that they can: ♦ complete the Building Warrant and the Planning Application process Assessment guidelines Questions used to elicit candidate evidence should take the form of an appropriate balance of short answer, restricted response and structured questions.


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Statutory Control of Buildings Outcome 2 Identify development constraints imposed by the Town and Country Planning Act Knowledge and/or skills

♦ The role of Local government in development control and the development plan ♦ Control of development in conservation areas ♦ Requirements for obtaining listed building consent ♦ Regulations for protection of trees ♦ Permitted Development Orders for domestic buildings Evidence Requirements Evidence for the knowledge and/or skills in this Outcome will be provided on a sample basis. In any of the assessment of this Outcome three of the five knowledge and/or skills should be sampled. In order to ensure that the candidates will not be able to foresee what items they will be questioned on, a different sample of the three out of the five knowledge and/or skills in this Outcome are assessed. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response to all three items.

andidates will need evidence to demonstrate their skills and/or knowledge by showing that they can: C ♦ explain the purpose of development plans , conservation areas and listed buildings ♦ outline how a Local Authority controls development and protects the natural and built

environment in an area explain what is permitted development within the curtilage of a dwellinghouse ♦


utcome 3 O

pply Building Regulations to a building design A


♦ The Building Regulations and how the Guidance Documents are assembled ♦ Purpose and scope of Guidance Documents

s Application of Guidance Documents

♦ Requirements of Guidance Document♦


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Statutory Control of Buildings Evidence Requirements Evidence for the knowledge and/or skills in this Outcome will be provided on a sample basis. In any of the assessment of this Outcome three of the four knowledge and/or skills should be sampled. In order to ensure that the candidates will not be able to foresee what items they will be questioned on, a different sample of the three out of the four knowledge and/or skills in this Outcome are assessed. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response to all three items. Candidates will need evidence to demonstrate their knowledge and/or skills by showing that they can: ♦ explain the purpose of the Building Regulations and how the Guidance Documents are assembled ♦ determine which Regulations apply to limited life and exempt buildings and structures. ♦ estimate compliance with Regulations using measurements taken from a drawing. ♦ determine compliance with regulations designed to limit the spread of fire and protect the

occupants of buildings from the effects of fire. ♦ estimate compliance that adequate sound resistance is achieved by a specified separating wall ♦ use the elemental method for assessing compliance with thermal insulation requirements. Assessment guidelines Evidence for this Outcome should be generated through assessment undertaken in open-book ontrolled conditions. c

Questions used to elicit candidate evidence should take the form of an appropriate balance of short nswer, restricted response and structured questions. a


Administrative Information Unit code: DW3W 34 Unit title: Statutory Control of Buildings Superclass category: TC Date of publication: June 2006 Version: 01 Source: SQA © Scottish Qualifications Authority 2005 This publication may be reproduced in whole or in part for educational purposes provided that no profit is derived from reproduction and that, if reproduced in part, the source is acknowledged. SQA acknowledges the valuable contribution that Scotland’s colleges have made to the development of Higher National qualifications. Additional copies of this Unit specification can be purchased from the Scottish Qualifications Authority. Please contact the Customer Contact Centre for further details, telephone 0845 279 1000.


Higher National Unit specification: support notes Unit title: Statutory Control of Buildings This part of the Unit specification is offered as guidance. The support notes are not mandatory. While the exact time allocated to this Unit is at the discretion of the centre, the notional design length is 40 hours. Guidance on the content and context for this Unit The content of this Unit will provide the candidate with an understanding of how the Statutory Controls are applied to buildings. The Unit is about ensuring that the candidates are provided with an understanding of how the statutory approvals are obtained and the processes involved to achieve these approvals. The Unit will raise awareness of the regulatory and legal requirements involved in the construction process. Outcome 1 — (5 hours)

♦ Explain how Planning Application and Building Warrant forms are completed. ♦ Certificate of Neighbour Notification, including plan showing the location of neighbouring land

to be explained for Planning permission. ♦ Certificate of Ownership to be explained for Planning permission. ♦ Identify the drawing scales, numbers of drawings and fees required for Planning and Building

applications.

Outcome 2 — (11 hours) ♦ Explain the purpose of the development plan and how it is made up of two parts (the structure

plan and local plan). ♦ Outline how a Local Authority determines that an area is deemed a conservation area ie (areas of

special architectural or historic interest), also what controls can be implemented in this area ie (controls on demolition of buildings, preserving trees, withdrawal of permitted development rights).

♦ Describe how each listed building is categorised as A, B and C and indicate the procedures for obtaining listed building consent from the Planning Authority.

♦ Explain what a tree preservation order as part of the development control system. ♦ Explain what is permitted development within the curtilage of a dwellinghouse ie (classes 1–9 in

the Town and Country Planning (General Permitted Development) (Scotland) Order 1992.

utcome 3 — (22 Hours) O

Explain the ♦ purpose of the Building Regulations and how the Guidance Documents are

♦ gs also what are limited life

♦ s are applied to buildings under Schedule 4 of The Building

♦ ents regarding the structural aspect of a building with reference to the Small Buildings Guide.

assembled. Indicate the type of building work that does requires a building warrant, which types of buildinand services etc are exempted from the Building Regulation control buildings as defined in The Building (Scotland ) Regulations 2005. Indicate how measurement rule(Scotland ) Regulations 2005. Outline the Building Regulation requirem


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Statutory Control of Buildings ♦ Explain the purpose of compartmentation and separation are and how it is applied to a building.

Referring to Guidance Document section 2 for maximum floor areas for specific buildings. ♦ Indicate when structural elements of a building required to be fire protected. ♦ Evaluate the distance that a building can be located from a boundary using calculation methods

in Guidance Document section 2. ♦ Travel distance, calculate escape route widths, numbers of escape routes, protected zones to be

calculated as specified in Guidance Document section 2. ♦ Determine the minimum natural and mechanical ventilation requirements using calculation

methods in Guidance Document section 3. ♦ Sanitary provision numbers to be assessed in accordance with guidance in Guidance Document

section 3. ♦ Determine the adequacy of stairs and ramps in accordance with guidance in Guidance Document

section 4( pitch, rise and going sizes, headroom, handrails heights, ramp length and gradients etc).

♦ Calculate the mass of a specified wall construction and compare separating wall construction with specified construction in Guidance Document section 5 to determine that adequate sound resistance for domestic buildings.

♦ Evaluate whether a building elements achieve compliance with specified minimum standards using tables 1 and 2 of the Elemental Method in Guidance Document section 6 for domestic buildings and non domestic buildings.

uidance on the delivery and assessment of this Unit G

It is recommended that centres facilitate hands- on experience for the candidates as far as is possible and encourage visits to Local Authority Planning and Building Control departments to gain a practical insight into regulatory and legal controls taught throughout this Unit. In addition, or alternatively,

elivery and assessment could be linked to real life case studies. d Candidates should understand that there are Statutory Controls required to be met when carrying out

uilding work b They should be aware of the process involved in obtaining Planning Permission and Building Warrant pproval also the development constraints under the Town and Country Planning (Scotland) Act. a

The Unit will also examine the application of the Building (Scotland) Regulation Guidance Documents highlight specific examples in each section to allow the candidate a broad understanding

f how the regulation are applied and the purpose of the regulations o


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Statutory Control of Buildings Opportunities for developing Core Skills The following grid provides a general guide to opportunities for the development of Core Skills in this Unit. Opportunities for the development of Core Skills at the output level are more fully identified in the Core Skills Sign Posting Guide’. Core Skill Outcome

1 Outcome

2 Outcome

3 Outcome

4 Outcome

5 1 Communication

Reading Writing

Oral 2 Numeracy


3 IT



Reviewing and Evaluating 5 Working with Others Open learning Given that appropriate materials exist this Unit could be delivered by distance learning, which may incorporate some degree of on-line support. However, with regard to assessment, planning would be required by the centre concerned to ensure the sufficiency and authenticity of candidate evidence. Arrangements would be required to be put in place to ensure that assessment/s were conducted under controlled, supervised conditions. Candidates with additional support needs This Unit specification is intended to ensure that there are no artificial barriers to learning or assessment. The additional support needs of individual candidates should be taken into account when planning learning experiences, selecting assessment instruments or considering alternative Outcomes for Units. For information on these, please refer to the SQA document Guidance on Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Candidates with Disabilities and/or Additional Support Needs, which is available on SQA’s website: www.sqa.org.uk.


General information for candidates Unit title: Statutory Control of Buildings This Unit is designed to involve candidates in practical exercises and is aimed at those who may be or will be involved in applying for Statutory consents for building work such as Architectural Technologists, Building Surveyors and Building Control Officers. In Outcome 1 you will gain a practical understanding of the processes involved in obtaining Statutory Approvals from Local Authority Planning and Building Control departments when carrying out building work. In Outcome 2 you will gain an understanding of the development constraints that a can be imposed on a developer under the Town and Country Planning Act and an overview of how planning application decisions are the basis of development plans In Outcome 3 you will learn the purpose of the Building Regulations and how the Guidance documents are used to achieve compliance with the Building Regulations when carrying out building work. You will also learn what type of construction work does not require Building Warrant approval.


Higher National Unit Specification General information for centres Unit title: Construction Planning Unit code: DW4J 35 Unit purpose: This Unit is designed to provide the candidate with basic construction planning and programming skills. On completion of the Unit the candidate should be able to: 1 Prepare project programmes using manual methods. 2 Prepare project program using project software 3 Prepare a method statement for a small construction project. Credit points and level: 1 HN Credit at SCQF level 8: (8 SCQF credit points at SCQF level 8*). *SCQF credit points are used to allocate credit to qualifications in the Scottish Credit and Qualifications Framework (SCQF). Each qualification in the Framework is allocated a number of SCQF credit points at an SCQF level. There are 12 SCQF levels, ranging from Access 1 to Doctorates. Recommended prior knowledge and skills: It is recommended that this Unit is delivered to candidates who have some knowledge of the technologies and procedures in the construction industry. Core Skills: There are opportunities to develop the Core Skill(s) of Communication, Numeracy, IT, Problem Solving, in this Unit, although there is no automatic certification of Core Skills or Core Skills components. Context for delivery: If this Unit is delivered as part of a Group Award, it is recommended that it should be taught and assessed within the subject area of the Group Award to which it contributes. Assessment: There are three outcomes of which the first will assess the candidates knowledge and understanding of the techniques used to programme construction projects. Outcome 2 will develop and build on what has been achieved in the first outcome and utilise project management software to prepare programmes and schedules, while Outcome 3 will be assessed by preparation of a method statement for a “small” construction project.

HN Unit (DW4J 35): Construction Planning 1

General information for centres (cont) It is possible to assess candidates either on an individual Outcome basis, combinations of outcomes or by a single holistic assessment combining all Outcomes. The assessment paper/s should be composed of an appropriate balance of short answer, restricted response and structured questions. Assessment should be conducted under supervised controlled conditions. A single assessment covering all outcomes should not exceed three hours in duration. It should be noted that candidates must achieve all the minimum evidence specified for each Outcome in order to pass this Unit. An exemplar instrument of assessment and marking guidelines have been produced to provide an example of the type of evidence required to demonstrate achievement of the aims of this Unit and to indicate the national standard of achievement at SCQF level 8. Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the knowledge and/or skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Candidates should not know in advance the items on which they will be assessed and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion.


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards Unit title: Construction Planning Unit code: DW4J 35 The sections of the Unit stating the Outcomes, knowledge and/or skills, and evidence requirements are mandatory. Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the knowledge and/or skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Candidates should not know in advance the items on which they will be assessed and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion. Throughout the Unit emphasis will be placed where appropriate on the application of Health and Safety and Sustainability. Safe working practices should be looked at in accordance with current safety codes of practice and regulations. Sustainability should include reference to criteria affecting sustainability, impact of not implementing sustainability on the environment and the legislation promoting sustainability. Outcome 1 Prepare a project programmes using manual methods Knowledge and/or skills

♦ The need for planning in the construction industry ♦ Major factors in construction planning ♦ Planning methods — bar charts, arrow and precedence diagrams , application of logic,

construction and analysis of networks, scheduling, project durations, critical path, float and activity dates, resource allocations, updating and monitoring

Evidence Requirements In any assessment of this Outcome all knowledge and/or skills items should be included. Candidates

ust provide a satisfactory response to all items. m Candidates will need to provide evidence to demonstrate their knowledge and/or skills by showing that they can:

mat ♦ produce networks in either arrow or precedence for♦ time analyse networks and advise project duration ♦ identify critical activities, the critical path and float times

draw bar charts from the networks

s. as such candidates should be

allowed to bring textbooks, handouts or notes to the assessment.

♦ Assessment guidelines Evidence should be generated through assessment undertaken in controlled, supervised conditionAssessment should be conducted under open book conditions and


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Construction Planning Evidence might be derived from analysis of a case study involving a set of project drawings from which the candidate is required to produce and analyse a network; or a project analysis providing duration and activity relationships and requiring analysis of resource allocations. Outcome 2 Prepare a project program using project software Knowledge and/or skills

♦ Alternative project planning and management software packages ♦ Use of software tools for construction project planning and management Evidence Requirements In any assessment of this Outcome all knowledge and/or skills items should be included. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response to all items. Candidates will need to provide evidence to demonstrate their knowledge and/or skills by showing that they can:

select an appropriate software package mat

♦♦ produce networks in either arrow or precedence for♦ time analyse networks and advice project duration ♦ identify critical activities, the critical path and float times

draw bar charts from the networks

lysis providing uration and activity relationships and requiring analysis of resource allocations.

utcome 3

repare a method statement for a small construction project

ethod statement methods of construction

nd/or skills items should be included. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response to all items.

♦ Assessment guidelines Evidence might be derived from analysis of a case study involving a set of project drawings from which the candidate is required to produce and analyse a network; or a project anad O P Knowledge and/or skills

♦ Relationship between the estimate, programme and m♦ Comparison of alternative Evidence Requirements In any assessment of this outcome all knowledge a


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Construction Planning Candidates will need to provide evidence to demonstrate their knowledge and/or skills by showing that they can: ♦ produce a method statement for a given situation Assessment guidelines Evidence should be generated through assessment undertaken in controlled, supervised conditions. Assessment should be conducted under closed book conditions and as such candidates should not be allowed to bring textbooks, handouts or notes to the assessment. Evidence might be derived from analysis of a case study involving a set of project drawings from which the candidate is required to produce and analyse a network; or a project analysis providing duration and activity relationships and requiring analysis of resource allocations. A method statement might be required for a major element of a project; or derived from suitable case study material.


Administrative Information Unit code: DW4J 35 Unit title: Construction Planning Superclass category: TF Date of publication: June 2006 Version: 01 Source: SQA © Scottish Qualifications Authority 2005 This publication may be reproduced in whole or in part for educational purposes provided that no profit is derived from reproduction and that, if reproduced in part, the source is acknowledged. SQA acknowledges the valuable contribution that Scotland’s colleges have made to the development of Higher National qualifications. Additional copies of this Unit specification can be purchased from the Scottish Qualifications Authority. Please contact the Customer Contact Centre for further details, telephone 0845 279 1000.


Higher National Unit specification: support notes Unit title: Construction Planning This part of the Unit specification is offered as guidance. The support notes are not mandatory. While the exact time allocated to this Unit is at the discretion of the centre, the notional design length is 40 hours. Guidance on the content and context for this Unit This Unit has been prepared to provide an understanding of (some of) the principles of construction planning: 1 Prepare project programmes using manual methods. 2 Prepare project program using project software 3 Prepare a method statement for a small construction project. This Unit, at SCQF level 8, is a mandatory Unit within the HND Construction Management award. In designing this Unit, the writers have identified the range of support information requiring to be delivered; the notional times for each outcome have also been identified. Outcome 1 Prepare a programme manually (14 hours) ♦ The need for planning in the construction Industry. ♦ Pre contract, contract and post-contract phases. Need to effectively integrate activities and

resource requirements. Communication with project team. Constraints. Project Control. ♦ Major factors in Construction Planning. ♦ Logical activity progression. Identification of resource requirements. Effective scheduling of

human, material, equipment and financial resources. Progress monitoring. ♦ Planning methods — bar charts, arrow and precedence diagrams, application of logic,

construction and analysis of networks, scheduling, project durations, critical path, float and activity dates, resource allocations, updating and monitoring.

utcome 2 O

repare a programme using project management software (13 hours) P

Types of project planning and management software. Preparation of bar charts, arrow and precedence diagrams, application of logic, construction and analysis of networks, schedulinproject durat

♦ g,

ions, critical path, float and activity dates, resource allocations, updating and monitoring.


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Construction Planning Outcome 3 Prepare a method statement (13 hours) ♦ Relationship between estimate, programme and method statement. ♦ Format of method statement, Planning Supervisor ♦ Health and Safety factors, alternative methods of construction. ♦ Labour, Plant, Materials and Financial considerations.

uidance on the delivery and assessment of this Unit G It is recommended that this Unit is delivered in the second half of an HNC/D award programme. Prior knowledge and competence of the construction technology Units is essential. The content of this Unit relates closely to other Units in the Built Environment award/s and delivery/assessment

ight be beneficially integrated with that of other Units. m Where available, evidence from the workplace can also be incorporated to enhance the learning

utcomes, provided that this evidence is appropriate and authenticated as the candidate’s own work. o Group work may contribute to the assessment. However, planning would be required by the centre to ensure the sufficiency and authenticity of candidate evidence. Arrangements would be required to be

ut in place to ensure that assessment/s were conducted under controlled supervised conditions. p The volume of evidence required for each assessment should take into account the overall number of ssessments being contemplated within this Unit and the design of the overall teaching programme. a

pportunities for developing Core Skills O

The following grid provides a general guide to opportunities for the development of Core Skills in this Unit. Opportunities for the development of Core Skills at the output level are more fully identified in he Core Skills Signposting Guide. t


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Construction Planning Core Skill Outcome

1 Outcome

2 Outcome

3 Outcome

4 Outcome

5 1 Communication

Reading Writing

Oral 2 Numeracy


3 IT



Reviewing and Evaluating 5 Working with Others Open learning Given that appropriate materials exist this unit could be delivered by distance learning, which may incorporate some degree of on-line support. However with regard to assessment planning would be required by the centre concerned to ensure the sufficiency and authenticity of candidate evidence. Arrangements would be required to be put in place to ensure that assessments were conducted under controlled, supervised conditions. Candidates with additional support needs This Unit specification is intended to ensure that there are no artificial barriers to learning or assessment. The additional support needs of individual candidates should be taken into account when planning learning experiences, selecting assessment instruments or considering alternative Outcomes for Units. For information on these, please refer to the SQA document Guidance on Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Candidates with Disabilities and/or Additional Support Needs, which is available on SQA’s website: www.sqa.org.uk.


General information for candidates Unit title: Construction Planning On completion of the Unit the candidate should be able to: 1 Prepare project programmes using manual methods. 2 Prepare project program using project software 3 Prepare a method statement for a small construction project. Assessment will be all open book case study work.


H731 35, Construction Management: Graded Unit 2 (SCQF level 8) 1

Higher National Project-based Graded Unit Specification General Information This Graded Unit has been validated as part of the review of HNCs within Built Environment award suite. Centres are required to develop the assessment instrument in accordance with this validated specification. Centres wishing to use another type of Graded Unit or assessment instrument are required to submit proposals detailing the justification for change for validation.

Graded Unit title: Construction Management: Graded Unit 2 (SCQF level 8) Graded Unit code: H731 35 Type of Project: Case Study Publication date: July 2014 Source: Scottish Qualifications Authority Version: 02

Graded Unit purpose This Graded Unit is designed to provide evidence that the learner has achieved the following principal aims of the HND Construction Management: General aims — to develop:

skills of study, research and analysis

ability to define and solve problems

transferable skills

ability to be flexible and work cooperatively with others

responsibility for own learning

planning, organisational and review/evaluation skills

technical skills — broadening and deepening

oral, written and pictorial communication skills

numerical and ICT skills

resource management ability

flexibility, knowledge, skills and motivation as a basis for progression to graduate and postgraduate studies


Higher National Project-based Graded Unit Specification: General Information (cont) The principle aims are to:

Prepare learners for employment in the management of construction projects involving coordination of many different types of organisation, perhaps from different countries, in constructing buildings of ever increasing complexity under modern procurement systems.

Provide learners with a range of contemporary vocational skills embracing the management of construction organisations and human resources, together with construction, technology, contracts, law, financial and information technology, planning and elements of site administration.

Combine the skills that will allow learners to develop in areas relevant to future employment or progression via higher education.

Provide learners with a range of skills to support learning in the SVQ 4 Construction: Technical Modern Apprenticeship Frameworks.


Construction Management: Graded Unit 2 integrates several elements from the mandatory Units in the framework to provide a coherent, co-ordinated and relevant case study which will encourage the learners to demonstrate the extent of their knowledge and understanding of the subject area.

Credit points and level 2 Higher National Unit credits at SCQF level 8: (16 SCQF credit points at SCQF level 8)

Recommended entry to the Graded Unit It is recommended that the learner should have completed or be in the process of completing the following Units relating to the above principal aims prior to undertaking this Graded Unit:


SCQF level

SQA credit

Mandatory Units

Architectural Design Sketching and Drawing DW3R 34 8 7 1

Building Measurement and Cost Studies H726 34 8 7 1

Building Science DW4H 34 8 7 1

Building Services: An Introduction DW4P 33 8 6 1

Building Services in Large Buildings H727 35 8 8 1

Construction Industry Fundamentals H728 34 8 7 1

Construction Materials and Specifications DW53 34 8 7 1

Construction Planning DW4J 35 8 8 1

Construction Site Surveying A DW5H 34 8 7 1

Construction Site Surveying B DW5J 34 8 7 1

Construction Technology: Domestic Construction DW54 33 8 6 1

Construction Technology: Substructure H72A 34 8 7 1




SCQF level

SQA credit

Mandatory Units (cont)

Construction Technology: Industrial/Commercial Superstructure

H729 34 8 7 1

Economics and the Built Environment DW3G 35 8 8 1

Health and Safety in Construction DW4E 34 8 7 1

Human Resource Management in Construction DW4K 35 8 8 1

Managing Construction Organisations DW43 35 8 8 1

Mathematics for Construction H72L 33 8 6 1

Quality in Construction DW4G 34 8 7 1

Scottish Law for Construction H72C 35 8 8 1

Site Administration H72F 34 8 7 1

Statutory Control of Buildings DW3W 34 8 7 1

Standard Forms of Construction Contract H72G 35 8 8 1

Sustainability and Modern Methods of Construction H72D 35 8 8 1

Mandatory option (1 credit needed)

Built Environment: Graded Unit 1 H72R 34 8 7 1

Construction Management: Graded Unit 1 H730 34 8 7 1

Mandatory option (1 credit need)

CAD: 2D I DW1E 34 8 7 1

CAD: 2D II DW12 34 8 7 1

Core Skills Achievement of this Unit gives automatic certification of the following: Complete Core Skill Problem Solving at SCQF level 6 Core Skill component None There are also opportunities to develop aspects of Core Skills which are highlighted in the Support Notes of the Unit Specifications for this Course.

Assessment Support Pack The Assessment Support Pack for this Unit provides assessment and marking guidelines that exemplify the national standard for achievement. It is a valid, reliable and practicable instrument of assessment. Centres wishing to develop their own assessments should refer to the Assessment Support Pack to ensure a comparable standard. Assessment Support Packs are available on SQA’s secure website.

Equality and inclusion This Graded Unit has been designed to ensure that there are no unnecessary barriers to learning or assessment. The individual needs of learners should be taken into account when planning learning experiences, selecting assessment methods or considering alternative evidence.


Further advice can be found on SQA’s website: www.sqa.org.uk/assessmentarrangements




Graded Unit title: Construction Management: Graded Unit 2 (SCQF level 8)

Assessment This Graded Unit will be assessed by the use of a project-based case study developed by centres. The project should provide the learner with the opportunity to produce evidence that demonstrates she/he has met the aims of this Graded Unit. The project undertaken by the learner must be a complex task which involves:

variables which are complex or unfamiliar

relationships which need to be clarified

a context which may be unfamiliar to the learner

The project must require the learner to:

analyse the task and decide on a course of action for undertaking the project

plan and organise work and carry it through to completion

reflect on what has been done and draw conclusions for the future

produce evidence of meeting the aims which this Graded Unit has been designed to cover.

The assessment task should be a project-based case study within the context of a domestic, industrial or commercial building development project (new build or refurbishment). The range of the tasks to be undertaken should be defined in relation to the context of the particular building development, and what it is reasonable to expect of learners in the time scales available. The issues selected should focus on the main aims of the HND programme, and the need to demonstrate an ability to integrate knowledge and skills across the mandatory Units in the award. The investigation should allow the learner(s) to demonstrate valid and realistic responses to the current and future needs of an ongoing development including, where appropriate, issues of Health and Safety and sustainability. Safe working practices should be looked at in accordance with current safety codes of practice and regulations. Sustainability should include reference to criteria affecting sustainability, impact of not implementing sustainability on the environment and the legislation promoting sustainability. NOTE: Where learners are progressing from a HNC to a HND programme the centre may wish to consider whether the HND Graded Unit 2 task/s might be an extension of the tasks for the HNC Graded Unit 1. A similar progression might also be considered for learners progressing through the three Graded Units credits of a HND.




Conditions of assessment The learner should be given a date for completion of the project. However, the instructions for the project should be distributed to allow the learner sufficient time to assimilate the details and carry out the project. During the time between the distribution of the project instructions and the completion date, assessors may answer questions, provide clarification, guidance and reasonable assistance. The project should be marked as soon as possible after the completion date. The final grading given should reflect the quality of the learner’s evidence at the time of the completion date. The evidence for the project is generated over time and involves three distinct stages, where each stage should be achieved before the next is undertaken. Thus any re-assessment of stages can be undertaken before proceeding to the next stage. If a learner fails the project overall or wishes to upgrade, then this must be done using a substantially different project, ie all stages are undertaken using a new project, assignment, case study, etc. In this case, a learner’s grade will be based on the achievement in the re-assessment. The learner should be given a date for submission of each stage and for final completion of the case study. Parameters should be agreed with the tutor/supervisor by the learner(s) on a continuing basis providing clarification, guidance and reasonable assistance. Each assessment task should be marked as soon as possible after the submission date. The final grading given should reflect the quality of the learner’s evidence at the time of the completion date, including any oral examination. Re-assessment of this Graded Unit should be based on a significantly different assessment task. At this level, learners should work independently within the context of a typical working environment. It is up to centres to take reasonable steps to ensure that the learners bring their specialist knowledge and experience to the project. For example, centres may wish to informally question learners at various stages on their knowledge and understanding of the project/case study on which they have embarked. Centres should ensure where research, etc is carried out in other establishments or under the supervision of others that the learner does not receive undue assistance. Learners should be allowed to use appropriate technology within and out with the college environment. To ensure authentication of work it is advisable for learners to complete a log or diary recording progress and tasks completed. There should be regular meetings between the tutor and learner(s) to review progress and these meetings should be recorded. The final evaluation should include an oral examination of each learner's understanding of the evidence submitted. Where possible the involvement of an employer in the oral examination is encouraged.




Evidence Requirements for this Graded Unit The project undertaken by learners will consist of three stages: planning; developing; and evaluating. The following table specifies the minimum evidence required to pass each stage.


Stage 1 —

Planning

Develop a plan for completion of tasks 2 and 3:

Suitable time line action plan

Record of associated activities

15%

The learner must achieve all of the minimum evidence specified above in order to pass the Planning stage.

Stage 2 —

Developing

Use appropriate methods in undertaking the specified tasks:

Selected criteria with reasoning/justification

Identified required data

‘First principles’ evaluation of agreed elements of the task

Evaluation using computer packages or other alternative processes

Produce evidence (reports, drawings, schedules, calculations, specifications), etc:

Adequate reports, drawings, schedules, calculations, specifications, etc to justify understanding and completion of required tasks

Rationale and justification for proposal submitted Create a project portfolio:

Portfolio including executive summary and evidence of development and conclusions

Presentation as introduction to an oral examination to include design objectives and summary of chosen solutions

70%

The learner must achieve all of the minimum evidence specified above in order to pass the Developing stage.





Stage 3 —

Evaluating

Reflect on the Outcomes of tasks 1 and 2:

Critical evaluation of Outcomes achieved compared with the time line action plan

Critical comparison of submitted evidence against initial objectives

Identification of feedback to inform future similar tasks

15%

The learner must achieve all of the minimum evidence specified above in order to pass the Evaluating stage.




Assessing and grading learners The overall project will be marked out of 200. Only whole marks should be used. The percentage of marks allocated to each stage of the project is outlined in the Evidence Requirements. It is a requirement that learners must meet the minimum Evidence Requirements for the Planning stage before progressing to the Developing stage before progressing to the Evaluating stage. Learners may produce evidence over and above that specified in the minimum Evidence Requirements and deserve more than half the available marks for that stage. Assessors should use the Grade Related Criteria outlined below to judge learner performance. Learners are required to work independently to meet the Evidence Requirements of the Graded Unit. At the same time, learners need appropriate support. SQA uses the term ‘reasonable assistance’ to describe the balance between supporting learners in their project and not providing too much assistance. At the end of each stage there should be opportunities for remediation and re-assessment of learners for that particular stage. This includes the final Evaluation stage. Any re-assessment should be carried out in line with the centre’s own assessment policy.

Grade Related Criteria

Grade A Grade C

Is a seamless, coherent piece of work which: Is a co-ordinated piece of work which:

has sufficient evidence for the three essential phases of the project, is produced to a high standard, and is quite clearly inter-related

has sufficient evidence of the three essential phases of the project, is produced to an adequate standard

demonstrates an accurate and insightful interpretation of the project brief

demonstrates an acceptable interpretation of the project brief

is highly focused and relevant to the tasks associated with the project brief

is focused and relevant to the tasks associated with the project brief

is clear and well-structured throughout and language used is of a high standard in terms of level, accuracy and technical content

is satisfactorily structured and language used is adequate in terms of level, accuracy and technical content

effectively consolidates and integrates required knowledge and skills

consolidates and integrates knowledge and skills but this may lack some continuity and consistency

demonstrates the learner’s ability to work autonomously

demonstrates independent learning with minimum support and revision during project



Graded Unit title: Construction Management: Graded Unit 2 (SCQF level 8) The marks allocated to each stage will then be aggregated to arrive at an overall mark for the project. Assessors will then assign an overall grade to the learner for this Graded Unit based on the following grade boundaries. A = 70%–100% B = 60%–69% C = 50%–59% These grade boundaries are fixed and should not be amended. If a learner does not achieve a pass or wishes to upgrade, then this must be done using a substantially different project, ie all stages are undertaken using a new project (case study, investigation or practical assignment). In these circumstances, the highest grade achieved should be awarded. More information on reasonable assistance, remediation and re-assessment may be found in the SQA publication Guidance for the Implementation of Graded Units in Higher National Certificates and Diplomas (SQA, 2008, Publication code: CA4405).


Higher National Project-based Graded Unit Support Notes Graded Unit title: Construction Management: Graded Unit 2 (SCQF level 8)

Guidance on approaches to delivery and assessment of this Graded Unit It is intended that this Unit will integrate and consolidate the skills and knowledge gained through study of the other constituent Units in the HND Construction Management framework. As a result, the learner should be introduced to the case study only after the introductory Units have been completed. The delivery of the Graded Unit can run concurrently with that of the specialism Units. In this way the learner should be adequately prepared to meet the challenges presented by the case study. It is possible that the tutor/assessor may have to recapitulate some of the content of the other Units in order to reinforce the learning and knowledge of the learner in specific areas. This recap of previous work would be entirely appropriate, but must be left to the discretion of the tutor/assessor to decide to what extent any review would be required. The case study brief/assessment instructions must be issued to allow the learner sufficient time to assimilate the details and carry out the assessment tasks. During the time between the issue of the project brief and the submission date, the tutors/assessors may answer questions, provide clarification, offer guidance and ‘reasonable assistance’. As the case study is produced in three distinct stages, it is recommended that regular progress/guidance interviews are scheduled with each learner to ensure that actual progress is apparent and valid evidence is in production. These should enhance student experience and performance, but also allow early identification of misinterpretation or disengagement.

Opportunities for developing Core and other essential skills Throughout the natural processes of preparation and production of evidence for this case study, the learner will develop and demonstrate many elements of each Core Skill as follows: Communication — Analysis of research materials to prepare both written and oral presentations. Numeracy — Graphical presentation of Land Surveying operations and Measurement and Cost research and development Outcomes. Information and Communication Technology (ICT) — Accessing information for base research purposes. Assimilation and analysis of research information. Creation of graphical and narrative materials for presentation purposes.


Higher National Project-based Graded Unit Support Notes (cont) Graded Unit title: Construction Management: Graded Unit 2 (SCQF level 8) Working with Others — Co-operatively, as part of a team in practical situations. Problem Solving — Critical Thinking, Planning and Organisation, Review and Evaluation are fundamental to all elements of this case study. The case study will allow the learner to develop a variety of supplementary skills and attributes which enhance life skills and the educational experience. Such skills tied to enterprise, employability, sustainable development and citizenship are deemed essential to success in learning, life and work. They should be nurtured wherever possible. The wide range of work to be completed within the case study will provide the learner with opportunity to reflect upon collateral soft skills found, for example, in career development, developing self-confidence, team working, inter-dependence, problem solving, understanding rights and responsibilities, etc. This Unit has the Core Skill of Problem Solving embedded in it, so when candidates achieve this Unit their Core Skills profile will be updated to show that they have achieved Problem Solving at SCQF Level 6.


History of changes to Graded Unit


02

Core Skill Problem Solving at SCQF level 6 embedded. 25/07/2014




Graded Unit title: Construction Management: Graded Unit 2 (SCQF level 8) This Unit is suitable for learners with limited experience in the construction industry aiming for a career as a technician, technologist or other construction professional. The Unit forms part of a Group Award designed to provide learners with technical and professional knowledge and skills when working within the built environment arena. The principle aims are to:

Prepare learners for employment in the management of construction projects involving coordination of many different types of organisation, perhaps from different countries, in constructing buildings of ever increasing complexity under modern procurement systems.

Provide learners with a range of contemporary vocational skills embracing the management of construction organisations and human resources, together with construction, technology, contracts, law, financial and information technology, planning and elements of site administration.

Combine the skills that will allow learners to develop in areas relevant to future employment or progression via higher education.

Provide learners with a range of skills to support learning in the SVQ 4 Construction: Technical Modern Apprenticeship Frameworks.


Construction Management: Graded Unit 2 integrates several elements from the mandatory Units in the framework to provide a coherent, co-ordinated and relevant case study which will encourage you to demonstrate the extent of your knowledge and understanding of the subject area.

Assessment of the Unit takes the form of a Case Study. You will develop your ability to apply knowledge and skills, gained through study of other component parts of the course, to the solution of real or hypothetical building design problems. These will mimic real life scenarios where designers have to respond positively to a range of factors and provide valid and coherent solutions to a range of challenges. You will investigate the planning and management strategies for a construction project based on a domestic, industrial or commercial building development. You will prepare pre-construction documentation which details and justifies the management proposals for the specific construction project. Opportunity exists to support management proposals with technical investigations on the environmental impact of the project. An evaluation stage towards the end of the project will allow them to reflect on project development and to provide a written explanation of performance, progress and product. The Graded Unit Case Study is considered to be the culmination of a formal course of study leading to an HNC or HND Qualification. As such, the assessment will normally be issued towards the end of that study programme with submission of the completed work being the final element of the Qualification. You will be given a date for completion of the Case Study. Parameters should be agreed by you and your tutor/supervisor who will provide clarification, guidance and reasonable assistance on a continuing basis.


General information for learners (cont)

Graded Unit title: Construction Management: Graded Unit 2 (SCQF level 8) Assessors will mark each stage of the project, taking into account the criteria outlined. The marks will then be aggregated to arrive at an overall mark for the project. Assessors will then assign an overall grade to you for this Graded Unit based on the following grade boundaries. A = 70%–100% B = 60%–69% C = 50%–59% Note: You must achieve all of the minimum evidence specified for each stage of the project in order to achieve the Graded Unit. Throughout the natural processes of preparation and production of evidence for this case study, you will develop and demonstrate many elements of each Core Skill such as Communications, Numeracy, Information and Communication Technology (ICT), Working with Others and Problem Solving.

Higher National Unit Specification General information for centres Unit title: Estimating Unit code: DW3H 34 Unit purpose: The Unit is designed to enable candidates to gain knowledge, understanding and skills in estimating costs and rates at various stages of a building project. On completion of the Unit the candidate should be able to: 1 Apply approximate estimating techniques to carry out estimates at outline proposal stage. 2 Build up an hourly rate for a tradesman or labourer based on given data. 3 Build up unit rates for items in a bill of quantities. 4 Perform pro rata calculations. Credit points and level: 1 HN Credit at SCQF level 7: (8 SCQF credit points at SCQF level 7*). *SCQF credit points are used to allocate credit to qualifications in the Scottish Credit and Qualifications Framework (SCQF). Each qualification in the Framework is allocated a number of SCQF credit points at an SCQF level. There are 12 SCQF levels, ranging from Access 1 to Doctorates. Recommended prior knowledge and skills: It would be beneficial if candidates had a basic knowledge and understanding of the construction industry, the various stages of a building project and traditional domestic building construction. Possession of basic knowledge and understanding may be evidenced by possession of appropriate NC or NQ Unit awards. Core Skills: There are opportunities to develop the Core Skills of Communication, Numeracy, IT and Problem Solving in this Unit, although there is no automatic certification of Core Skills or Core Skills components. Context for delivery: If this Unit is delivered as part of a Group Award, it is recommended that it should be taught and assessed within the subject area of the Group Award to which it contributes. Assessment: It is possible to assess candidates either on an individual Outcome basis, combinations of Outcomes or by a single holistic assessment combining all Outcomes such as a single case study. The assessment paper/s should be composed of structured calculative questions. Assessment should be conducted under supervised, controlled conditions. A single assessment covering all Outcomes should not exceed 3 hours in duration. It should be noted that candidates must achieve all the minimum evidence specified for each Outcome in order to pass this Unit.

HN Unit (DW3H 34): Estimating 1

General information for centres (cont) Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the knowledge and/or skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Candidates should not know in advance the items on which they will be assessed and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion. An exemplar instrument of assessment and marking guidelines has been produced to provide examples of the type of evidence required to demonstrate achievement of the aims of this Unit and to indicate the national standard of achievement at SCQF level 7.


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards Unit title: Estimating Unit code: DW3H 34 The sections of the Unit stating the Outcomes, knowledge and/or skills, and evidence requirements are mandatory. Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the knowledge and/or skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Candidates should not know in advance the items on which they will be assessed and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion. Throughout the unit emphasis will be placed where appropriate on the application of Health and Safety and Sustainability. Safe working practises should be looked at in accordance with current safety codes of practise and regulations. Sustainability should include reference to criteria affecting sustainability, impact of not implementing sustainability on the environment and the legislation promoting sustainability. Outcome 1 Apply approximate estimating techniques to carry out estimates at outline proposal stage. Knowledge and/or skills ♦ Unit of accommodation method ♦ Area method ♦ Volume method ♦ Cost analysis method ♦ Approximate quantities and composite rates Evidence Requirements In this Outcome candidates will be required to demonstrate their knowledge and/or skills by showing that they can: ♦ carry out an approximate estimate at the outline proposal stage of a project

vidence for the knowledge and/or skills in this Outcome will be provided on a sample basis. E

In any assessment of this Outcome two out of five knowledge and/or skills items should be sampled,

ne of which must be either the cost analysis or approximate quantities method. o In order to ensure that candidates will not be able to foresee what items they will be questioned on, a different sample of two out of five knowledge and/or skills is required each time the Outcome is assessed. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response to each of the two items sampled.


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Estimating Assessment guidelines The assessment instrument for this Unit might use a single case study requiring outline proposal stage estimates to be prepared. Candidates should be given drawings, specification notes and data as required. The assessment should be carried out under supervised, controlled, open book conditions. If this Outcome is to be assessed separately then candidates would be allowed 0.75 hours to complete the assessment. It may be considered that a complete estimate using either cost analysis or approximate quantities, together with evidence of competence in using another technique is not possible in 0.75 hours. In such a case relevant parts of estimates may be asked for each technique in order to test the candidates’ capabilities. Outcome 2 Build an hourly rate for a tradesman or labourer based on given data. Knowledge and/or skills

♦ All-in hourly rate for labour ♦ The Working Rule Agreement (WRA) Evidence Requirements In this Outcome candidates will be required to demonstrate their knowledge and/or skills by showing that they can: ♦ calculate an hourly rate for labour Each candidate will need to demonstrate that they can calculate a complete, “all-in” hourly rate for labour from first principles addressing the allowances paid in accordance with the Working Rule Agreement, published by the Construction Industry Joint Council, eg expenses, statutory payments, supervision and insurance. In any assessment of this Outcome candidates will be required to calculate a rate for either a tradesman or a labourer. In order to ensure that candidates will not be able to predict which WRA allowances and additions will apply, different samples of the allowances applying for both labourers and tradesmen will be required each time the Outcome is assessed or eassessed. r

Assessment guidelines Questions used to elicit candidate evidence should take the form of calculations. The assessment instrument for this Unit might use a single case study, and candidates would be given a building project that at tender stage requires the calculation of an all-in hourly labour rate. Candidates will be given the WRA criteria for calculating the rate and the circumstances of the project as regards expenses, statutory payments, supervision and insurance and whether or not the rate is for a labourer or a tradesman.


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Estimating If assessment for this Outcome is carried out separately it will be the calculation of an hourly rate for which no more than 0.75 hours will be allowed. It should be noted that candidates must achieve all the minimum evidence specified. Outcome 3 Build unit rates for items in a bill of quantities. Knowledge and/or skills

♦ Labour rates and outputs ♦ Plant rates and outputs ♦ wances Materials requirements, rates and waste allo

te overheads allowances ♦ Head office and si Profit allowances ♦

Evidence Requirements In this Outcome candidates will be required to demonstrate their knowledge and/or skills by showing

at they can th ♦ calculate unit rates for building works

ll five knowledge and/or skills items should be assessed using o out of five from the following:

crete

e Outcome is assessed. satisfactory response to each of the items sampled.

uired.

ent for this Outcome is to be carried out separately no more than 0.75 hours will be llowed.

In any assessment of this Outcome atw ♦ groundworks ♦ in situ con♦ masonry ♦ in situ finishes ♦ roof coverings In order to ensure that candidates will not be able to foresee what items they will be questioned on, a

ifferent sample of two out of five builders work items is required each time thdCandidates must provide a Assessment guidelines

he assessment instrument for this Unit might use a single case study requiring two builders work Tunit rates to be prepared. Candidates will be given drawings, specification notes and data as req f assessmI

a


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Estimating Outcome 4 Perform pro rata rate calculations. Knowledge and/or skills

♦ Analysis of an original unit rate ♦ Analysis of the changes in the original rate in order to price a variation Evidence Requirements In this Outcome candidates will be required to demonstrate their knowledge and/or skills by showing that they can: ♦ price variations to a building project by calculating pro rata rates for building works In any assessment of this Outcome all knowledge and/or skills items should be assessed using two out of five from the following: ♦ groundworks

crete ♦ in situ con♦ masonry ♦ in situ finishes ♦ roof coverings

on, a

ssessed. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response to each of the two items sampled.

ks tes to be prepared. Candidates will be given drawings, specification notes and data as

quired.

ssed tes calculated. Candidates should be allowed 0.75 hours to

omplete this individual Outcome.

In order to ensure that candidates will not be able to foresee what items they will be questioneddifferent sample of two out of five building works items is required each time the Outcome isa Assessment guidelines The assessment instrument for this Unit might use a single case study requiring two building worpro rata rare In any assessment of this individual Outcome the two knowledge and/or skills items will be assefor each of the two builders work rac


Administrative Information Unit code: DW3H 34 Unit title: Estimating Superclass category: TC Date of publication: June 2006 Version: 01 Source: SQA © Scottish Qualifications Authority 2005 This publication may be reproduced in whole or in part for educational purposes provided that no profit is derived from reproduction and that, if reproduced in part, the source is acknowledged. SQA acknowledges the valuable contribution that Scotland’s colleges have made to the development of Higher National qualifications. Additional copies of this Unit specification can be purchased from the Scottish Qualifications Authority. Please contact the Customer Contact Centre for further details, telephone 0845 279 1000.


Higher National Unit specification: support notes Unit title: Estimating This part of the Unit specification is offered as guidance. The support notes are not mandatory. While the exact time allocated to this Unit is at the discretion of the centre, the notional design length is 40 hours. Guidance on the content and context for this Unit This Unit has been written in order to allow candidates to develop knowledge, understanding and skills in the following areas: 1 Carrying out approximate estimates using appropriate techniques. 2 Building up of hourly labour rates. 3 Building up and analysis of unit rates. 4 Carrying out pro rata calculations. This Unit has been developed to introduce candidates to estimating procedures used in the construction industry and is suitable for those with no previous experience of estimating but candidates would benefit from a prior knowledge of traditional domestic building construction. This Unit is at SCQF level 7 and is a mandatory unit within the new HNC and HND Built Environment. In designing this Unit the unit writers have identified the range of topics they would expect to be covered by lecturers. The writers have also given recommendations as to how much time should be spent on each outcome. This has been done to help lecturers to decide what depth of treatment should be given to the topics attached to each of the outcomes. Whilst it is not mandatory for a centre to use this list of topics, it is strongly recommended that it does so to ensure continuity of teaching and learning across the Estimating Unit and because the assessment exemplar pack for this Unit is based on the knowledge and/or skills and list of topics in each of the Outcomes. The list of topics is given below. Lecturers are advised to study this list of topics in conjunction with the assessment exemplar pack so that they can get a clear indication of the standard of achievement expected of candidates in this Unit. Outcome 1 Apply approximate estimating techniques to carry out estimates at feasibility or sketch design stage. (12 hours)

RIBA Plan of work: Outline Proposal Stage.

Outline Proposal Stage Methods

Technique for Approximate Estimating: Unit Method:

Unit of Accommodation Area Volume Elemental Cost Analysis in BCIS format BCIS data and other published data Updating using indices Location indices


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Estimating

Additions for: Fees VAT Contingencies

Sketch Design Stage Approximate Quantities Approximate Quantities Composite Rates

Outcome 2 Build up an hourly rate for a tradesman and/or labourer based on given data. (6 hours)

Working Rule Agreement as published by the Construction Industry Joint Council Productive Hours Basic Wages Enhancements: (Emoluments) Overtime Bonus Supervision Travel: Time Fares (lodging allowances)

Holidays: Public Annual Sickness Pay Severance Pay Pension Scheme CITB Levy National Insurance Employer’s Liability Insurance Calculation of hourly rate based on above.

Outcome 3 Building up Unit Rates for Items in a Bill of Quantities. (12 hours)

Labour — rates and outputs Plant — Hire, Buy, charges Materials — measured unit and purchase unit, waste Overheads — site and head office Profit


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Estimating

Excavation: Basement, reduced level, trench; disposal and filling; earthwork support Concrete: mix specification, mixer output and costs, transport and placing. Brickwork : Mortar, brick materials, waste, squad costs, pointing. Plasterwork : Coats, width, outputs. Roof coverings: Tiling, slating, felt, asphalt.

Outcome 4

Performing Pro Rata Calculations. (10 hours)

Pricing variations Original pro rata analysis Assessment of variations in each element and consequent adjustment of labour, plant materials to calculate new rate.

Guidance on the delivery and assessment of this Unit This is a mandatory Unit of the Quantity Surveying HND and HNC. It is recommended that the Unit be delivered in conjunction with measurement, cost studies, quantity surveying practice, contracts and construction technology units.

Details on approaches to assessment are given under Evidence Requirements and Assessment guidelines under each Outcome in the Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards section. It is recommended that these sections be read carefully before proceeding with assessment of candidates. Opportunities for developing Core Skills This Unit provides opportunities for the development of Core Skills in Communicating, Numeracy, IT and Problem Solving. Opportunities for the development of Core Skills at the output level are more fully identified in the Core Skills Signposting Guide


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Estimating Core Skill Outcome

1 Outcome

2 Outcome

3 Outcome

4 Outcome

5 1 Communication

Reading Writing

Oral 2 Numeracy


3 IT



Reviewing and Evaluating 5 Working with Others Open learning This Unit could be delivered by distance learning, which may incorporate some degree on on-line support. However, with regard to assessment, planning would be required by the centre concerned to ensure the sufficiency and authenticity of candidate evidence. Arrangement would be required to be put in place to ensure that the assessment, which is required to be at a single event, was conducted under controlled, supervised conditions.

For information on normal open learning arrangements, please refer to the SQA guide Assessment and Quality Assurance of Open and Distance Learning. Candidates with additional support needs This Unit specification is intended to ensure that there are no artificial barriers to learning or assessment. The additional support needs of individual candidates should be taken into account when planning learning experiences, selecting assessment instruments or considering alternative Outcomes for Units. For information on these, please refer to the SQA document Guidance on Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Candidates with Disabilities and/or Additional Support Needs, which is available on the SQA website www.sqa.org.uk.


General information for candidates Unit title: Estimating This Unit is designed to prepare candidates for a career in the construction industry where estimating costs at all stages of a project is important. This Unit is suited to quantity surveyors and contracts managers mainly, although all who are involved in construction projects from their inception through to completion on site and use by the client will find the knowledge, understanding and skills to be of use. In Outcome 1 candidates will look at the various methods of estimating the cost of a project. Outline Proposal Stage estimates such as unit of accommodation, costs/m2 area and costs/m3 volume will also be covered. The use of elemental cost analyses in BCIS format will be outlined. The use of published and office data together with updating and re locating estimates using indices will be described. The importance of adding fees, VAT and contingencies will be emphasised. Outline Proposal Stage estimates using plans and details from which approximate quantities and composite rates are prepared will be described. In Outcome 2 candidates will look at the elements that go to make up an hourly rate for labour starting with the provisions of the Working Rule Agreement concerning basic wages and hours. Mandatory additions such as National Insurance and optional additions such as pension schemes will also be covered. In Outcome 3 unit rates as would be entered in a bill of quantities will be prepared from first principles. This will include analysis of labour, plant, materials, overheads and profit. The rates covered will be sampled from items of substructure and superstructure eg excavation, earthwork support, disposal of excavated material, concrete, brickwork and plasterwork.

In Outcome 4 candidates are introduced to pro rata calculations as would be used during construction stage in pricing variations to a project. The rate for the item to be varied is analysed and amendments made to it to cover the changes specified. Sampling from substructure and superstructure items similar to that in Outcome 3 will be carried out.


Higher National Unit Specification General information for centres Unit title: Structural Mechanics Unit code: DW45 34 Unit purpose: This Unit is designed to provide candidates with a basic knowledge and understanding of structural mechanics, in order to solve problems relating to statically determinate beams and frames. On completion of the Unit the candidate should be able to: 1 Evaluate loads on elements of structures and calculate support reactions. 2 Analyse problems relating to direct stress & strain. 3 Calculate shear forces, bending moments and deflections for statically determinate beams. 4 Analyse pin jointed frames using the method of sections and the method of joint resolution. Credit points and level: 1 HN Credit at SCQF level 7: (8 SCQF credit points at SCQF level 7*) *SCQF credit points are used to allocate credit to qualifications in the Scottish Credit and Qualifications Framework (SCQF). Each qualification in the Framework is allocated a number of SCQF credit points at an SCQF level. There are 12 SCQF levels, ranging from Access 1 to Doctorates. Recommended prior knowledge and skills: Access to this Unit is at the discretion of the centre. It is recommended that candidates have achieved Mathematics at Standard Grade Credit level. Core Skills: There are opportunities to develop the Core Skills of Numeracy and IT in this Unit, although there is no automatic certification of Core Skills or Core Skills components. Context for delivery: If this Unit is delivered as part of a Group Award, it is recommended that it should be taught and assessed within the subject area of the Group Award to which it contributes. Assessment: It is possible to assess candidates either on an individual Outcome basis, a combination of Outcomes by a single holistic assessment combining all Outcomes. The assessment paper/s should be composed of an appropriate balance of short answer, restricted response and structured questions. Assessment should be conducted under supervised, controlled conditions. A single assessment covering all Outcomes should not exceed 2 hours in duration. It should be noted that candidates must achieve all the minimum Evidence Requirements specified for each Outcome in order to pass this Unit.

HN Unit (DW45 34): Structural Mechanics 1

General information for centres (cont) Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the knowledge and/or skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Candidates should not know in advance the items on which they will be assessed and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion An exemplar instrument of assessment and marking guidelines has been produced to provide examples of the type of evidence required to demonstrate achievement of the aims of this Unit and to indicate the national standard of achievement at SCQF level 7.


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards Unit title: Structural Mechanics Unit code: DW45 34 The sections of the Unit stating the Outcomes, knowledge and/or skills, and Evidence Requirements are mandatory. Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the knowledge and/or skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Candidates should not know in advance the items on which they will be assessed and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion. Outcome 1 Evaluate loads on elements of structures and calculate support reactions Knowledge and/or skills

♦ Load paths through simple and multi-storey structures ♦ Uniformly distributed loads and point loads from given floor loadings ♦ Degrees of freedom relating the support conditions ♦ Equations of static equilibrium used to analyse simply supported and cantilevered beams Evidence Requirements Candidates will need to provide evidence to demonstrate their knowledge and/or skills by showing that they can: ♦ evaluate uniformly distributed and point load(s) on simple beams within structures ♦ evaluate reactions on simply supported and/or cantilevered beams, with uniformly distributed

and point load(s) Evidence for the knowledge and/or skills for this Outcome will be provided on a sample basis. In any assessment of this Outcome a minimum of two out of four knowledge and/or skills items should be sampled. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response to both, this must be provided by manual alculations. c

Assessment guidelines Evidence should be generated through assessment undertaken in controlled, supervised conditions.

ssessment should be conducted under open-book conditions. A


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Structural Mechanics Outcome 2 Analyse problems relating to direct stress & strain Knowledge and/or skills

♦ Use of appropriate formulae to calculate direct stress ♦ Use of appropriate formulae to calculate direct strain ♦ Hooke’s law demonstrating the relationship between stress and strain and the evaluation of

Young’s Modulus of Elasticity Evidence Requirements Candidates will need evidence to demonstrate their knowledge and/or skills by showing that they can: ♦ solve problems relating to direct stress & strain Evidence for the knowledge and /or skills for this Outcome will be provided on a sample basis. In any assessment of this Outcome a minimum of two out of three knowledge and/or skills items should be sampled. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response to two items, this must be provided by manual calculations. Assessment guidelines Evidence should be generated through assessment undertaken in controlled, supervised conditions. Assessment should be conducted under open-book conditions. Outcome 3 Calculate shear forces, bending moments and deflections for statically determinate beams Knowledge and/or skills

♦ Shear forces on simply supported and cantilevered beams ♦ Bending moments on simply supported and cantilevered beams ♦ Points of contraflecture ♦ Maximum deflection formula for statically determinate beams

Analysis of statically determinate beams using computer software ♦ Evidence Requirements Candidates will need evidence to demonstrate their knowledge and/or skills by showing that they can: ♦ calculate shear forces, bending moments and deflections for statically determinate beams

ust provide a satisfactory response to all three items, this must be provided by manual calculations.

Evidence for the knowledge and /or skills for this Outcome will be provided on a sample basis. In anyassessment of this Outcome a minimum of three out of five knowledge and/or skills items should be sampled. Candidates m


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Structural Mechanics Assessment guidelines Evidence should be generated through assessment undertaken in controlled, supervised conditions. Assessment should be conducted under open-book conditions. Outcome 4 Analyse pin jointed frames using the method of sections and the method of joint resolution Knowledge and/or skills

♦ Evaluation of the determinancy of a frame ♦ The equations of equilibrium are used to evaluate frame reaction components ♦ The method of Joint Resolution is used to analyse frames ♦ The method of Sections is used to analyse frames ♦ Analysis of pin jointed frames using computer software Evidence Requirements C

andidates will need evidence to demonstrate their knowledge and/or skills by showing that they can:

♦ analyse and evaluate pin jointed frames using the method of sections and the method of joint resolution

Evidence for the knowledge and /or skills for this Outcome will be provided on a sample basis. In any assessment of this Outcome a minimum of three out of five knowledge and/or skills items should be sampled. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response to three items, this must be provided by

anual calculations. m Assessment guidelines Evidence should be generated through assessment undertaken in controlled, supervised conditions.

ssessment should be conducted under open-book conditions. A


Administrative Information Unit code: DW45 34 Unit title: Structural Mechanics Superclass category: TM Date of publication: June 2006 Version: 01 Source: SQA © Scottish Qualifications Authority 2006 This publication may be reproduced in whole or in part for educational purposes provided that no profit is derived from reproduction and that, if reproduced in part, the source is acknowledged. SQA acknowledges the valuable contribution that Scotland’s colleges have made to the development of Higher National qualifications. Additional copies of this Unit specification can be purchased from the Scottish Qualifications Authority. Please contact the Customer Contact Centre for further details, telephone 0845 279 1000.


Higher National Unit specification: support notes Unit title: Structural Mechanics This part of the Unit specification is offered as guidance. The support notes are not mandatory. While the exact time allocated to this Unit is at the discretion of the centre, the notional design length is 40 hours. Guidance on the content and context for this Unit This Unit has been written in order to allow candidates to develop knowledge, understanding and skills in the following areas: 1 Evaluate loads on elements of structures and calculate support reactions. 2 Analyse problems relating to direct stress & strain. 3 Calculate shear forces, bending moments and deflections for statically determinate beams. 4 Analyse pin jointed frames using the method of sections and the method of joint resolution. This Unit is at SCQF level 7 and has been developed as part of the new HNC and HND Built Environment and Civil Engineering awards. Throughout the Unit emphasis will be placed where appropriate on the application of Health & Safety and Sustainability. Safe working practises should be looked at in accordance with current safety codes of practise and regulations. Sustainability should include reference to criteria affecting sustainability, impact of not implementing sustainability on the environment and the legislation promoting sustainability. In designing this Unit, the Unit writer has identified the range of topics would be expected to be covered by lecturers. Whilst it is not mandatory for a centre to use this list of topics it is strongly recommended that it does so. The list of topics is given below. Lecturers are advised to study this list of topics in conjunction with the assessment exemplar pack so that they can get a clear indication of the standard of achievement expected of candidates in this Unit 1 Evaluate loads on elements of structures and calculate support reactions. (8 hours)

Load Paths: Grids. Loads at different floor levels. Load paths from floors to beams to columns to founds to ground.

Loads: Concentrated point load and uniformly distributed loads. Densities of standard building materials; calculation of floor loadings; Calculation of uniformly distributed loads and point loads on simple beams. Calculation of total loads on beams and columns from total floor loadings.

Beam Types: Cantilever, simply supported and simply supported with overhang . Support conditions: Pinned, Roller and Fixed.


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Structural Mechanics Analysis: Equations of static equilibrium: ΣV = 0, ΣH = 0 and ΣM = 0. Analysis of beams, using manual calculation.

2 Calculate shear forces, bending moments and deflections for simple beams. (12 hours)

Shear Forces: Explanation of Shear Force. Sign convention for construction of shear force diagrams. Sketch shear force diagrams for various beam types: cantilever, simply supported and simply supported with overhang using a variety of concentrated loads and uniformly distributed loads. Use of standard formulae for maximum shear force

Bending Moments: Explanation of bending moments: forces acting through a point give zero bending moment, maximum bending moment at point of zero shear. Sign convention for construction of bending moment diagram. Calculation of bending moments at critical points on beams: area of shear force diagram, calculation. Sketch bending moment diagram for various beam types and loadings. Use of standard formulae for maximum bending moments Points of Contraflecture: Calculation of location of point of contraflecture (Bending moment = 0). Deflections: Use of standard formulae for maximum deflections for standard loadings, uniformly distributed load over full length, point load at mid-span. Derivation of at least one standard deflection formula. Computer Software: Analysis of beams, using manual calculation and computer software

3 Analyse pin jointed frames using the method of sections and the method of joint resolution.

(13 hours) Determinancy: Frame determinancy: number of constraints; number of joints, number of members. Forces acting only along axis of members. Reactions: Use the three equations of statics, ΣV = 0 , ΣH = 0 and ΣM = 0 Joint resolution: Method of joint resolution: resolve inclined forces in horizontal and vertical components, use of ΣV = 0 , ΣH = 0 to calculate joint forces. Method of sections: Method of sections: cut section of frame, ΣM = 0 i.e. no rotation of section, apply ΣM = 0 about various points to solve for unknown forces. Computer software: Analysis of frames using manual calculations and computer software.

4 Analyse problems relating to direct stress & strain and Young’s Modulus. (7 hours)

Stress: Definition of direct stress: axial loads, area, compression, tension Strain: Explanation of strain: Hooke’s Law, Young’s Modulus for different materials Hookes Law: Apply Hooke’s Law: calculate direct strain/stress, elongation


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Structural Mechanics Guidance on the delivery and assessment of this Unit Where available, evidence from the workplace can also be incorporated to enhance the learning Outcomes, provided that this evidence is appropriate and authenticated as the student’s own work. It is recommended that evidence for learning Outcomes is achieved through well-planned course work, assignments and projects. Assessment may be formative and summative and both may feature as part of the process. Although assessments must be focused on the individual achievement of each student, group work and role-play activities may contribute to the assessment. Integrative assignments and project work will help to link this Unit with other related Units. The volume of evidence required for each assessment should take into account the overall number of assessments being contemplated within this Unit and the design of the overall teaching programme. Opportunities for developing Core Skills Opportunities for the development of Core Skills at the output level are more fully identified in the Core Skills Sign Posting Guide. The grid below is indicative of the opportunities for Core Skills development within this Unit. Core Skill Outcome

1 Outcome

2 Outcome

3 Outcome

4 Outcome

5 1 Communication

Reading Writing

Oral 2 Numeracy


3 IT





Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Structural Mechanics Open learning This Unit could be delivered by distance learning, which may incorporate some degree of on-line support. However, with regard to assessment, planning would be required by the centre concerned to ensure the sufficiency and authenticity of candidate evidence. Arrangement would be required to be put in place to ensure that the assessment, which is required to be as two events, was conducted under controlled, supervised conditions. For information on normal open learning arrangements, please refer to SQA guide Assessment and Quality Assurance of Open and Distance Learning (SQA 2000) Candidates with additional support needs This Unit specification is intended to ensure that there are no artificial barriers to learning or assessment. The additional support needs of individual candidates should be taken into account when planning learning experiences, selecting assessment instruments or considering alternative Outcomes for Units. For information on these, please refer to the SQA document Guidance on Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Candidates with Disabilities and/or Additional Support Needs, which is available on SQA’s website: www.sqa.org.uk.


General information for candidates Unit title: Structural Mechanics This Unit has been designed to allow you to develop knowledge, understanding and skills in: ♦ evaluating loads on elements of structures and calculating support reactions ♦ analysing problems relating to direct stress & strain ♦ calculating and sketching shear force and bending moment diagrams for statically determinate

beams ♦ analysing pin jointed frames using the method of sections and the method of joint resolution Assessments will generally involve manual calculation exercises.


Higher National Unit Specification General information for centres Unit title: Financial Studies for the Construction Industry Unit code: DW3J 35 Unit purpose: This Unit is designed to provide the candidate with the ability to apply basic financial management and accounting skills required by the construction industry. On completion of the Unit the candidate should be able to: 1 Produce an S-Curve of anticipated rate of spend from given data. 2 Produce an Annual Budget for a construction firm from given data. 3 Analyse cash flow requirements for a construction firm from given data. 4 Produce a report interpreting annual accounts for two contracting firms. Credit points and level: 1 HN Credit at SCQF level 8: (8 SCQF credit points at SCQF level 8*). *SCQF credit points are used to allocate credit to qualifications in the Scottish Credit and Qualifications Framework (SCQF). Each qualification in the Framework is allocated a number of SCQF credit points at an SCQF level. There are 12 SCQF levels, ranging from Access 1 to Doctorates. Recommended prior knowledge and skills: It would be an advantage for candidates to have a basic knowledge and understanding of estimating and contract conditions. An appreciation of payment procedures for standard building contracts would be beneficial. Possession of basic knowledge and understanding of estimating and contract conditions may be evidenced by possession of appropriate Units at Higher or HN level. Core Skills: There are opportunities to develop the Core Skills of Communication, Numeracy, IT and Problem Solving in this Unit, although there is no automatic certification of Core Skills or Core Skills components. Context for delivery: If this Unit is delivered as part of a Group Award, it is recommended that it should be taught and assessed within the subject area of the Group Award to which it contributes.

HN Unit (DW3J 35): Financial Studies for the Construction Industry 1

General information for centres (cont) Assessment: It is possible to assess candidates either on an individual Outcome basis, combinations of Outcomes or by a single holistic assessment combining all Outcomes. The assessment paper/s should be composed of an appropriate balance of short answer, restricted response and structured questions. Assessment should be conducted under supervised, controlled conditions. A single assessment covering all outcomes should not exceed two hours in duration. It should be noted that candidates must achieve all the minimum evidence specified for each Outcome in order to pass this Unit. Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the knowledge and/or skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Candidates should not know in advance the items on which they will be assessed and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion. An exemplar instrument of assessment and marking guidelines has been produced to provide examples of the type of evidence required to demonstrate achievement of the aims of this Unit award and to indicate the national standard of achievement at SCQF level 8.


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards Unit title: Financial Studies for the Construction Industry Unit code: DW3J 35 The sections of the Unit stating the Outcomes, knowledge and/or skills, and evidence requirements are mandatory. Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the knowledge and/or skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Candidates should not know in advance the items on which they will be assessed and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion. Outcome 1 Produce an S-Curve of anticipated rate of spend from given data. Knowledge and/or skills ♦ Income /time relationship of the construction process ♦ Typical income anticipated in interim valuations ♦ Graphical representation of anticipated income to time in a construction contract Evidence Requirements Candidates will need evidence to demonstrate their knowledge and/or skills by showing that they can: ♦ produce workings showing the time/payment relationship in the recognised 1/4 - 1/3 ratio from

given information ♦ produce a neat well annotated s-curve in graphical format In any assessment of this outcome all knowledge and/or skills should be included. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response to all items. Evidence should be generated through assessment undertaken in controlled, supervised conditions. Assessment should be conducted under closed book conditions and as such candidates should not be allowed to bring textbooks, handouts or notes to the assessment. Assessment guidelines The assessment for this Outcome might be combined with that for Outcomes 2, 3 and 4 to form a single assessment paper.


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Financial Studies for the Construction Industry Outcome 2 Produce an Annual Budget for a construction firm from given data. Knowledge and/or skills ♦ Allocation of overheads ♦ Allocation of profit ♦ Types of budgets ♦ Annual budgeting Evidence Requirements Candidates will need evidence to demonstrate their skills and/or knowledge by showing that they can: ♦ produce an annual budget for a small/medium sized construction firm from the information

provided ♦ identify the various different types of budgets commonly used in construction In any assessment of this outcome all knowledge and/or skills should be included. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response to all items. Evidence should be generated through assessment undertaken in controlled, supervised conditions. Assessment should be conducted under closed book conditions and as such candidates should not be allowed to bring textbooks, handouts or notes to the assessment. Assessment guidelines The assessment for this Outcome might be combined with that for Outcomes 1, 3 and 4 to form a single assessment paper. Outcome 3 Analyse cash flow requirements for a construction firm from given data. Knowledge and/or skills ♦ Preparation of cash flow forecast in the form of a spreadsheet ♦ cast Graphical illustration of cash flow fore

Action related to negative cash flows ♦ Evidence Requirements Candidates will need evidence to demonstrate their knowledge and/or skills by showing that they can:

ion firm ♦ produce a cash flow forecast for a construct♦ graphically illustrate the cash flow forecast ♦ provide commercially sound recommendations to deal with negative cash flows


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Financial Studies for the Construction Industry

In any assessment of this outcome all knowledge and/or skills should be included. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response to all items. Evidence should be generated through assessment undertaken in controlled, supervised conditions. Assessment should be conducted under closed book conditions and as such candidates should not be allowed to bring textbooks, handouts or notes to the assessment. Assessment guidelines The assessment for this Outcome might be combined with that for Outcomes 1, 2 and 4 to form a single assessment paper. Outcome 4 Produce a report interpreting annual accounts for two contracting firms. Knowledge and/or skills ♦ Appropriate ratios for inter company comparison ♦ Appropriate reports ♦ Concise company comparisons Evidence Requirements Candidates will need evidence to demonstrate their knowledge and/or skills by showing that they can: ♦ produce a report comparing and contrasting the financial status and performance of two limited

companies over a one year period ♦ provide a minimum of five financial ratios for each company ♦ provide suitable comments and/or recommendations for the attention of the directors of one of

the companies In any assessment of this outcome all knowledge and/or skills should be included. Candidates must provide a satisfactory response to all items. Evidence should be generated through assessment undertaken in controlled, supervised conditions “Open Book”. The candidate will have access to their own notes and copies of annual accounts from two contracting firms. Assessment guidelines The assessment for this Outcome might be combined with that for Outcomes 1, 2 and 3 to form a single assessment paper.


Administrative Information Unit code: DW3J 35 Unit title: Financial Studies for the Construction Industry Superclass category: AK Date of publication: June 2006 Version: 01 Source: SQA © Scottish Qualifications Authority 2005 This publication may be reproduced in whole or in part for educational purposes provided that no profit is derived from reproduction and that, if reproduced in part, the source is acknowledged. SQA acknowledges the valuable contribution that Scotland’s colleges have made to the development of Higher National qualifications. Additional copies of this Unit specification can be purchased from the Scottish Qualifications Authority. Please contact the Customer Contact Centre for further details, telephone 0845 279 1000.


Higher National Unit specification: support notes Unit title: Financial Studies for the Construction Industry This part of the Unit specification is offered as guidance. The support notes are not mandatory. While the exact time allocated to this Unit is at the discretion of the centre, the notional design length is 40 hours. Guidance on the content and context for this Unit This Unit provides the candidate with the knowledge and understanding of the relationship between economic concepts and theories and the construction industry context. Attention should be paid in the delivery of this Unit to the syllabus content of the other units in the programme, particularly the introduction to the industry. Recommended time allocations to each outcome are given as guidance towards the depth of treatment which might be applied to each topic. This guidance has been used in the design of the assessment exemplar material provided with the Unit. 1 Produce an S-curve of anticipated rate of spend from given data (8 Hours)

Preparation of S-Curve

1/4 - 1/3 S curve cash flow approximations for 2 to 3 contracts 2 Produce an Annual Budget for a construction firm from given data (10 hours)

Introductory Items Overheads Statement of percentage of overheads to net cost Statement of percentage profit

Budgets Understanding of the following types of budget: ♦ zero based budgeting ♦ functional budget ♦ sales budget ♦ production budget ♦ purchases budget ♦ budgetary control

fixed budgets ♦♦ flexible budgets

production of an annual budget for a firm from information supplied ♦

g to a set of criteria Production of an annual budget for the firm in Outcome 1 conforminAdditional S-curves for projects required to conform with criteria 2.


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Financial Studies for the Construction Industry 3 Analyse cash flow requirements for a construction firm from given data (12

hours)

Introductory Items Time payment of overheads Cash Flow ♦ production of time payments of Labour and materials for each project ♦ production of time payment of valuations for each project to incorporate the retention

and retention release ♦ production of a cash flow chart incorporating all overheads, project costs and payments ♦ allowance within the cash flow chart for bank overdraft interest payments ♦ annual cash flow shown in the form of a chart ♦ recommendations for actions to deal with negative cash flows

4 Produce a Report interpreting annual accounts for two contracting firms (8

hours)

Introductory Items: ♦ Annual Accounts of two co

Interpretation of Accounts ntracting firms

♦

por ts: Re t on Accoun♦ profitability

tio ♦ the current ra♦ the acid test ♦ the gearing ratio ♦ interest cover for lenders ♦ return on capital employed

l companies and inter company comparison)

ficiency ♦ profitability

uidance on the delivery and assessment of this Unit

d nd of these awards and after candidates have acquired a knowledge of construction

chnology.

♦ stock holding period ♦ debtor’s collection period ♦ (individua♦ liquidity ♦ capital structure ♦ activity and ef

G This Unit is a specialist quantitative building studies Unit which is recommended as a second yearUnit in the HNC and HND Quantity Surveying programme. It appears in other areas of HNC and HND Built Environment awards. As a specialist Unit, it is recommended that the Unit be deliveretowards the ete


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Financial Studies for the Construction Industry Where this Unit is incorporated into other group awards it is recommended that it be delivered in the context of the specific occupational area(s) that the award is designed to cover. Details on approaches to assessment are given under Evidence Requirements and assessment guidelines under each Outcome in the Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards section. It is recommended that these sections be read carefully before proceeding with assessment of candidates. The volume of evidence required for each assessment should take into account the overall number of assessments being contemplated within this unit and the design of the overall teaching programme. Opportunities for developing Core Skills The Unit provides opportunities for the development of Core Skills in Communication, Numeracy, IT, Problem Solving. Opportunities for the development of Core Skills at the output level are more fully identified in the Core Skills Signposting Guide. Core Skill Outcome

1 Outcome

2 Outcome

3 Outcome

4 Outcome

5 1 Communication

Reading Writing

Oral 2 Numeracy


3 IT





Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Financial Studies for the Construction Industry Open learning Given that appropriate materials exist this unit could be delivered by distance learning, which may incorporate some degree of on-line support. However, with regard to assessment, planning would be required by the centre concerned to ensure the sufficiency and authenticity of candidate evidence. Arrangements would be required to be put in place to ensure that assessment/s were conducted under controlled, supervised conditions. Candidates with additional support needs This Unit specification is intended to ensure that there are no artificial barriers to learning or assessment. The additional support needs of individual candidates should be taken into account when planning learning experiences, selecting assessment instruments or considering alternative Outcomes for Units. For information on these, please refer to the SQA document Guidance on Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Candidates with Disabilities and/or Additional Support Needs, which is available on the SQA website www.sqa.org.uk.


General information for candidates Unit title: Financial Studies for the Construction Industry On completion of the Unit you should be able to: 1 Produce an S-Curve of anticipated rate of spend from given data. 2 Produce an Annual Budget for a construction firm from given data. 3 Analyse cash flow requirements for a construction firm from given data. 4 Produce a Report interpreting annual accounts for two contracting firms. In Outcomes 1 to 3, evidence that you can satisfy the knowledge and skill elements of this Unit will be obtained by assessment undertaken in controlled, supervised conditions. You will not be allowed to bring textbooks, handouts or notes to the assessment. In Outcome 4 evidence that you can satisfy the knowledge and skill elements of this Unit will be obtained by assessment in controlled, supervised conditions “Open Book”. You will be allowed access to your own notes and copies of annual accounts from two contracting firms.


Higher National Unit Specification General information for centres Unit title: Personal Development Planning Unit code: DE3R 34 Unit purpose: This unit helps candidates to take responsibility for their own learning and development. In particular it provides a framework for the development of the personal and general skills and qualities which employers seek in the workplace and which are increasingly recognised as underpinning success in personal life, in citizenship and in lifelong learning. The contexts of progression to employment, or from college to university, or developing Core Skills, can be used. Through a process of Personal Development Planning1 candidates will identify their skills, abilities and development needs and review these in the context of their own personal, educational and career aims. They will devise a personal action plan, then undertake and evaluate that plan. They will gather, organise and present evidence of each stage of the plan - including personal reviews - in their personal development portfolio. On completion of the Unit the candidate should be able to: 1. Create and maintain a personal development portfolio and a personal action plan. 2. Implement his/her personal action plan. 3. Monitor and evaluate the plan and its implementation. Credit value: 1 HN Credit at SCQF level 7: (8 SCQF credit points at SCQF level 7*) *SCQF credit points are used to allocate credit to qualifications in the Scottish Credit and Qualifications Framework (SCQF). Each qualification in the Framework is allocated a number of SCQF credit points at an SCQF level. There are 12 SCQF levels, ranging from Access 1 to Doctorates. Recommended prior knowledge and skills: Access to this unit is open to all candidates admitted to HN Certificate and Diploma programmes. It is designed to complement the candidate's HN study programme and to support the development of a wide range of transferable skills and abilities. 1For the purposes of this unit:

• Personal Development Planning is ' a structured and supported process undertaken by an individual to reflect upon their own learning, performance and/or achievement and to plan for their personal, educational and career development' (QAA 2001);

• a Personal Development Portfolio is the folder/file in which, throughout the process, a candidate stores and organises his/her evidence of achievement and development; and,

• a Personal Action Plan is a set of specific aims/targets, derived from the candidates Personal Development Portfolio. (See Guidance on Delivery and Assessment)

HN Unit (DE3R 34): Personal Development Planning 1

General information for centres (cont) Core skills: There will be many opportunities to gather evidence towards core skills in this Unit, although there is no automatic certification of core skills or core skills components. The unit will assist students to identify their current Core Skill achievements and help them to identify and pursue further opportunities for their development. Opportunities for developing Core Skills will be available in every HN programme. Context for delivery: Candidates may use this Unit:

- to develop the core skills required by their HN programme in an integrated manner OR

- to prepare for progression to employment OR - to prepare for progression to a degree or professional qualification OR - to develop other skills in preparation for the next stage of their careers

The unit focuses on the process of personal development planning– investigate, plan, implement and evaluate. Candidates will require regular, but non-directive, support to develop and demonstrate their ability to understand and apply this process. Support can be provided through a wide range of group and individual tutorial activities and guidance. The primary purpose is to encourage autonomy and self-directed learning and development. In this context this is demonstrated where the candidate is able to take responsibility for his/her own personal, educational and career development. The nature of the unit requires that it be delivered over an extended period of time. This will normally be one academic session for full time students or two academic sessions for part time students. Assessment: The unit should be assessed holistically. To achieve this a candidate should create, maintain and present a portfolio of evidence - a personal development portfolio. The activities associated with the unit should provide ample opportunities for candidates to generate and gather the required evidence of achievement.


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards Unit title: Personal Development Planning Unit code: DE3R 34 The sections of the Unit stating the Outcomes, knowledge and/or skills, and evidence requirements are mandatory. Outcome 1 Create and maintain a personal development portfolio and personal action plan. Knowledge and/or skills

A candidate will need to know: • the principles of personal development planning and approaches to it used in FE

colleges and by other higher education providers • the nature and level of personal transferable skills – including perhaps Core Skills -

demanded by employers or other gatekeepers on their chosen progression route • details about the abilities, achievements, interests and aspirations with which he/she

entered the HN programme • the extent to which his/her views on the above are confirmed, enhanced or moderated

by the views of colleagues, workmates, classmates, tutors and others • details of the requirements and options of his/her HN programme • what s/he wants to get out of the HN programme i.e. personal, educational and career

aims/aspirations • details of progression pathways (including learning pathways in the HN programme)

towards his/her aims, together with the sorts of contexts, institutions, gatekeepers, etc that s/he will meet and the resources and help available

• details of the challenges s/he is likely to encounter and possible role models amongst those who have faced similar challenges

A candidate will need to be able to

• gather evidence of his/her own abilities, achievements, interests and aspirations • give and receive effective feedback • investigate progression pathways (including learning pathways in the HN

programme) • communicate and negotiate with 'gatekeepers' (including Unit tutors on the HN

programme) and others on chosen pathways • secure personal, social and other resources to help approach identified goals


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Personal Development Planning Evidence requirements To achieve this outcome candidates need to present a personal development portfolio which:

• covers at least a year of a full time HN programme (or two years of a part time programme)

• shows a realistic appraisal of his/her options as a holder of the chosen HNC or HND (in learning and in career progression) and relates these to realistic aims for progression (to employment, further learning or other substantial achievements) beyond an HN programme

• contains confirming, enhancing or moderating evidence gathered from appropriate others

• includes a detailed personal action plan and objectives for achieving identified aims • shows evidence of being actively used to monitor and guide activities over one/two

academic sessions Assessment guidelines The developmental focus of this unit favours holistic approaches to assessment. This outcome can be combined with Outcomes 2 & 3 as part of a single assessment instrument for the unit, details of which are given under Outcome 3. Outcome 2 Implement a personal action plan. Knowledge and/or skills

A candidate will need to know • the principles underpinning effective personal development planning, including:

- action planning for the achievement of aims - using clear, measurable and achievable targets - identifying helping and hindering factors - personal learning preferences - effective management of time, opportunities and resources - risk analysis and contingency planning

• what s/he wishes to get from their HN programme, taking account of a personal

analysis of aspirations and existing abilities


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Personal Development Planning A candidate will need to be able to

• devise a personal action plan, incorporating clear, measurable and achievable targets, derived from a personal analysis of aspirations and existing abilities

• take responsibility for achieving his/her personal action plan targets over a period of one/two academic sessions

• select and use different ways of working towards his/her targets • manage effectively the time, opportunities and resources available to him/her • monitor his/her progress, seeking and using advice and support as

necessary/appropriate • revise and adapt his/her personal action plan as necessary - to meet

unforeseen/changing circumstances • gather evidence of the above and present it in a personal development portfolio

Evidence requirements To achieve this outcome candidates need to present a personal development portfolio which:

• contains a personal action plan and clear, measurable and achieveable targets relating to the one/two academic sessions of this unit

• shows a realistic analysis of aspirations, abilities and current circumstances • demonstrates that the candidate has taken responsibility for achieving the personal

action plan and has managed, effectively, the available time, opportunities and resources

• shows that the candidate has monitored progress towards the identified aims, gathering feedback from others, and amending the plan, where necessary, to meet unforeseen circumstances

Assessment guidelines The developmental focus of this unit favours holistic approaches to assessment. This outcome can be combined with Outcomes 1 & 3 as part of a single assessment instrument for the unit, details of which are given under Outcome 3. Outcome 3 Monitor and evaluate the plan and its implementation. Knowledge and/or skills

A candidate will need to know • details of his/her aims and personal action plan • details of his/her progress towards identified aims and personal action plan


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Personal Development Planning A candidate will need to be able to

• monitor progress towards his/her personal action plan • identify and present evidence for targets achieved, not achieved and/or amended • identify how/where learning was most/least effective • identify ways to further improve his/her learning and performance • amend his/her personal development portfolio taking account of their experience,

reflection and evaluation Evidence requirements To achieve this outcome a candidate will need to present a personal development portfolio which:

• shows that he/she has monitored, on an on-going basis, progress towards the action plan

• includes evidence of personal achievements, learning and development arising from the implementation of the personal action plan

• contains an evaluation of where/how learning occurred and identifies lessons and implications for future learning/development

• identifies ways to further improve his/her learning and performance • amends his/her personal development portfolio in light of experience, reflection and

evaluation Assessment guidelines The assessment of this outcome can be combined with outcomes 1 and 2 as part of a single assessment for the unit. Each candidate should create and maintain a personal development portfolio, including a personal action plan and a portfolio of evidence to demonstrate that he/she can fulfill the assessment requirements of the unit. (See evidence requirements for all three outcomes). The portfolio should contain a record of the tasks and activities that the candidate has undertaken, together with the outputs/evidence arising from the tasks. Candidates might be encouraged to respond to the review questions - What did I do ?, What did I learn ?, What should I do now ? - selecting, organising and presenting supporting evidence from his/her portfolio. (See Guidance on Delivery and Assessment of the Unit, and Guidance to Candidates - below).


Administrative Information Unit code: DE3R 34 Unit title: Personal Development Planning Superclass category: HB Date of publication: January 2004 Version: 01 Source: SQA © Scottish Qualifications Authority 2003 This publication may be reproduced in whole or in part for educational purposes provided that no profit is derived from reproduction and that, if reproduced in part, the source is acknowledged. Additional copies of this Unit specification can be purchased from the Scottish Qualifications Authority. The cost for each Unit specification is £2.50. (A handling charge of £1.95 will apply to all orders for priced items.)


Higher National Unit specification: support notes Unit title: Personal Development Planning This part of the Unit specification is offered as guidance. The support notes are not mandatory. While the exact time allocated to this Unit is at the discretion of the centre, the notional design length is 40 hours. Guidance on the content and context for this Unit Personal Development Planning is now widely used a wide range of occupations, in higher education and in the professions, as a mechanism to encourage and support individuals to take responsibility for their own learning and continuing development. It is described as 'a structured and supported process undertaken by an individual to reflect upon their own learning, performance and/or achievement and to plan for their personal, educational and career development' (Universities UK 20022)This unit has been designed to help candidates undertaking Higher National programmes to benefit from opportunities to participate in personal development planning, particularly with regard to one or more of the following contexts:

• integrated Core Skill development OR • progression to employment OR • progression from college to university OR • continuous professional development

The development of autonomy and self-directed learning are the primary considerations in this unit and personal 'ownership', by the candidate, of the processes of planning, implementation and evaluation is imperative. Helping candidates to relate the unit activities to their own personal, educational and career aspirations is an important factor. To achieve the outcomes for this unit a candidate must demonstrate, through the evidence gathered and presented in his/her personal development portfolio, the ability to:

• review his/her experience - in terms of personal and formal learning and development and gather, and present in a portfolio, evidence of achievements, interests and preferences in a range of contexts, such as formal learning, personal, social, sporting, leisure activities.

• analyse, on the basis of the above, his/her achievements, abilities, and interests; and identify personal, educational and career aims

• produce a personal action plan, including a set of clear, measurable and achievable targets - relating to his/her study programme and personal learning/development

• implement the personal action plan • review and evaluate the personal action plan and its implementation • gather, present and summarise evidence of the above in his/her personal development

portfolio. Universities UK, 2002, Guidelines for HE Progress Files, Universities Scotland, SCOP, LTSN & QAA - www.universitiesUK.ac.uk/employability


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Personal Development Planning Guidance on the delivery and assessment of this Unit Candidates should create and maintain a personal development portfolio of information and evidence throughout the unit. They will also be required to devise and implement a personal action plan, which should include an appropriate set of clear, measurable and achieveable targets. i Create and Maintain a Personal Development Portfolio The evidence presented for assessment by each candidate should show that s/he has, acquired an understanding of the principles underpinning personal development planning; developed the skills/knowledge necessary to undertake a systematic review and analysis of their previous experience, achievements, learning, interests and preferences; together with their development needs. It should demonstrate that he/she has seriously considered personal, educational and career aims and opportunities; has used this analysis to devise a personal development plan; and, to develop an action plan, based on clear, measurable and achievable targets. Candidates should be given opportunities to examine a range of instruments/frameworks for personal review and analysis, (such as SWOT, Forcefield and Learning Styles analyses) together with guidance and support in their use. However, the evidence presented by each candidate should show that he/she has been able to select and use the instruments which are most appropriate to his/her particular circumstances. The evidence should demonstrate that the candidate has been able to review what s/he has done in the past and what s/he would like to do in the future. Gathering, analysing, summarising and presenting, in a portfolio, evidence of this is a key feature of the personal development planning process, as well as being an assessment requirement for this unit. The evidence presented should include:

• a personal account by the candidate of his/her review of previous experience - identifying achievements, interests and preferences - and a consideration of what s/he would like to achieve in personal, educational and career terms. This should include identifying:

- achievements and existing attributes in terms of personal, social, sporting,

leisure/cultural and educational contexts - interests and preferences, including learning/development styles - career/personal aims, together with implications for educational and other

developmental requirements


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Personal Development Planning

• a description of his/her personal action plan, showing that it stems from the above review/analysis, and that it will lead to the achievement of the identified aims. It should also demonstrate that the candidate has been able to translate his/her aims into clear, measurable and achievable targets as a part of a personal action plan over a period of one/two academic sessions. This will require evidence of:

- identifying/considering 'helping' and 'hindering influences' on achievement of aims

- identifying appropriate short term targets and action points - considering priorities and planning how to use time effectively, including

the use of deadlines and reviewing progress - identifying help/support required and where/how it can be accessed - producing an action plan

a summary, in the portfolio/personal development plan, of the outcomes from the

review, of the analysis and planning stages of the above process. ii Implementing an action plan The evidence presented must show that in implementing the personal action plan the candidate has been able to:

• use the personal action plan to address his/her targets - including planning ahead, organising time, opportunities and reviewing progress

• select and use different ways of working towards targets, including at least one formal learning and one informal/practical learning situation

• review/amend the action points as appropriate/necessary - including the ability to respond to changing circumstances and unexpected difficulties

• seek and use advice from tutors and others - including feedback on performance, advice on problem-solving and planning future action

• gather, analyse, summarise and present evidence of the above in his/her personal development portfolio

Although course and guidance tutors play a significant facilitating role, the evidence presented must demonstrate that the candidate has taken responsibility for his/her own personal action plan and for learning from the experience of implementing the plan. The evidence should include a personal account by the candidate describing his/her implementation of the personal action plan. This should demonstrate the candidates understanding of the requirement to plan ahead; to organise to use time and opportunities effectively; and, to review progress. The account should also describe the use of a formal learning situation - perhaps linked to an HN unit - and an informal/experiential learning situation - perhaps linked to an out of college context, such as personal, social, leisure/cultural/sporting activities. Evidence should be provided to show that the candidate


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Personal Development Planning was able to amend the plan to accommodate changing or unexpected circumstances and to show that he/she was able to seek feedback/advice from tutors and other people. This personal account should be retained in the portfolio.

The candidate should also provide a brief review/analysis of the implementation process. This should highlight the achievements, learning and development which he/she believes to have arisen from the implementation process and identify the likely impact on his/her overall personal development plan.

iii Monitor and Evaluate the personal action plan and its Implementation The evidence that a candidate gathers and presents should show that s/he has been able to

• review/monitor - on an on-going and summative basis - experience of devising and implementing their personal action plan; and where/how the plan was modified

• identify, describe and give evidence for personal achievements, learning and development - including evidence of amending the plan to accommodate unexpected/changed circumstances

• identify what was learned and how/where learning occurred ie what was learned - knowledge, skills, attitudes; what learning styles were preferred; where did learning occur most effectively? what are the implications for future learning ?

• identify ways to further improve learning and performance and amend his/her personal action plan accordingly

Again, the objective of promoting self-directed learning is fundamental to the requirement that the candidate monitors and evaluates his/her own experience of devising and implementing an action plan. Under all circumstances candidates must be encouraged to reflect on their own experience and challenged to use their personal reflection to generate insights and understanding of their own strengths and development needs. Specifically, candidates should be helped to identify achievements, learning and developments which have arisen from their experience and reflection; and, they should be helped to identify ways in which they might improve further their learning and performance. Assessment (Detailed briefing notes and guidance on the creation, maintenance and assessment of portfolios will be provided for tutors and students.)


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Personal Development Planning Special needs This Unit specification is intended to ensure that there are no artificial barriers to learning or assessment. Special needs of individual candidates should be taken into account when planning learning experiences, selecting assessment instruments or considering special alternative Outcomes for Units. For information on these, please refer to the SQA document Guidance on Special Assessment Arrangements (SQA, 2001).


General information for candidates Unit title: Personal Development Planning This unit will help you to clarify and to achieve your personal and career aims. Personal Development Planning is a process that is increasingly used by individuals, in a wide range of occupations, to keep their personal and job related knowledge, skills and expertise up to date. One of the particular qualities a potential employer will look for is your ability to manage your own learning and development. Completing this unit will help you to demonstrate - to yourself and an employer - that you are capable of doing this. In this unit you will have the opportunity to:

i create and maintain a personal development portfolio and personal action plan ii implement your personal action plan iii monitor and evaluate your action plan and its implementation

You will need to know:

• about yourself - your aims, aspirations, your current abilities; and your learning strengths/preferences

• the personal qualities and general skills demanded by employers or other gatekeepers for your chosen career/progression route

• the principles underpinning effective personal development planning, including those that might help you:

- plan to achieve your aims - set clear, measurable and achievable targets - identify factors that might help you and factors that might hinder you - use your personal learning preferences - effectively manage time, opportunities and resources - appreciate risks and plan for when things do not go as anticipated

• details of the career and progression pathways towards your aims (including learning options in your chosen HN programme)

• what you want to get out of your HN programme to progress your personal, educational and career aims

You will need to be able to

• review all your relevant experience - in terms of personal and formal learning and development; then gather and present, in a personal development portfolio, evidence of achievements, interests and preferences in a range of contexts - formal learning, personal, social, sporting, leisure activities.

• analyse, on the basis of the above, your achievements, abilities, and interests; and identify personal, educational and career aims

• produce a personal action plan - including a set of clear, measurable and achievable targets - relating to your study programme and personal learning/development



General information for candidates (cont) Unit title: Personal Development Planning

• implement your personal action plan • review and evaluate your Personal Action Plan and how you set about it • gather, present and summarise evidence of the above in your personal development

portfolio For purposes of assessment you will provide evidence, in your Personal Development Portfolio, that you have been able to complete the Unit activities and that you are able to meet the Unit outcomes. You will be provided with guidance and support to help you to create, maintain and present your portfolio and your assessment evidence.

Higher National Unit Specification General information for centres Unit title: Quantitative Building Studies: Substructures and Drainage Unit code: DW3M 34 Unit purpose: This Unit is designed to enable candidates to gain skills in the measurement and descriptions and take off quantities for a simple substructure, a tanked basement and underground drainage. On completion of the Unit the candidate should be able to: 1 Prepare quantified item descriptions for simple substructures. 2 Prepare quantified item descriptions for a tanked basement. 3 Prepare quantified item descriptions for underground drainage. Credit points and level: 1 HN Credit at SCQF level 7: (8 SCQF credit points at SCQF level 7*). *SCQF credit points are used to allocate credit to qualifications in the Scottish Credit and Qualifications Framework (SCQF). Each qualification in the Framework is allocated a number of SCQF credit points at an SCQF level. There are 12 SCQF levels, ranging from Access 1 to Doctorates. Recommended prior knowledge and skills: It would be an advantage for candidates to have a basic knowledge and understanding of simple substructures, tanked basements and underground drainage technology. It would also be of benefit for candidates to have experience in interpreting construction drawings. Prior experience in taking off quantities would be useful. Provision of basic knowledge and understanding of simple substructures, tanked basements and underground drainage technology, would be evidences by possession of a Unit or Units in construction technology at HN level. Experience in the interpretation of construction drawings may be demonstrated by possession of a Unit or Units in construction technology or construction drawing at Higher or HN level. Prior experience in taking off quantities might be demonstrated by possession of any one of the suite of quantitative building studies units at HN or Higher. Core Skills: There are opportunities to develop the Core Skill(s) of Communication, Numeracy, Problem Solving, in this Unit, although there is no automatic certification of Core Skills or Core Skills components. Context for delivery: If this Unit is delivered as part of a Group Award, it is recommended that it should be taught and assessed within the subject area of the Group Award to which it contributes.

HN Unit (DW3M 34): Quantitative Building Studies: Substructures and Drainage 1

General information for centres (cont) Assessment: The assessment instruments for this Unit might employ a single case study for take off purposes. The drawings provided for assessment purposes must be detailed and include plans, elevations, cross sections and details of the building. In addition specification notes must be provided to the candidate. It is possible to assess candidates either on an individual Outcome basis, combinations of Outcomes or by a single holistic assessment combining all Outcomes. Assessment should be conducted under supervised, controlled conditions “Open Book” with the current Standard Method of Measurement of Building Work provided. The candidate will have access to their own notes. It should be noted that candidates must achieve all the minimum evidence specified for each outcome in order to pass the Unit. It should be noted that candidates must achieve all the minimum evidence specified for each Outcome in order to pass this Unit. An exemplar instrument of assessment and marking guidelines has been produced to provide examples of the type of evidence required to demonstrate achievement of the aims of this Unit and to indicate the national standard of achievement at SCQF level 7.


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards Unit title: Quantitative Building Studies: Substructures and Drainage Unit code: DW3M 34 The sections of the Unit stating the Outcomes, knowledge and/or skills, and evidence requirements are mandatory. Where evidence for Outcomes is assessed on a sample basis, the whole of the content listed in the knowledge and/or skills section must be taught and available for assessment. Candidates should not know in advance the items on which they will be assessed and different items should be sampled on each assessment occasion. Outcome 1 Prepare quantified item descriptions for simple substructures. Knowledge and/or skills ♦ Quantified items for groundwork ♦ Quantified items for in-situ concrete ♦ Quantified items for brickwork ♦ Quantified items for Damp proof courses/membranes Evidence Requirements Candidates will need evidence to demonstrate their knowledge and/or skills by showing that they can: ♦ produce comprehensive lists of items ♦ draft comprehensive item descriptions ♦ express quantities in the correct unit of measurement ♦ take off quantities accurately

ons ♦ produce accurate waste calculatigy ♦ correct interpret the technolo

correctly analyse drawings. ♦ In any assessment of this outcome all knowledge and/or skills should be included. Candidates must

rovide a satisfactory response to all items. p Evidence should be generated through assessment undertaken in controlled, supervised conditions “Open Book” with the current Standard Method of Measurement of Building Work provided. The andidate will have access to their own notes. c

Assessment guidelines Drawings and specification notes provided to elicit candidate evidence should be based on a single building of straightforward construction and maximum two stories height. The drawings must be accurate and detailed as regards the substructure. Specification notes must accompany the drawing. Detailed drawings must be provided of the substructure to clarify details and sizes.


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Quantitative Building Studies: Substructures and Drainage The assessment for this Outcome might be combined with that for Outcomes 2 and 3 to form a single assessment paper. Outcome 2 Prepare quantified item descriptions for a tanked basement. Knowledge and/or skills ♦ Quantified items for groundwork ♦ Quantified items for in-situ concrete ♦ Quantified items for brickwork ♦ Quantified items for mastic asphalt tanking Evidence Requirements Candidates will need evidence to demonstrate their skills and/or knowledge by showing that they can: ♦ produce comprehensive lists of items ♦ draft comprehensive item descriptions ♦ ct unit of measurement express quantities in the corre♦ take off quantities accurately

s ♦ produce accurate waste calculationlogy ♦ correctly interpret the techno

correctly analyse drawings. ♦ In any assessment of this outcome all knowledge and/or skills should be included. Candidates must


Assessment guidelines Drawings and specification notes provided to elicit candidate evidence should be based on a single building straightforward construction and maximum two stories height. The drawings must be accurate and detailed as regards the tanked basement. Specification notes must accompany the drawing. Detailed drawings must be provided of the tanked basement members to clarify details and izes. s

The assessment of this Outcome should be separate from that of Outcomes 1 and 3, but it is

commended that a common set of drawings is used for all of the Outcomes. re


Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards (cont) Unit title: Quantitative Building Studies: Substructures and Drainage Outcome 3 Prepare quantified item descriptions for underground drainage. Knowledge and/or skills ♦ Quantified items for groundwork ♦ Quantified items for underground pipework ♦ Quantified items for underground pipework fittings ♦ Quantified items for manholes Evidence Requirements Candidates will need evidence to demonstrate their knowledge and/or skills by showing that they can: ♦ produce comprehensive lists of items

draft comprehensive item descriptions ct unit of measurement

♦♦ express quantities in the corre♦ take off quantities accurately

ons ♦ produce accurate waste calculatigy ♦ correct interpret the technolo

correctly analyse drawings ♦ In any assessment of this outcome all knowledge and/or skills should be included. Candidates must


Assessment guidelines Drawings and specification notes provided to elicit candidate evidence should be based on a single building of straightforward construction and maximum two stories height. The drawings must be accurate and detailed as regards the tanked basement. Specification notes must accompany the

rawing. d The assessment of this Outcome should be separate from that of Outcomes 1 and 2, but it is

commended that a common set of drawings is used for all of the Outcomes. re


Administrative Information Unit code: DW3M 34 Unit title: Quantitative Building Studies: Substructures and Drainage Superclass category: TC Date of publication: June 2006 Version: 01 Source: SQA © Scottish Qualifications Authority 2005 This publication may be reproduced in whole or in part for educational purposes provided that no profit is derived from reproduction and that, if reproduced in part, the source is acknowledged. SQA acknowledges the valuable contribution that Scotland’s colleges have made to the development of Higher National qualifications. Additional copies of this Unit specification can be purchased from the Scottish Qualifications Authority. Please contact the Customer Contact Centre for further details, telephone 0845 279 1000.


Higher National Unit specification: support notes Unit title: Quantitative Building Studies: Substructures and Drainage This part of the Unit specification is offered as guidance. The support notes are not mandatory. While the exact time allocated to this Unit is at the discretion of the centre, the notional design length is 40 hours. Guidance on the content and context for this Unit This Unit provides the candidate with the knowledge and understanding of the relationship between economic concepts and theories and the construction industry context. Attention should be paid in the delivery of this unit to the syllabus content of the other units in the programme, particularly the introduction to the industry. Recommended time allocations to each outcome are given as guidance towards the depth of treatment which might be applied to each topic. This guidance has been used in the design of the assessment exemplar material provided with the Unit. 1 Prepare quantified item descriptions for simple substructures (16 Hours)

The preparation of quantified items for groundwork: ♦ topsoil excavation and removal/backfill ♦ reduce level excavation and removal/backfill ♦ trench excavation and removal/backfill ♦ earthwork support ♦ hardcore fill ♦ foundations

cavity fill k

♦♦ common bric♦ facing brick ♦ forming cavity ♦ damp proof courses ♦ p proof membranes dam

2 Prepare quantified item descriptions for a tanked basement (12 Hours)

♦ basement excavation and removal/backfill

round water level rt

e

work to beds and slabs

ic asphalt tanking ♦ mastic asphalt angle fillets

♦ excavation below g♦ earthwork suppo♦ working spac♦ hardcore fill ♦ foundations ♦ in-situ concrete beds ♦ in-situ concrete slab ♦ openings, reinforcement and form♦ brick walls ♦ protective brickwork ♦ horizontal and vertical mast


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Quantitative Building Studies: Substructures and Drainage

3 Prepare quantified item descriptions for underground drainage (12 Hours)

♦ excavating drain tracks ♦ disposal of water ♦ beds/haunching/surround ♦ underground pipework ♦ pipe fittings ♦ pipe accessories ♦ rodding eyes ♦ work in connection with manholes including ♦ excavation, concrete, formwork, reinforcement ♦ brickwork, building in ends of pipes ♦ channels, benching, step irons and covers ♦ connection to sewer ♦ testing and commissioning

Guidance on the delivery and assessment of this Unit This Unit is a specialist quantitative building studies Unit which is recommended as a second year Unit in the HNC and HND Quantity Surveying programme. It appears in other areas of HNC and HND Built Environment awards. As a specialist Unit, it is recommended that the Unit be delivered towards the end of these awards and after candidates have acquired a knowledge of construction echnology. t

Where this Unit is incorporated into other group awards it is recommended that it be delivered in the ontext of the specific occupational area(s) that the award is designed to cover. c

Details on approaches to assessment are given under Evidence Requirements and assessment guidelines under each Outcome in the Higher National Unit specification: statement of standards section. It is recommended that these sections be read carefully before proceeding with assessment of andidates. c

The volume of evidence required for each assessment should take into account the overall number of ssessments being contemplated within this unit and the design of the overall teaching programme. a

In designing the assessment instrument/s, opportunities should be taken to generate appropriate vidence to contribute to the assessment of Core Skills units. e

pportunities for developing Core Skills O

ore Skills Signposting C

This Unit provides opportunities for the development of Core Skills in Communication, Numeracy and Problem Solving. Opportunities for the development of Core Skills at the output level are more fully identified in the Core Skills Signposting Guide.


Higher National Unit specification: support notes (cont) Unit title: Quantitative Building Studies: Substructures and Drainage Core Skill Outcome

1 Outcome

2 Outcome

3 Outcome

4 Outcome

5 1 Communication

Reading Writing

Oral 2 Numeracy


3 IT



Reviewing and Evaluating 5 Working with Others Open learning Given that appropriate materials exist this unit could be delivered by distance learning, which may incorporate some degree of on-line support. However, with regard to assessment, planning would be required by the centre concerned to ensure the sufficiency and authenticity of candidate evidence. Arrangements would be required to be put in place to ensure that assessment/s were conducted under controlled, supervised conditions. Candidates with additional support needs This Unit specification is intended to ensure that there are no artificial barriers to learning or assessment. The additional support needs of individual candidates should be taken into account when planning learning experiences, selecting assessment instruments or considering alternative Outcomes for Units. For information on these, please refer to the SQA document Guidance on Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Candidates with Disabilities and/or Additional Support Needs, which is available on the SQA website www.sqa.org.uk.


General information for candidates Unit title: Quantitative Building Studies: Substructures and Drainage On completion of the Unit you should be able to: 1 Prepare quantified item descriptions for simple substructures. 2 Prepare quantified item descriptions for a tanked basement. 3 Prepare quantified item descriptions for underground drainage. Evidence that you can satisfy the knowledge and skill elements of this unit will be obtained by assessment in controlled, supervised conditions “Open Book” with the current Standard Method of Measurement of Building Work provided. You will be allowed access to your own notes.


Higher National Diploma (HND) Construction Construction of load bearing and non-loadbearing...

Documents

Transcript of Higher National Diploma (HND) Construction Construction of load bearing and non-loadbearing...